Abal, E. G., Loneragan, N., Bowen, P., Perry, C. J., Udy, J. W. and Dennison, W. C. (1994). Physiological and morphological responses of the seagrass Zostera capricorni Aschers. to light intensity. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 178(1): 113-129.

Abbott, D. (1996). Australian fisheries research publications database -- an Australian input centre for the Aquatic Sciences and Fisheries Abstracts database. Final Report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, FRDC 92/1047, January 1996. Marine Laboratories. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 8 pp.

Abbott, D. J. (1989). Australian marine science institutions and information sources. In: Winn, C P (Ed.). Marine Science Information Throughout The World: Sharing The Resources. Proceedings of the 14th Annual Conference (Miami, Fl, USA: October 3-7, 1988), pp.185-191.

Abbott, D. J. (1995). Translations in Australia. In: Markham, J W and Duda, A L (Eds.). Building Global Connections. Proceedings of the 20th Annual Conference of the International Association of Aquatic and Marine Science Libraries and Information Centers (Honolulu, Hawaii, USA: October 9-13, 1994), p.163-165.

Aioi, K. and Pollard, P. C. (1993). Biomass, leaf growth and loss rate of the seagrass Syringodium isoetifolium on Dravuni Island, Fiji. Aquatic Botany, 46(3-4): 283-292.

Airey, D. (1982). Contributions from coal and industrial materials to mercury in air, rainwater and snow. Science of the Total Environment, 25: 19-40 93 refs.

Airey, D. (1982). Measurement and variability of micro-nutrients in warm core Australian rings abstract. Warm Core Rings Workshop Report, New Zealand, January, p.29.

Airey, D. (1983). Compilation of hair mercury levels from populations throughout the world: also showing gross national product; coal, mercury, thermal energy usage and fish consumption of each country microfiche. Microfiche Report. CSIRO Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (4): 88 refs tables.

Airey, D. (1983). Isothermal temperatures and transformations of the warm-core eddies in the western Tasman Sea. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 34(4): 681-5 13 refs map.

Airey, D. (1983). Mercury in hair as an indicator of individual and cultural mercury uptake from the environment. Paper for Mercury in the Environment Conference, Parkville, May, 37pp. 61 refs map.

Airey, D. (1983). Mercury in human hair due to environment and diet: a review. Environmental Health Perspectives, 52: 303-16 113 refs.

Airey, D. (1983). Total mercury concentrations in human hair from 13 countries in relation to fish consumption and location. Science of the Total Environment, 31: 157-80 53 refs.

Airey, D. (1984). Pollution indicators, fish consumption and the accumulation of mercury in human hair. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 15(9): 337-40 16 refs.

Airey, D. (1986). Entrainment of nutrients from below the thermocline in the Coral Sea into the Great Barrier Reef Lagoon via Cook's Passage. Science of the Total Environment, 49: 147-61 25 refs illus.

Airey, D. and Hogan, M. J. (1980). Methods for the determination of dissolved and particulate organic carbon in marine samples. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 127: 16pp. 13 refs illus.

Airey, D. and Jones, P. D. (1982). Mercury in the River Mersey, its estuary and tributaries during 1973 and 1974. Water Research, 16: 565-577.

Airey, D. and Sandars, G. A. (1987). Automated analysis of nutrients in seawater. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (166): 95pp. 14 refs illus.

Airey, D. and Storey, C. (1987). Errors in the values for nitrate and silicate concentrations in seawater, as listed in the CSIRO and world data banks. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (181): 18pp. 4 refs illus.

Airey, D., Dal Pont, G. and Sandars, G. A. (1984). Method of determining and removing sulphide to allow the determinations of sulphate, phosphate, nitrite and ammonia by conventional methods in small volumes of anoxic waters. Analytica Chimica Acta, 166: 79-92 30 refs.

Airey, D., Storey, C. and Szymczak, R. (1986). Nutrient and fluorescence regimes in Hydrographer's Passage: Great Barrier Reef abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 119.

Alder, J. S. and Majkowski, J. (1984). Analysis of statistical adequacy of catch length frequency sample sizes abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.36.

Alexander, C. G., Hindley, J. P. R. and Jones, S. G. (1980). Structure and function of the third maxillipeds of the banana prawn Penaeus merguiensis. Marine Biology, 58: 245-9 15 refs.

Alexander, R., Kagi, R. I., Noble, R. and Volkman, J. K. (1984). Identification of some bicyclic alkanes in petroleum. Organic Geochemistry, 6: 63-70 22 refs.

Alexander, R., Kagi, R. I., Woodhouse, G. W. and Volkman, J. K. (1983). The geochemistry of some biodegraded Australian oils. Apea Journal. Australian Petroleum Exploration Association, 23(1): 53-63 25 refs.

Allan, G. L. and Dall, W. (1992). Proceedings of the Aquaculture Nutrition Workshop (Salamander Bay, NSW: April 15-17, 1991). Orange: NSW Fisheries, 248p., refs,illus.

Allen, F. E. (1950). Investigations on underwater fouling. III. Note on the fouling organisms attached to naval mines in North Queensland waters. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 1: 106-109.

Allen, F. E. (1953). Distribution of marine invertebrates by ships. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 4: 307-316.

Allen, F. E. (1955). Identity of breeding temperatures in southern and northern hemisphere species of Mytilus (Lamellibranchia). Pacif. Sci., 9: 107-109.

Allen, F. E. and Wood, E. J. F. (1950). Investigations on underwater fouling. II. The biology of fouling in Australia: results of a year's research. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 1: 92-105.

Allen, G. R. and Heemstra, P. C. (1976). Cheilodactylus rubrolabiatus, a new species of morwong (Pisces: Cheilodactylidae) from Western Australia, with a key to the cheilodactylid fishes of Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum, 4(4): 311-25, 39 refs.

Allen, K. R. (1973). International conservation of whales. Living Earth , 17(1): 5-6.

Allen, K. R. (1974). Estimated recovery times for the Antarctic fin whale stock. Rep. Int. Whaling Comm., 25: 85-86.

Allen, K. R. (1975). An assessment of Antarctic minke whale stocks. Rep. Int. Whaling Comm., 25: 235-244.

Allen, K. R. (1975). Aquatic environement. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia, 8: 1-18.

Allen, K. R. (1975). Conservation of marine animals. Search, 6(8): 317-322.

Allen, K. R. (1975). Little likelihood of seas solving world food problems. Australian Fisheries, 34(4): 5-8.

Allen, K. R. (1976). Food from the sea?. Search, 7(4): 128-31, 5 refs.

Allen, K. R. (1977). A sperm whale population model based on cohorts (SPCOH). Report of the International Whaling Commission, 27: 268-271.

Allen, K. R. (1977). Changes in catch and population for sustained managed stocks below MSY level. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 27: 104-105.

Allen, K. R. (1977). Comments on a stock recruitment relationship proposed in SC/28/DOC 43. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 27: 234.

Allen, K. R. (1977). Comparison of existing and proposed quota systems for male sperm whales. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 27: 237-239.

Allen, K. R. (1977). Energy inputs and outputs in an Australian coastal whaling operation. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 89: 3pp. 1 ref.

Allen, K. R. (1977). Extended fishing zone calls for major increase in research efforts and budget. Australian Fisheries, 36(12): 3-9.

Allen, K. R. (1977). Population density and recruitment. Workshop on Lobster and Rock Lobster Ecology and Physiology: Circ.Div.Fish.Oceanogr.CSIRO, no.7: 287-91.

Allen, K. R. (1977). Size estimates of Southern Hemisphere male sperm whale populations. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 27: 272-273.

Allen, K. R. (1977). Some computer programmes applicable to sperm whale population analysis. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 27: 253.

Allen, K. R. (1977). Updated estimates of fin whale stocks. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 27: 221.

Allen, K. R. (1978). Management implications of an extended fishing zone. Forum Report. Australian Academy of Science, (11): 109-25 15 refs.

Allen, K. R. (1980). Relation between catch per CDW and indices of abundance allowing for nonsearching time and operation on schools. Report of the International Whaling Commission, (Special Issue 2): 251-254.

Allen, K. R. (1980). Size Distribution of Male Sperm Whales in the Pelagic Catches. Report of the International Whaling Commission, (Special Issue 2): 51-56.

Allen, K. R. (1980). The Influence of Schooling Behavior on CPUE as an Index of Abundance. Report of the International Whaling Commission, (Special Issue 2): 141-146.

Allen, K. R. (1981). A modified DeLury method of estimating populations. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 31: 683.

Allen, K. R. (1981). A note on catch limits for previously unexploited stocks. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 31: 593-595.

Allen, K. R. (1981). Energy inputs and outputs in an Australian coastal whaling operation. Mammals in the Seas. Volume-3. General Papers and Large Cetaceans. Selected Papers of the Scientific Consultation on the Conservation and Management of Marine Mammals and Their Environment. FAO Advisory Comm. of Experts on Marine Resources Research, Rome , pp. 375-377.

Allen, K. R. (1981). Estimation of r sub(II) recruitment rate and age at recruitment from Southern Hemisphere Division 5 catch data. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 31: 839-842.

Allen, K. R. (1981). Further notes on the calculation of r sub(II) recruitment rates. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 31: 597-599.

Allen, K. R. (1981). The optimization of management strategy for marine mammals. Mammals in the Seas. Volume-3. General Papers and Large Cetaceans. Selected Papers of the Scientific Consultation on the Conservation and Management of Marine Mammals and Their Environment. FAO Advisory Comm. of Experts on Marine Resources Research, Rome , pp. 77-91.

Allen, K. R. (1983). A note on the calculation of average replacement yields. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 33: 309-310.

Allen, K. R. (1983). Development and application of cetacean population models. Adv. Appl. Biol. , 7: 333-408.

Allen, K. R. (1983). Introduction to the Port Hacking Estuary Project. In: Cuff, W R and Tomczak, M (Eds.) Synthesis and Modelling of Intermittent Estuaries. Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies. Springer-Verlag, 3: 1-6 4 refs illus.

Allen, K. R. (1989). The use of tagging in population assessment. Australian Society for Fish Biology Tagging Workshop. Tagging Solution Or Problem. Hancock, D.A. Ed. Canberra, A.C.T. Australia Australian Government Publishing Service 1989 No. 5 , pp. 121-124.

Allen, K. R. (1992). Gemfish recruitment: A cohort analysis approach. Australian Society for Fish Biology Workshop. Recruitment Processes. Hobart, -21 August-1991. Hancock, D.A. Ed. Canberra, N.S.W. Australia Australian Government Publishing Service 1992 No. 16 , pp. 139-141.

Allen, K. R. (1992). Problems in cohort analysis. The gemfish example. The Measurement of Age and Growth in Fish and Shellfish. Hancock, D.A. Ed. Canberra, A.C.T. Australia Bureau of Rural Resources 1992 No. 12 , pp. 212-218.

Allen, K. R. (1992). Tracing recruitment by cohort analysis: Process and problems. Australian Society for Fish Biology Workshop. Recruitment Processes. Hobart, -21 August-1991. Hancock, D.A. Ed. Canberra, N.S.W. Australia Australian Government Publishing Service 1992 No. 16 , 16 pp. 46-49.

Allen, K. R. (1994). A personal retrospect of the history of fisheries modelling. Population Dynamics for Fisheries Management. Hancock, D.A. Ed. North Beach, W.A. Australia Australian Society for Fish Biology 1994 , pp. 21-28.

Allen, K. R. and Chapman, D. G. (1977). Whales. In: Gulland, J A (Ed.). Population Dynamics of Fishes, (Ch.14): 335-358 24 refs.

Allen, K. R. and Hearn, W. S. (1989). Some procedures for use in cohort analysis and other population simulations. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 46(2): 483-488 8 refs.

Allen, K. R. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1977). A sperm whale population model based on cohorts (SPCOH). Report of the International Whaling Commission, 27: 268-271.

Allen, K. R. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1977). Further development of sperm whale population models. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 27: 106-112.

Allen, K. R. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1977). Were 1946 sperm whale stocks at the unexploited level?. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 87: 10pp. 5 refs.

Allen, K. R. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1979). Program to estimate baleen whale population sizes (BALEEN). Report of the International Whaling Commission, (29): 367-8 3 refs.

Allen, K. R. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1988). Marine mammals. In: Gulland, J A (Ed.). Fish Population Dynamics (2nd Edition). John Wiley &Amp;Amp; Sons, (Ch.10): 251-69 69 refs, illus.

Allison, I., Tildesley, P. C., Vrana, A. and Wilson, J. (1988). Comparison of ship-observed sea ice conditions with NOAA AVHRR imagery in the Casey Region, Antarctica. Scar Working Group on Logistics Symposium. Space &Amp;Amp; Airborne Technology Applications to Antarctic Operations (Hobart, Tas: September 1-2, 1988), pp.62-78 12 refs, illus.

Anderson, R. C. and Stevens, J. D. (1996). Review of information on diurnal vertical migration in the bignose shark (Carcharhinus altimus). Marine and Freshwater Research, 47 (4): 605­608.

Andersson, L. plus others incl. Grewe, P., (1996). Comparative genome organization of vertebrates. Mammalian Genome, 7 (10): 717­734.

Andrewartha, J. R. and Craig, P. D. (1992). Current modelling for a simulated 100-year design storm. Report OMR-54/63. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Anon. (1961). Australian tuna research. Fish. Newsl., 20(9): 20-21.

Argote M. L., Amador, A., Lavin M. F. and Hunter, J. R. (1995). Tidal dissipation and stratification in the Gulf of California. Journal of Geophysical Research, 100 (C8): 16,103-16,118.

Atkinson, M. J. and Smith, D. F. (1987). Slow uptake of P over a barrier reef flat. Limnology and Oceanography, 32(2): 436-441 11 refs, illus.

Augustine, O. and Kenchington, T. J. (1987). A low-cost saw for sectioning otoliths. Journal Du Conseil. Conseil International pour L'exploration de la Mer, 43: 296-298 10 refs, illus.

Austin, R. H. (1970). Northern prawn project. Australian Fisheries, 29(3): 7-10.

Austin, R. H. (1973). CSIRO's role in fisheries and oceanography. Australian Fisheries, 32(2): 8-21.

Austin, R. H. (1974). East coast prawn project. Australian Marine Science Bulletin, 45: 11-14.

Austin, R. H. (1974). Measurement of ocean currents and CSIRO's drift card research programmes. Australian Marine Science Bulletin, 45: 14-5.

Austin, R. H. (1974). Measurement of ocean currents and CSIRO's drift card research programmes. Australian Science Technology, 12(3): 16-20.

Austin, R. H. (1974). Reorganization of CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. Australian Fisheries, 33(5): 6-7.

Austin, R. H. (1975). Design of new research vessel for CSIRO. Australian Marine Science Bulletin, (51): 10-11.

Austin, R. H. (1975). Three new laboratory buildings for CSIRO. Australian Fisheries, 34(11): 4-5.

Austin, R. H. (1979). Methods of detecting, measuring and estimating ocean currents. Information Service Sheet. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (16-1): 4pp. illus.

Austin, R. H. (1981). History of CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. Australian Marine Science Bulletin, (74): 8-10.

Austin, R. H., (1972). CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography current research. , 15p.

Austin, R. H., (1972). Northern prawn project - progress report. Australian Fisheries, 31(2): 8-12.

Austin, R. H., Phillips, B. F. and Webb, D. J. (1976). Method for calculating moonlight illuminance at the earth's surface. Journal of Applied Ecology, 13: 741-8, 21 refs.

Baas Becking, L. G. M. (1956). Biological processes in the estuarine environment. VI. The state of the iron in the estuarine mud iron sulphides. Proc. K. Ned. Akad. Wet. Ser. B, 59: 181-189.

Baas Becking, L. G. M. (1956). Biological processes in the estuarine environment. IX. Observations on total base. Proc. K. Ned. Akad. Wet. Ser. B, 59: 408-420.

Baas Becking, L. G. M. (1957). The role of hydrogen and oxygen in the inorganic environment. Acta Biotheor., 12: 71-80.

Baas Becking, L. G. M. (1959). Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. III. Characteristics of water and mud. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 10: 297-303.

Baas Becking, L. G. M. and Kaplan, I. R. (1956). Biological processes in the estuarine environment. III. Electrochemical considerations regarding the sulphur cycle. Proc. K. Ned. Akad. Wet. Ser. B, 59: 85-96.

Baas Becking, L. G. M. and Kaplan, I. R. (1956). Biological processes in the estuarine environment. IV. Attempts at interpretation of observed Eh-pH relations of various members of the sulphur cycle. Proc. K. Ned. Akad. Wet. Ser. B, 59: 97-108.

Baas Becking, L. G. M. and Kaplan, I. R. (1956). The microbiological origin of the sulphur nodules of Lake Eyre. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 79: 52-65.

Baas Becking, L. G. M. and Kaplan, I. R. (1956). The microbiological origin of the sulphur nodules of Lake Eyre. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 79: 52-65.

Baas Becking, L. G. M. and MacKay, M. (1956). Biological processes in the estuarine environment. V. The influence of Enteromorpha upon its environment. Proc K Ned. Akad. Wet Ser B, 59: 109-123.

Baas Becking, L. G. M. and Wood, E. J. F. (1953). Microbial ecology of the estuarine sulphuretum. Vith Int. Congr. Microbiol., 7(22): 387-388.

Baas Becking, L. G. M. and Wood, E. J. F. (1955). Biological processes in the estuarine environment. I. and II. Ecology of the sulphur cycle. Proc. K. Ned. Akad. Wet. Ser. B, 58: 160-181.

Baas Becking, L. G. M., Haldane, A. D. and Izard D (1958). Perchlorate, an important constituent of sea water. Nature, Lond., 182: 645-647.

Baas Becking, L. G. M., Thomson, J. M. and Wood, E. J. F. (1959). Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. I. General introduction. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 10: 269-278.

Baas Becking, L. G. M., Wood, E. J. F. and Kaplan, I. R. (1956). Biological processes in the estuarine environment. VIII. Iron bacteria as gradient organisms. Proc. K. Ned. Akad. Wet. Ser. B, 59: 398-407.

Baas Becking, L. G. M., Wood, E. J. F. and Kaplan, I. R. (1957). Biological processes in the estuarine environment. X. The place of the estuarine environment within the aqueous milieu. Proc. K. Ned. Akad. Wet. Ser. B, 60: 88-102.

Baelde, P. and Last, P. (1993). Discovery of juvenile blue eye. Australian Fisheries, 52(8): 16-18.

Bailey, R. J., Gronell, A. M., Phillips, H. E., Tanner, E. and Meyers, G. A. (1994). Quality control cookbook for XBT data (expendable bathythermograph data): Version 1.1. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (221): 84p. 8 refs, illus.

Bailey, R. J., Jones, I. S. F. and Toba, Y. (1991). The steepness and shape of wind waves. Journal of the Oceanographical Society of Japan, 47(6): 249-264.

Bailey, R. J., Phillips, H. E. and Meyers, G. A. (1989). Relevance to TOGA of systematic XBT errors. In: Picaut, J, Lukas, R and Delcroix, T (Eds.). Proceedings of the Western Pacific International Meeting and Workshop on TOGA Coare (Noumea, New Caledonia: May 24-30, 1989), pp.775-784 6 refs, illus.

Bailey, R., Hanawa, K., Roemmich, D., Rual, P., Sy, A., Szabados, M. and Withrow, J. (1993). Evaluation of the accuracy of expendable oceanographic probes and their associated recording systems for climate research. Fourth International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography, March-April 1993, Hobart, Australia, pp. 104-105.

Baines, P. G., Edwards, R. J. and Fandry, C. B. (1983). Observations of a new baroclinic current along the western continental slope of Bass Strait. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 34(1): 155-157 7 refs.

Bakes, M. J. and Nichols, P. D. (1995). Lipid, fatty acid and squalene composition of liver oil from six species of deep-sea sharks collected in southern Australian waters. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, 110B(1): 267-275 22 refs, illus.

Bakes, M. J., Elliott, N. G., Green, G. J. and Nichols, P. D. (1995). Variation in lipid composition of some deep-sea fish (Teleostei: Oreosomatidae and Trachichthyidae). Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, 111B(4): 633-642 28 refs, illus.

Bakes, M., Nichols, P. and Strauss, C. (1994). Value-added products from Australian shark liver oils. In: Bellwood, O, Choat, H and Saxena, N (Eds.). Recent Advances in Marine Science and Technology '94. Townsville, Qld: Pacon International and James Cook University of North Queensland, pp. 47-53.

Banner M. L., Chen, W., Jensen, J. B., Lee, S., Fandry, C. B. and Walsh, E. J. (1993). Initial results from the Southern Ocean Waves Experiment (SOWEX). 4th International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography (Hobart, Tas: March 29-April 2, 1993). Boston, Ma, USA: American Meteorological Society, p.505.

Bannister, J. L. (1964). Australian whaling 1963. Catch results and research. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 38.

Bannister, J. L. (1968). An aerial survey for sperm whales off the coast of Western Australia 1963-1965. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 19: 31-52.

Bannister, J. L., Kirkwood, G. P. and Wayte, S. E. (1991). Increase in humpback whales off Western Australia. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 41: 461-465 7 refs, illus.

Barber, W. E. and Lie, C. P. (1974). Movement of postlarval king prawns into Moreton Bay. Australian Fisheries, 33(1): 5-6.

Barclay, M. C., Dall, W. and Smith, D. M. (1983). Changes in lipid and protein during starvation and the moulting cycle in the tiger prawn, Penaeus esculentus Haswell. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 68: 229-44 35 refs.

Barlow, C. C., McLoughlin, R. J. and Bock, K. (1987). Complementary feeding habits of golden perch Macquaria ambigua (Richardson) (Percichthyidae) and silver perch Bidyanus budyanus (Mitchell) (Teraponidae) in farm dams. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 109(3): 143-152 124 refs, illus.

Barnes, D. J. and Crossland, C. J. (1980). Diurnal and seasonal variations in the growth of a staghorn coral measured by time lapse photography. Limnol. Oceanogr., 25(6): 1113-1117.

Barnes, D. J. and Crossland, C. J. (1982). Variability in the calcification rate of Acropora acuminata measured with radioisotopes. Coral Reefs, 1(1): 53-57.

Barnes, D. J., Caperon, J., Cox, T. J., Crossland, C. J., Davies, P. J., Devereux, M., Hamner, W. M., Jitts, H. R., Kinsey, B. E., Kinsey, D. W., Knauer, G. A., Lundgren, J. A., Olafson, R., Skyring, G. W., Smith, D. F., Webb, K. L. and Wiebe, W. J. (1976). Metabolic processes of coral reef communities at Lizard Island, Queensland. Search, 7(11-12): 463-8, 22 refs.

Barnes, H. and Tranter, D. J. (1965). A statistical examination of the catches, numbers, and biomass taken by three commonly used plankton nets. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 16: 293-306.

Barrett, J. and Jeffrey, S. (1964). Chlorophyllase and the formation of an atypical chlorophyllide in marine algae. Plant Physiol., 39(l): 44-47.

Barrett, J. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1971). Note on the occurrence of chlorophyllase in marine algae. Journal of Experimental Marine and Animal Husbandry, 7: 255-62.

Barrett, S. M., Volkman, J. K., Dunstan, G. A. and Leroi, J.-M. (1995). Sterols of 14 species of marine diatoms (Bacillariophyta). Journal of Phycology, 31: 360-369 53 refs, illus.

Barton, I. J. (1996). Water vapour analyses using ATSR data. In: Kingwell J Ed.: Proceedings of the First Australian Ers Symposium. Cossa Publication. CSIRO Australia, (37): 1-10.

Barton, I. J., Zavody, A. M., Prata, A. J., Llewellyn-Jones D. T., Bailey, P., Cechet, R. P., Gorman, M. R., Kent, P., Lee, D. J., Mutlow, C. T. and Nilsson, C. S. (1992). Intercomparison of satellite-derived sea surface temperatures. In: Environment Observation and Climate Modelling Through Space Projects. Proceedings of the `International Space Year' Conference (Munich, Germany: March 30-April 4, 1992). Paris: European Space Agency, 1: 367-372 2 refs, illus.

Batley, G. E. and Gardner, D. (1977). Sampling and storage of natural waters for trace metal analysis. Water Research, 11(9): 745-56 41 refs.

Batley, G. E. and Gardner, D. (1978). A study of copper, lead and cadmium speciation in some estuarine and coastal marine waters. Estuarine and Coastal Marine Science, 7: 59-70 26 refs.

Bax, N. J. (1994). Estimation of natural mortality in ecological models. In: Hancock, D A (Ed.). Population Dynamics for Fisheries Management, Australian Society for Fish Biology Workshop Proceedings (Perth, WA: August 24-25, 1993). Perth, WA: Australian Society for Fish Biology, pp.63-70 12 refs, illus.

Beck, A. B. and Sheard, K. (1949). The copper and nickel content of the blood of the Western Australian marine crayfish (Panulirus longipes Milne Edwards) and of seaweeds. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci., 27: 307-312.

Beddington, J. R. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1980). On the mathematical structure of possible sperm whale models. Report of the International Whaling Commission, (Special Issue 2): 57-8 2 refs.

Beddington, J. R., Rosenberg, A. A. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1990). Stock assessment and the provision of management advice for the short fin squid fishery in Falkland Islands waters. Fisheries Research, 8; 351-365 13 refs., illus.

Bell R. S., Channells, P. W., MacFarlane, J. W., Moore, R. and Phillips, B. F. (1987). Movements and breeding of the ornate rock lobster, Panulirus ornatus, in Torres Strait and on the north-east coast of Queensland. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(2): 197-210 15 refs, illus.

Bell R. S., Phillips, B. F. and Prescott, J. H. (1986). Migration of the ornate rock lobster, Panulirus ornatus, in Torres Strait and the Gulf of Papua. In: Haines, A K, Williams, G C and Coates, D (Eds.) Torres Strait Fisheries Seminar, Port Moresby, February 1985. Canberra, A.G.P.S., pp.190-9 6 refs.

Bell, J. D., Lyle, J. M., Bulman, C. M., Graham, K. J., Newton, G. M. and Smith, D. C. (1992). Spatial variation in reproduction, and occurrence of non-reproductive adults, in orange roughy, Hoplostethus atlanticus Collett (Trachichthyidae), from south-eastern Australia. Journal of Fish Biology, 40: 107-122 22 refs, illus.

Bendall, M. R., Volkman, J. K., Leaman, D. E. and Burrett, C. F. (1991). Recent developments in exploration for oil in Tasmania. Apea Journal. Australian Petroleum Exploration Association, 31(1): 74-84 26 refs, illus.

Benham, E. E. and Heron, A. C. (1984). An improved method for identifying components of overlapped frequency distributions abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.32.

Berry, D. G. (1995). Speaking for the silent majority. Ecos. CSIRO's Science and The Environment Magazine, (85): 34-35, illus.

Beverley Burton, M., Chisholm, L. A. and Last, P. (1991). Two new species of Chimaericola Brinkmann (Monogenea: Chimaericolidae) from Hydrolagus spp. (Chimaeriformes: Chimaeridae) in the Pacific. Syst. Parasitol. , 18(1): 59-66.

Billington, N., Danzmann, R. G., Hebert, P. D. N. and Ward, R. D. (1991). Phylogenetic relationships among four members of Stizostedion (Percidae) determined by mitochondrial DNA and allozyme analyses. Journal of Fish Biology, 39(Supp.A): 251-258 13 refs, illus.

Bindoff, N. L. and Church, J. A. (1992). Warming of the water column in the southwest Pacific Ocean letter. Nature, 357: 59-62 14 refs, illus.

Bindoff, N. L. and McDougall, T. J. (1993). Three views of climate change using hydrographic data in the southern hemisphere. Fourth International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography, March-April 1993, Hobart, Australia, pp. 357-358.

Bindoff, N. L. and McDougall, T. J. (1994). Diagnosing climate change and ocean ventilation using hydrographic data. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 24(6): 1137-1152 29 refs, illus.

Bindoff, N. L. and Wunsch, C. (1992). Comparison of synoptic and climatologically mapped sections in the South Pacific Ocean. Journal of Climate, 5(6): 631-645 17 refs, illus.

Binns, R. A., Scott, S. D., Burne, R. V., Chase, R. L., Cousens, R. L., Denton, A. W.S, Edwards, R. J., Finlayson, E. J., Gorton, M. P., McConach, T. F., Poole, A. W. and Whitford, D. J. (1987). Western Woodlark Basin: potential analogue setting for volcanogenic massive sulfide deposits. In: The Geology, Structure, Mineralisation and Economics of the Pacific Rim. Pacific Rim Congress 87, Queensland, August, pp.531-5 12 refs map.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1984). An outline of the southern programme abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.31.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1984). The inshore fishes of the Dampier region of north west Australia abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.15.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1985). The ecology of fishes of estuaries and lagoons of the Indo-Pacific with particular reference to southeast Africa. In: Yanez-Arancibia, A (Ed.). Fish Community Ecology in Estuaries and Coastal Lagoons: Towards An Ecosystem Integration. Mexico: Dr (R) Unam Press, (Ch.12): 247-266 53 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1986). Distribution and abundance of seabirds south-east of Tasmania and over the Soela Seamount during April 1985. Emu, 86(4): 239-44 28 refs illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1986). Ecology of fishes of the upper continental slope off Maria Island, E. Tasmania abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 89.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1986). Feeding selectivity of a guild of piscivorous fish in mangrove areas of north-west Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37(3): 329-36 23 refs.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1987). Factors affecting recruitment and survival of Mugilids in estuaries and coastal waters of southeastern Africa. American Fisheries Society Symposium, 1: 507-518 85 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1987). How many prawns are eaten by fish? restricted distribution. Northern Prawn Fishery Information Notes. Division of Fisheries Research. CSIRO Australia, (10): 13 illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1988). ACIAR baitfish project abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.17.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1988). Fish communities of south east African coastal lakes. In: Leveque, C, Bruton, M N and Ssentongo, G W (Eds.). Biology and Ecology of African Freshwater Fishes. Editions De L'orstom. Travaux Et Documents, (216: Ch.16): 351-362, 42 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1988). Fish predation on prawns abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.16.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1990). A checklist and notes on the current status of the birds of New Georgia, Western Province, Solomon Islands. Emu, 90(4): 205-214 20 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1991). Deep sea, estuarine and freshwater fishes: life history strategies and ecological boundaries. South African Journal of Aquatic Science, 17(1/2): 2-11 32 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1993). Determination of biological parameters required for the rational management and exploitation of the fishes of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Final report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Project 91/29. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 24 pp.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1993). Fisheries in the South Pacific. In: Moritz, C and Kikkawa, J (Eds.). Conservation Biology in Australia and Oceania. Chipping Norton: Surrey Beatty & Sons, (Ch.19): 197-208 24 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1993). The fish resources of tropical northeastern Australian waters. Report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 26 pp.

Blaber, S. J. M. (1995). ' On the sex of fish and the gender of scientists' by Daniel Pauly, Fish and Fisheries Series 14. Chapman & Hall: London, 1994 250p. book review. Australian Marine Science Bulletin, (130): 18-19.

Blaber, S. J. M. and Bulman, C. M. (1987). Diets of fishes of the upper continental slope of eastern Tasmania : content, calorific values, dietary overlap and trophic relationships. Marine Biology, 95: 345-56 38 refs illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. and Copland, J. W. (1990). Tuna baitfish in the Indo-Pacific Region: proceedings of a workshop (Honiara, Solomon Islands: December 11-13, 1989). ACIAR ProceedingsCanberra, ACT: Australian Centre for International Agric. Res. Canberra, Act: Australian Centre for International Agric. Res., (30): 211p., refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. and Milton, D. A. (1990). Species composition, community structure and zoogeography of fishes of mangrove estuaries in the Solomon Islands. Marine Biology, 105: 259-267 35 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. and Milton, D. A. (1991). A note on habitat decline and the status of the spotted button-quail Turnix maculosa salomonis on Guadalcanal, Solomon Islands. Emu, 91: 64-65 6 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. and Milton, D. A. (1994). Distribution of seabirds at sea in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 45(3): 445-454 27 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1989). Feeding ecology of the piscivorous birds Phalacrocorax varius, P. melanoleucos and Sterna bergii in Moreton Bay, Australia: diets and dependence on trawler discards. Marine Biology, 101: 1-10 35 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Brewer D. T. and Harris, A. N. (1994). Distribution, biomass and community structure of demersal fishes of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 45(3): 375-396 18 refs, illus, appendix.

Blaber, S. J. M., Brewer D. T. and Salini, J. P. (1989). Species composition and biomasses of fishes in different habitats of a tropical northern Australian estuary: Their occurrence in the adjoining sea and estuarine dependence. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 29: 509-531 65 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Brewer D. T. and Salini, J. P. (1992). A checklist of the fishes of Groote Eylandt, north-western Gulf of Carpentaria. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (218): 12p., 10 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Brewer D. T. and Salini, J. P. (1994). Comparisons of fish communities of tropical estuarine and inshore habitats in the Gulf of Carpentaria, northern Australia. In: Dyer, K R and Orth, R J (Eds.). Changes in Fluxes in Estuaries. Fredensborg, Denmark: Olsen & Olsen, pp.363-372 18 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Brewer D. T. and Salini, J. P. (1994). Diet and dentition in tropical ariid catfishes from Australia. Environmental Biology of Fishes, 40: 159-174 34 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Brewer D. T. and Salini, J. P. (1995). Fish communities and the nursery role of the shallow inshore waters of a tropical bay in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 40: 177-193 30 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Brewer D. T., Salini, J. P. and Kerr, J. D. (1990). Biomasses, catch rates and abundances of demersal fishes, particularly predators of prawns, in a tropical bay in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Marine Biology, 107: 397-408 44 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Brewer D. T., Salini, J. P., Kerr, J. D. and Conacher, C. A. (1992). Species composition and biomasses of fishes in tropical seagrasses at Groote Eylandt, Northern Australia. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 35: 605-620 29 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., May, J. L., Young, J. W. and Bulman, C. M. (1987). Population density and predators of Ophiacantha fidelis (Koehler, 1930) (Echinodermata: Ophiuroidea) on the continental slope of Tasmania. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(2): 243-247 21 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Milton, D. A. and Rawlinson, N. J. F. (1991). A checklist of fishes recorded by the baitfish research project in Solomon Islands from 1986 to 1990. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (212): 21p. 10 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Milton, D. A. and Rawlinson, N. J. F. (1994). Tuna baitfish in Fiji and Solomon Islands: proceedings of a workshop (Nadi, Fiji: August 17-18, 1993). ACIAR Proceedings. Canberra, Act: Australian Centre for International Agric. Res., (52): 131p., refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Milton, D. A., Pang, J., Wong, P., Boonteck, O., Nyigo, L. and Lubim, D. (1996). The life history of the tropical shad Tenualosa toli from Sarawak - first evidence of protandry in the Clupeiformes?. Environmental Biology of Fishes, 46 (3): 225­242.

Blaber, S. J. M., Milton, D. A., Rawlinson, N. J. F. and Sesewa, A. (1994). Predators of tuna baitfish and the effects of baitfishing on the subsistence reef fisheries of Fiji. In: Blaber, S J M, Milton, D A and Rawlinson, N J F (Eds.). Proceedings of a Workshop on Tuna Baitfish in Fiji and Solomon Islands (Suva, Fiji: August 17-18, 1993). Aciar Proceedings, (52): 51-61 13 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Milton, D. A., Rawlinson, N. J. F. and Sesewa, A. (1994). A checklist of fishes recorded by the baitfish research project in Fiji from 1991 to 1993. In: Blaber, S J M, Milton, D A and Rawlinson, N J F (Eds.). Proceedings of a Workshop on Tuna Baitfish in Fiji and Solomon Islands (Suva, Fiji: August 17-18, 1993). Aciar Proceedings. Canberra, Act: Australian Centre for International Agricultural Res., (52): 102-110 1 ref.

Blaber, S. J. M., Milton, D. A., Rawlinson, N. J. F., Tiroba, G. and Nichols, P. V. (1990). Diets of lagoon fishes of the Solomon Islands: Predators of tuna baitfish and trophic effects of baitfishing on the subsistence fishery. Fisheries Research, 8: 263-286 29 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Milton, D. A., Rawlinson, N. J. F., Tiroba, G. and Nichols, P. V. (1990). Reef fish and fisheries in Solomon Islands and Maldives and their interactions with tuna baitfisheries. In: Blaber, S J M and Copland, J W (Eds.). Tuna Baitfish in the Indo-Pacific Region. Aciar Proceedings, (30): 159-168 8 refs.

Blaber, S. J. M., Milton, D. A., Smith, G. C. and Farmer, M. J. (1995). Trawl discards in the diets of tropical seabirds of the northern Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 127: 1-13 39 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Salini, J. P. and Brewer D. T. (1990). A checklist of the fishes of Albatross Bay and the Embley Estuary, North-eastern Gulf of Capentaria. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (210): 22p., 15 refs, illus.

Blaber, S. J. M., Young, J. W. and Dunning, M. C. (1985). Community structure and zoogeographic affinities of the coastal fishes of the Dampier region of north-western Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 36(2): 247-66 25 refs map.

Blaber, S., Battam, H., Brothers, N. and Garnett, S. (1996). Threatened and migratory seabird species in Australia: an overview of status, conservation and management. In: Ross, G J B, Weaver, K and Greig, J C (Eds.). The Status of Australia's Seabirds: Proceedings of the National Seabird Workshop, Canberra, 1-2 November 1993. Canberra: Biodiversity Group, Environment Australia, pp. 13-27.

Blackburn, M. (1941). The economic biology of some Australian clupeoid fish. Bull. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res., Melb., no. 138.

Blackburn, M. (1942). A systematic list of the Hydroida of South Australia, with a summary of their distribution in other seas. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 66: 104-118.

Blackburn, M. (1943). The first successes of the purse-seine net in Australian waters. J. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., 16: 266-278.

Blackburn, M. (1948). Notes on some parasitic actinian larvae, and one of their host medusae, in Australia. J. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., 21: 183-189.

Blackburn, M. (1949). Age, rate of growth, and general life-history of the Australian pilchard (Sardinops neopilchardus) in New South Wales waters. Bull. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res., Melb., no. 242.

Blackburn, M. (1949). Fishery management and changes in abundance of fish. Aust. J. Sci., 12: 14-17.

Blackburn, M. (1949). The barracouta Thyrsites atun (Euphrasen) in Australian waters: preliminary notes on the biology, and condition and future of the fishery. (CSIRO : MeIbourne). , .

Blackburn, M. (1950). A biological study of the anchovey, Engraulis australis (White), in Australian waters. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 1: 3-84.

Blackburn, M. (1950). Studies on the age, growth, and life history of the pilchard, Sardinops neopilchardus (Steindachner), in southern and western Australia. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 1: 221-258.

Blackburn, M. (1950). The condition of the fishery for barracouta, Thyrsites atun (Euphrasen), in Australian waters. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 1: 110-128.

Blackburn, M. (1950). The Tasmanian whitebait, Lovettia seali (Johnston), and the whitebait fishery. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 1: l55-198.

Blackburn, M. (1951). Condition rings on scales of the European pilchard, Sardina pilchardus (Walbaum). J. Cons. Perm. Int. Explor. Mer, 17: 181-195.

Blackburn, M. (1951). Races and populations of the Australian pilchard, Sardinops neopilchardus (Steindachner). Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 2: 179-192.

Blackburn, M. (1953). Problems and fallacies in the management of fish stocks in Australia. Aust. J. Sci., 15: 151-154.

Blackburn, M. (1955). Trachymedusae and Narcomedusae of south-east Australian waters. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 6: 410-428.

Blackburn, M. (1956). Real and apparent changes in size of marine animal populations during the Australian fisheries investigations. J. Cons. Perm. Int. Explor. Mer, 21: 284-295.

Blackburn, M. (1956). Sonic scattering layers of heteropods. Nature, Lond., 177: 374-375.

Blackburn, M. (1957). The relation between the food of the Australian barracouta, Thyrsites atun (Euphrasen), and recent fluctuations in the fisheries. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 8: 29-54.

Blackburn, M. (1960). A study of condition (weight for length) of Australian barracouta, Thyrsites atun (Euphrasen). Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 11: 14-41.

Blackburn, M. (1978). Changes in size composition, indicative of stock conditions in the New South Wales trawl fishery, from 1945/46 to 1966/67. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (97): 76pp. 8 refs.

Blackburn, M. (1979). Gemfish, Rexea solandri (Cuvier and Valenciennes): distribution and length data from Australian east coast shelf waters. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 103: 11pp. 7 refs.

Blackburn, M. (1980). Observations on the distribution of Nyctiphanes australis Sars (Crustacea, Euphausiidae) in Australian waters. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 119: 10pp. 14 refs.

Blackburn, M. and Downie, R. (1955). The occurrence of oily pilchards in New South Wales waters. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Tech. Pap., no. 3.

Blackburn, M. and Fairbridge, W. S. (1946). Report on the Danish-seining trials by the M.V. Liawenee in southern Tasmanian waters. J. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., 19: 404-413.

Blackburn, M. and Gartner, P. E. (1954). Populations of barracouta, Thyrsites atun (Euphrasen) in Australian waters. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 5: 411-468.

Blackburn, M. and Olsen, A. M. (1947). Recent progress with pelagic fishing in Tasmanian waters. J. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., 20: 434-444.

Blackburn, M. and Rayner, G. W. (1951). Pelagic fishing experiments in Australian waters. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Tech. Pap., no. 1.

Blackburn, M. and Serventy, D. L. (1981). Observations on the distribution and life history of skipjack tuna, Katsuwonus pelamis, in Australian waters. Fishery Bulletin, 79 (1): 85-94.

Blackburn, M. and Tubb, J. A. (1950). Measures of abundance of certain pelagic fish in some south-eastern Australian waters. Bull. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res., Melb., no. 251.

Blackburn, S. I. (1993). Toxic algal blooms in Australian waters abstract. Australian Microbiologist, p.A51.

Blackburn, S. I. and Cresswell, G. R. (1993). A coccolithophorid bloom in Jervis Bay, Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 44(2): 253-260 27 refs, illus.

Blackburn, S. I. and Jones, G. J. (1995). Toxic Nodularia spumigena Mertens blooms in Australian waters -- a case study from Orielton Lagoon, Tasmania. Harmful Marine Algal Blooms.#Proliferation D' Algues Marines Nuisibles. Lassus, P.; Arzul, G.; Erard Le Denn, E.; Gentien, P.; Marcaillou Le Baut, C. Eds. Paris France Lavoisier 1995 , pp. 121-126.

Blackburn, S. I. and Oshima, Y. (1989). Review of culture methods for Pyrodinium bahamense. In: Hallegraeff, G M and Maclean, J L (Eds.). Biology, Epidemiology and Management of Pyrodinium Red Tides. ICLARM Conference Proceedings 21, pp.257-266 17 refs.

Blackburn, S. I., Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C. J. S. (1988). Sexual life-cycle of the dinoflagellate Gymnodium catenatum abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.9.

Blackburn, S. I., Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C. J. S. (1989). Vegetative reproduction and sexual life cycle of the toxic dinoflagellate Gymnodinium catenatum from Tasmania, Australia. Journal of Phycology, 25: 577-590 51 refs, illus.

Blackman, A. J., Rogers, G. I. and Volkman, J. K. (1988). Phloroglucinol derivatives from three Australian marine algae of the genus Zonaria . J. Nat. Prod. Lloydia, 51(1): 158-160.

Blick, R. A. and Wisely, B. (1964). Attachment rates of marine invertebrate larvae to raft plates at a Sydney Harbour site 1959-63. Aust. J. Sci., 27: 84-5.

Blunt, C. G. (1978). Production from steers grazing nitrogen fertilized irrigated pangola grass in the Ord Valley. Tropical Grasslands, 12(2): 90-6 15 refs.

Bodaly, R. A., Vuorinen, J., Ward, R. D., Luczynski, M. and Reist, J. D. (1991). Genetic comparisons of new and old world coregonid fishes. Journal of Fish Biology, 38: 37-51 31 refs, illus.

Boland, F. M. (1971). Monitoring section in the Tasman Sea. International Marine Science Symposium. Institute of Marine Sciences (Sydney, NSW: August 16-17,1971), 1p.

Boland, F. M. (1971). Temperature-salinity anomalies at depths between 200m and 800m in the Tasmanian Sea. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 22(2): 55-62.

Boland, F. M. (1973). Monitoring section across the east Australian current. Technical Paper. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.34, 9p.

Boland, F. M. (1979). Time series of expendable bathythermograph sections across the East Australian Current. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 30(3): 303-13 13 refs.

Boland, F. M. and Church, J. A. (1981). East Australian Current 1978. Deep-Sea Research, 28A(9): 937-57 23 refs maps.

Boland, F. M. and Hamon, B. V. (1970). East Australian current, 1965-1968. Deep-Sea Research, 17: 777-94.

Boland, F. M. and Papij, A. (1985). Development of oceanographic equipment. Research Report (1981-1984). Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 115-18 illus.

Boland, F. M., Church, J. A., Forbes, A. M. G., Godfrey, J. S., Huyer, A., Smith, R. L. and White, N. J. (1988). Current-meter data from the Leeuwin Current Interdisciplinary Experiment. The LUCIE Group. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (198): 31p., 5 refs, illus.

Boland, F., Cresswell, G. R. and Wood, J. E. (1975). CSIRO continental shelf mooring system for current meters. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (62): 6p.

Bolch, C. J. S. and Blackburn, S. I. (1996). Isolation and purification of Australian isolates of the toxic cyanobacterium Microcystis aeruginosa Kutz. Journal of Applied Phycology, 8 (1): 5­13.

Bolch, C. J. S. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1988). Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania poster abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.30.

Bolch, C. J. S. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1990). Dinoflagellate cysts in recent marine sediments from Tasmania, Australia. Botanica Marina, 33: 173-192 48 refs, illus.

Bolch, C. J. S. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1993). Ballast water as a vector for the dispersal of toxic dinoflagellates. Proceedings of the Conference and Workshop on Nonindigenous Estuarine & Marine Organisms (Nemo) (Seattle, Washington, Dc, USA: April, 1993), pp.63-67 22 refs.

Bolch, C. J. S. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1993). Chemical and physical treatment options to kill toxic dinoflagellate cysts in ships' ballast water. Journal of Marine and Environmental Engineering, 1: 23-29 13 refs, illus.

Bolch, C. J. S., Blackburn, S. I., Cannon, J. A. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1991). The resting cyst of the red-tide dinoflagellate Alexandrium minutum (Dinophyceae). Phycologia, 30(2): 215-219 25 refs, illus.

Bolch, C. J. S., Blackburn, S. I., Neilan, B. A. and Grewe, P. M. (1996). Genetic characterization of strains of cyanobacteria using PCR-RFLP of the CPCBA intergenic spacer and flanking regions. Journal of Phycology, 32 (3): 445­451.

Bolch, C. J. S., Elliott, N. G. and Ward, R. D. (1993). Enzyme variation in south-eastern Australian samples of the blue-eye or deepsea trevalla, Hyperoglyphe antarctica Carmichael 1818 (Teleostei: Stromateoidei). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 44(5): 687-697 26 refs, illus.

Bolch, C. J. S., Last, P. R., Elliott, N. G., Ward, R. D. and Rowling, K. (1993). More trevalla meet the eye. Australian Fisheries, 52(4): 24-25, illus.

Bolch, C. J. S., Ward, R. D. and Last, P. R. (1994). Biochemical systematics of the marine fish family Centrolophidae (Teleostei: Stromateoidei) from Australian waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 45(7): 1157-1172 36 refs, illus.

Bolch, C., Last, P., Elliot, N., Ward, B. and Rowling, K. (1993). More trevalla meet the eye. Australian Fisheries, 52(4): 24-25.

Boon, P. I., Moriarty, D. J. W. and Saffigna, P. G. (1986). Nitrate metabolism in sediments from seagrass (Zostera capricorni) beds of Moreton Bay, Australia. Marine Biology, 91: 269-275 37 refs, illus.

Boon, P. I., Virtue, P. and Nichols, P. D. (1996). Microbial consortia in wetland sediments: a biomarker analysis of the effects of hydrological regime, vegetation and season on benthic microbes. Marine and Freshwater Research, 47(1): 27-41 59 refs, illus.

Bootle, K. R. (1966). What happened to the humpback whale? . Aust. Fish. Newsl., 25(12): 17-21.

Bow, J. M. and Purday, C. (1966). A method of preparing sperm whale teeth for age determination. Nature, Lond., 210: 437-438.

Bowen, B. K. and Chittleborough, R. G. (1965). The Western Australian crayfishery - and its future. Aust. Fish. Newsl., 24(3): 11-13, 32.

Bowen, B. K. and Chittleborough, R. G. (1966). Preliminary assessments of stocks of the Western Australian crayfish, Panulirus cygnus George. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 17: 93-121.

Bowman, J. P., McCammon, S. A. and Skerratt, J. H. (1997). Methylosphaera hansonii gen nov, sp nov, a psychrophilic, group I methanotroph from Antarctic marine-salinity, meromictic lakes. Microbiology-Uk, 143 [ Part 4 ]: 1451­1459.

Bowman, J. P., Skerratt, J. H., Nichols, P. D. and Sly, L. I. (1991). Phospholipid fatty acid and lipopolysaccharide fatty acid signature lipids in methane-utilizing bacteria. Fems Microbiology Ecology, 85: 15-22 18 refs.

Bowman, J. P., Sly, L. I., Nichols, P. D. and Hayward, A. C. (1993). Revised taxonomy of the methanotrophs: description of Methylobacter gen. nov., emendation of Methylococcus, validation of Methylosinus and Methylocystis species, and a proposal that the family Methylococcaceae includes only the group I methanotrophs. International Journal of Systematic Bacteriology, 43(4): 735-753 57 refs, illus.

Bradbury, R. H. and Young, P. C. (1981). The effects of a major forcing function, wave energy, on a coral reef ecosystem. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 5: 229-41 20 refs.

Bradbury, R. H. and Young, P. C. (1981). The race and the swift revisited, or is aggression between corals important?. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, Manila, 2: 351-6 14 refs.

Bradbury, R. H. and Young, P. C. (1983). Coral interactions and community structure: an analysis of spatial pattern. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 11: 265-71 14 refs.

Bradbury, R. H., Hammond, L. S., Reichelt, R. E. and Young, P. C. (1984). Prediction versus explanation in environmental impact assessment. Search, 14(11/12): 323-5 23 refs.

Bradbury, R. H., Hammond, L. S., Reichelt, R. E. and Young, P. C. (1984). Prediction and explanation as a dialectical pair in ecology. Search, 15(7-8): 220-1.

Bradbury, R. H., Reichelt, R. E., Hammond, L. S. and Young, P. C. (1986). Understanding the ecosystem of the Southern Ocean abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 58.

Bradley, E. F., Coppin, P. A. and Godfrey, J. S. (1989). Measurements of heat and moisture fluxes from the western tropical Pacific Ocean. Proceedings of the Western Pacific International Meeting & Workshop on TOGA-Coare (Noumea, New Caledonia: May 24-30, 1989), pp.523-533 18 refs, illus.

Bradley, E. F., Coppin, P. A. and Godfrey, J. S. (1991). Measurements of sensible and latent heat flux in the western equatorial Pacific Ocean. Journal of Geophysical Research. Supplement, 96: 3375-3389 49 refs, illus.

Bradley, E. F., Coppin, P. A., Godfrey, J. S., McDougall, T. J. and Pender, L. F. (1994). Observations of the mixed-layer energy budget from aboard R/V Franklin during TOGA-COARE abstract. Proceedings of the 1st National Amos Conference: Incorporating 5th Air-Sea Interaction Conference (Adelaide, SA: February 14-16, 1994). Amos Publication, (9): p.10.

Bradley, E. F., Godfrey, J. S., Coppin, P. A. and Butt, J. A. (1993). Observations of net heat flux into the surface mixed layer of the western equatorial Pacific Ocean. Journal of Geophysical Research, 98(C12): 22,521-22,532 21 refs, illus.

Braine, S. J., Rimmer, D. W. and Phillips, B. F. (1979). Illustrated key and notes on the phyllosoma stages of the western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus George. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (102): 13pp. 9 refs illus.

Brandt, S. B. (1981). Effects of a warm-core eddy on fish distributions in the Tasman Sea off east Australia. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 6: 19-33 65 refs.

Brandt, S. B. (1981). Theoretical effectiveness of rectangular towed nets as related to trawl size and avoidance capabilities of the organisms abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.55.

Brandt, S. B. (1982). Warm core eddies: biological contrasts and consequences abstract. Warm Core Rings Workshop Report, New Zealand, January, pp.32-33.

Brandt, S. B. (1983). Pelagic squid associations with a warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 34(4): 573-85 42 refs.

Brandt, S. B. (1983). Temporal and spatial patterns of lanternfish (family Myctophidae) communities associated with a warm-core eddy. Marine Biology, 74: 231-44 33 refs.

Brandt, S. B. and Hodgson, H. L. (1981). Lanternfishes, oceanic fronts and warm-core eddies. Australian Fisheries, 40(3): 14-15, 17 6 refs illus.

Brandt, S. B. and Maxwell, J. G. H. (1981). Comparison of the selectivity of the RMT 8, IYGPT and Engel midwater trawls for micronekton abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.57.

Brandt, S. B. and Wadley, V. A. (1981). Thermal fronts as ecotones and zoogeographic barriers in marine and freshwater systems. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia, 11: 13-36 73 refs.

Brandt, S. B., Griffiths, F. B. and Wadley, V. A. (1981). Water mass affiliations of mesopelagic animals as related to warm-core eddies. 1. Fishes; 2. Crustaceans; 3. Cephalopods abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.37.

Brandt, S. B., Parker, R. R. and Vaudrey, D. J. (1981). Physical and biological description of warm-core eddy J during September-October, 1979. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 126: 8pp. 21 refs illus. maps.

Brandt, S. B., Young, J. W. and Hartley, J. (1982). Soela makes good catches on 'untrawlable' ground near Gabo Island. Australian Fisheries, 41(9): 32-35 illus. map.

Bremner, H. A. (1984). Seafood research in New Zealand. CSIRO Food Res. Q. , 44(1): 6-11.

Bremner, H. A. (1985). A convenient easy to use system for estimating the quality of chilled seafoods. Fish Processing Conference-'-85. Proceedings of the Fish Processing Conference, Nelson, -23-25 April, -1985. Scott, D.N.; Summers, G. Comps. Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, Auckland New Zealand 1985. No. 7 , pp. 59-70.

Bremner, H. A. (1988). Chill-storage trials on three species of scampi. Lebensmittel-Wissenschaft Und Technologie, 21: 275-283 30 refs, illus.

Bremner, H. A. (1988). Frozen storage trials on three species of scampi. Lebensmittel-Wissenschaft Und Technologie, 21: 284-287 7 refs, illus.

Bremner, H. A. (1988). The right connections abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.1.

Bremner, H. A. and Hallett, I. C. (1985). Muscle fiber connective tissue junctions in the fish blue grenadier (Macruronus novaezelandiae ). A scanning electron microscope study. Journal of Food Science, 50(4): 975-.

Bremner, H. A. and Hallett, I. C. (1986). Degradation in muscle fibre-connective tissue junctions in the spotted trevalla (Seriolella punctata) examined by scanning electron microscopy. Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture, 37: 1011-18 8 refs, illus.

Bremner, H. A. and Hallett, I. C. (1987). Fish microstructure. In: Ang How Ghee, Lien Wen Sze and Foo Check Woo (Eds.). Trends in Food Science. Proceedings of the 7th World Congress of Food Science and Technology (Singapore: October 1987), pp.93-98 18 refs, illus.

Bremner, H. A. and Statham, J. A. (1987). Packaging in CO extends shelf-life of scallops. Food Technology in Australia, 39(5): 177-79 9 refs, illus.

Bremner, H. A. and Vail, A. M. A. (1983). Electrophoretic identification of fish species, or salmon on Friday but barra(on)mundi. Food Technology in Australia, 35(7): 322-326.

Bremner, H. A., Olley, J. N. and Vail, A. M. A. (1987). Estimating time-temperature effects by a rapid systematic sensory method. In: Kramer, D E and Liston, J (Eds.). Seafood Quality Determination. Proceedings of an International Symposium Coordinated By The University of Alaska Sea Grant Program (Anchorage, Alaska, USA: November 10-14, 1986). , pp.413-435 70 refs, illus.

Bremner, H. A., Olley, J. N., Statham, J. A. and Vail, A. M. A. (1988). Nucleotide catabolism: influence on the storage life of tropical species of fish from the North West Shelf of Australia. Journal of Food Science, 53(1): 6-11 10 refs, illus.

Bremner, H. A., Statham, J. A. and Sykes, S. J. (1985). Tropical species from the north west shelf of Australia: Sensory assessment and acceptability of fish stored on ice. Spoilage of Tropical Fish and Product Development. Proceedings of a Symposium Held in Conjunction With The Sixth Session of the Indo Pacific Fishery Commission Working Party on Fish Technology and Marketing, Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Melbou, pp. 41-53.

Bremner, H. A., Volkman, J. K., Krasnicki, T. and Gibson, R. (1989). The good oil. 1. Nutritionally important oils in Tasmanian fish. Australian Fisheries, 48(5): 28-29.

Brewer D. T. and Warburton, K. (1992). Selection of prey from a seagrass/mangrove environment by golden lined whiting, Sillago analis (Whitley). Journal of Fish Biology, 40: 257-271 58 refs, illus.

Brewer D. T., Blaber, S. J. M. and Salini, J. P. (1989). Feeding biology of Caranx bucculentus Alleyne and Macleay (Teleostei : Carangidae) in Albatross Bay, Gulf of Carpentaria, with special reference to predation on penaeid prawns. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 40(6): 657-68 29 refs, illus.

Brewer D. T., Blaber, S. J. M. and Salini, J. P. (1991). Fish predation on commercially important prawns at Groote Eylandt abstract. Australian Society for Fish Biology. Newsletter, 21(2): p.27.

Brewer D. T., Blaber, S. J. M. and Salini, J. P. (1991). Predation on penaeid prawns by fishes in Albatross Bay, Gulf of Carpentaria. Marine Biology, 109: 231-240 22 refs, illus.

Brewer D. T., Blaber, S. J. M., Milton, D. A. and Salini, J. P. (1994). Aspects of the biology of Caranx bucculentus (Teleostei: Carangidae) from the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 45(3): 413-427 29 refs, illus.

Brewer D. T., Blaber, S. J. M., Salini, J. P. and Farmer, M. J. (1995). Feeding ecology of predatory fishes from Groote Eylandt in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia, with special reference to predation on penaeid prawns. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 40: 577-600 39 refs, illus.

Brewer D. T., Rawlinson, N. J. F. and Eayrs, S. (1995). Bycatch reduction devices show promise in the NPF. Australian Fisheries, 54(5): 24-26, illus.

Brewer, D. and Eayrs, S. (1994). New prawn and fish trawl gear reduces non-target bycatch. Australian Fisheries, 53(3): 9-11 3 refs, illus.

Bridges, K. W., Phillips, R. C. and Young, P. C. (1982). Patterns of some seagrass distributions in the Torres Strait, Queensland. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 33(2): 273-83 25 refs.

Bridwell, L. B., Hay, H. J., Pender, L. F., Sofield, C. J. and Treacy, P. B. (1988). Excitation of swift heavy ions in foil targets. 4. Preequilibrium energy losses and mean charge states. Australian Journal of Physics, 41(5): 681-692 22 refs, illus.

Brothers, E. B. and Thresher, R. E. (1985). Pelagic duration, dispersal and the distribution of Indo-Pacific coral-reef fishes. In: Reaka, M (Ed.) The Ecology of Deep and Shallow Coral Reefs. Noaa Symposia Series for Undersea Research. Noaa, Washington, v.2, pp. 53-69 25 refs.

Brown R. S. and Phillips, B. F. (1994). The current status of Australia's rock lobster fisheries. In: Phillips, B F, Cobb, J S and Kittaka, J (Eds.). Spiny Lobster Management, pp. 33-63.

Brown, A. D. (1960). Inhibition by Spermine of the action of a bacterial cell-wall lytic enzyme. Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 44: 178-179.

Brown, A. D. (1960). Some properties of a Gram-negative heterotrophic marine bacterium. J. Gen. Microbiol., 23: 471-485.

Brown, A. D. (1961). Effects of salt concentration during growth on properties of the cell envelope of a marine pseudomonad. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 49: , 585-588.

Brown, A. D. (1961). The peripheral structures of Gram-negative bacteria. I. Cell wall protein and the action of a lytic enzyme system of a marine pseudomonad. Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 48: 352-361.

Brown, A. D. (1962). The peripheral structures of Gram-negative bacteria. III. Effects of cations on proteolytic degradation of the cell envelope of a marine pseudomonad. Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 62: 132-144.

Brown, A. D. (1964). Seasonal variations in heterotrophic bacterial populations in waters off Sydney. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 15(1): 73-76.

Brown, A. D. and Shorey, C. D. (1962). Preliminary observations on the cell envelopes of two species of Halobacterium. Biochim. Biophys. Acta., 59: 258-260.

Brown, A. D., Drummond, D. G. and North, R. J. (1962). The peripheral structures of Gram-negative bacteria. II. Membranes of bacilli and spheroplasts of a marine pseudomonad. Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 58: 514-531.

Brown, J. L. (1976). Selected bibliography on the fish resources of the south-eastern Indian Ocean. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 71, 35 p.

Brown, M. R. (1988). Nutritional role of microalgae in culture abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.29.

Brown, M. R. (1991). The amino-acid and sugar composition of 16 species of microalgae used in mariculture. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 145: 79-99 54 refs, illus.

Brown, M. R. (1995). Effects of storage and processing on the ascorbic acid content of concentrates prepared from Chaetoceros calcitrans. Journal of Applied Phycology, 7: 495-500 15 refs, illus.

Brown, M. R. and Farmer, C. L. (1994). Riboflavin content of six species of microalgae used in mariculture. Journal of Applied Phycology, 6: 61-65 18 refs, illus.

Brown, M. R. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1992). Biochemical composition of microalgae from the green algal classes Chlorophyceae and Prasinophyceae. 1. Amino acids, sugars and pigments. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 161: 91-113 55 refs, illus.

Brown, M. R. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1992). The nutritional properties of microalgae used in mariculture: a review. In: Allan, G L and Dall, W (Eds.). Proceedings of the Aquaculture Nutrition Workshop (Salamander Bay, NSW: April 15-17, 1991). Orange: NSW Fisheries, pp.174-179 50 refs, illus.

Brown, M. R. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1995). The amino acid and gross composition of marine diatoms potentially useful for mariculture. Journal of Applied Phycology, 7: 521-527 34 refs.

Brown, M. R. and Miller, K. A. (1992). The ascorbic acid content of eleven species of microalgae used in mariculture. Journal of Applied Phycology, 4: 205-215 42 refs, illus.

Brown, M. R., Barrett, S. M., Volkman, J. K., Nearhos, S. P., Nell, J. A. and Allan, G. L. (1996). Biochemical composition of new yeasts and bacteria evaluated as food for bivalve aquaculture. Aquaculture, 143 (3-4): 341­ 360.

Brown, M. R., Dunstan, G. A., Jeffrey, S. W., Volkman, J. K. and Barrett, S. M. (1993). The influence of irradiance on the biochemical composition of the prymnesiophyte Isochrysis sp. (clone T-ISO). Journal of Phycology, 29: 601-612 61 refs, illus.

Brown, M. R., Dunstan, G. A., Norwood, S. J. and Miller, K. A. (1996). Effects of harvest stage and light on the biochemical composition of the diatom Thalassiosira pseudonana. Journal of Phycology, 32: 64-73 43 refs, illus.

Brown, M. R., Garland, C. D., Jeffrey, S. W., Jameson, I. D. and Leroi, J.-M. (1993). The gross and amino acid compositions of batch and semi-continuous cultures of Isochrysis sp. (clone T.ISO), Pavlova lutheri and Nannochloropsis oculata. Journal of Applied Phycology, 5: 285-296 28 refs, illus.

Brown, M. R., Jeffrey, S. W. and Garland, C. D. (1989). Nutritional aspects of microalage used in mariculture; a literature review. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (205): 44p., 228 refs, illus.

Brown, N. L. and Hamon, B. V. (1961). An inductive salinometer. Deep-Sea Res., 8: 65-75.

Bruce, A. J. (1969). On the identity of Periclimenes pusillus Rathburn, 1906 (Decapoda, pontonlinae). Crustaceana , 19: 306-10.

Bruce, A. J. (1970). Occurrence of the shrimp Discias exul Kemp, 1920 (Decapoda, Natantia, Disciadidae) on the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Crustaceana , 18(3): 315-17.

Bruce, A. J. (1970). Report on some commensal shrimps (Crustacea: Palaemonidae)associated with an indo-pacific gorgonian host (Coelenterata: Gorgonacea). Journal of Zoology, 160: 537-44.

Bruce, B. D. (1986). Larval development and caudal osteology of blue grenadier Macruronus novaezelandiae Hector (Merlucciidae), from Tasmanian waters abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 90.

Bruce, B. D. (1988). Larval development of blue grenadier, Macruronus novaezelandiae (Hector), in Tasmanian waters. Fishery Bulletin, 86(1): 119-128 22 refs, illus.

Bruce, B. D. (1995). Larval development of King George whiting, Sillaginodes punctata, school whiting, Sillago bassensis, and yellow fin whiting, Sillago schomburgkii (Percoidei: Sillaginidae), from South Australian waters. Fishery Bulletin, 93: 27-43 31 refs, illus.

Bruce, B. D. (1995). The protection of the white shark: A research perspective. South. Fish., 3(2): 11-15.

Bruce, B. D., Sutton, C. A. and Lyne, V. (1995). Laboratory and field studies of the larval distribution and duration of the introduced seastar Asterias amurensis with updated and improved prediction of the species spread based on a larval dispersion model. Hobart, Tas. Australia CSIRO Division of Fisheries 1995 , 66p.

Bruce, B. D., Sutton, C. A. and Thresher, R. E. (1996). An ichthyoplankton based analysis of the spawning distribution and stock structure of temperate Australian finfish: Final report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation Grant 92/19. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 65p. 63 refs, illus.

Bryden, H. L., Roemmich, D. H. and Church, J. A. (1991). Ocean heat transport across 24N in the Pacific. Deep-Sea Research, 38(3): 297-324 40 refs, illus.

Buchwald, V. T. and De Szoeke, R. A. (1973). Response of a continental shelf to travelling pressure disturbances. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 24(2): 143-58.

Bulleid, N. C. (1976). Detritus. Estuarine Project. Progress Report 1974-1976, 28-31 illus.

Bulleid, N. C. (1977). Adenosine triphosphate analysis in marine ecology: a review and manual. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.75, 14 p. 60 refs.

Bulleid, N. C. (1978). Improved method for the extraction of aenosine triphosphate from marine sediment and seawater. Limnology and Oceanography, 23(1): 174-8 14 refs.

Bulleid, N. C. (1981). The dynamics of nutrient enrichment during spring blooms at the Port Hacking 100 m station abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.29-30.

Bulleid, N. C. (1982). Structure of Eddy Mario and its influence on the distribution of nitrate and particulate matter abstract. Warm Core Rings Workshop Report, New Zealand, January, pp.33-34.

Bulleid, N. C. (1983). Nutrient cycle of an intermittently stratified estuary. In: Cuff, W R and Tomczak, M (Eds.) Synthesis and Modelling of Intermittent Estuaries. Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies. Springer-Verlag, 3: 55-75 22 refs.

Bulleid, N. C. (1984). A spring-time upwelling off the New South Wales coast abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), pp.21-22.

Bulleid, N. C. (1984). Deoxygenation and remineralization above the sediment-water interface: an in situ experimental study. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 19: 15-25 32 refs.

Bulleid, N. C. (1984). The hydrology of the North West Shelf abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), pp.8-9.

Bulleid, N. C. and Carpenter, D. J. (1973). Multidisciplinary programme to investigate the sources and consequences of enrichment of nutrients off the New South Wales coast. In: Fraser, R (Comp.). Oceanography of the South Pacific, 1972. N.Z.Natn Commn UNESCO Wellington, pp.349-55.

Bulman, C. M. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1986). Feeding ecology of Macruronus novaezelandiae (Hector) (Teleostei : Merlucciidae) in south-eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37(5): 621-39 18 refs, illus, map.

Bulman, C. M. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1986). Feeding ecology of Macruronus novaezelandiae in south-east Australia abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 90.

Bulman, C. M. and Elliott, N. G. (1994). 1987 orange roughy exploratory cruises off Tasmania. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (214): 24p. 25 refs, illus, appendixes.

Bulman, C. M. and Koslow, J. A. (1992). Diet and food consumption of a deep-sea fish, orange roughy Hoplostethus atlanticus (Pisces: Trachichthyidae), off southeastern Australia. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 82: 115-129 41 refs, illus.

Bulman, C. M. and Koslow, J. A. (1994). Development and depth distribution of the eggs of orange roughy, Hoplostethus atlanticus (Pisces: Trachichthyidae). In: [CSIRO Division of Fisheries] Development and Use of the Egg Production Method to Assess The Biomass of Orange Roughy Off Eastern Tasmania. Final Report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Grant No. 90/9, pp. 8-28.

Bulman, C. M. and Koslow, J. A. (1995). Development and depth distribution of the eggs of orange roughy, Hoplostethus atlanticus (Pisces: Trachichthyidae). Marine and Freshwater Research, 46(4): 697-705 34 refs, illus.

Bulman, C. M., Wayte, S. E. and Elliott, N. G. (1994). Orange roughy surveys, 1988 and 1989. Part A: Abundance indices; Part B: Biological data. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (215): 21p. 11 refs, illus.

Bunn, S. E., Loneragan, N. R. and Kempster, M. A. (1995). Effects of acid washing on stable isotope ratios of C and N in penaeid shrimp and seagrass: Implications for food web studies using multiple stable isotopes. Limnology and Oceanography, 40(3): 622-625.

Burford, M. (1997). Phytoplankton dynamics in shrimp ponds. Aquaculture Research, 28 (5): 351­360.

Burford, M. A. and Pollard, P. C. (1994). Pigment contaminants in polycarbonate filters. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 103: 203-206 12 refs, illus.

Burford, M. A., Long, B. G. and Rothlisberg, P. C. (1994). Sedimentary pigments and organic carbon in relation to microalgal and benthic faunal abundance in the Gulf of Carpentaria. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 103: 111-117 34 refs, illus.

Burford, M. A., Rothlisberg, P. C. and Wang, Y.-G. (1995). Spatial and temporal distribution of tropical phytoplankton species and biomass in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 118: 255-266 34 refs, illus.

Burgess, D., Caton, A., Gunn, J. S., Hearn, W. S., Murray, T. and Proctor, C. H. (1991). Aging and growth of juveniles and adults. Deriso, R B and Bayliff, W H (Eds.). World Meeting on Stock Assessment of Bluefin Tunas: Strengths and Weaknesses. Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission. Special Report, (7): 210-224, illus.

Burrage, D. M., Church, J. A. and Steinberg C. R. (1991). Linear systems analysis of momentum on the continental shelf and slope of the central Great Barrier Reef. Journal of Geophysical Research, 96(C12): 22,169-22,190 25 refs, illus.

Butler, A. J. and Smith, A. D. M. (1992). Effects of recruitment variability on coexistence of competing species: Management implications. Australian Society for Fish Biology Workshop. Recruitment Processes. Hobart, -21 August-1991. Hancock, D.A. Ed. Canberra, N.S.W. Australia Australian Government Publishing Service 1992 , pp. 157-166.

Butler, E. C. V. (1988). Determination of inorganic arsenic species in aqueous samples by ion-exclusion chromatography with electro-chemical detection. Journal of Chromatography, 450: 353-360 18 refs, illus.

Butler, E. C. V. (1995). Estuarine chemistry: towards tools for environmental managers. Chemistry in Australia, 62(8): 9-10, illus.

Butler, E. C. V. (1996). The analytical chemist at sea: measurements of iodine and arsenic in marine waters. Trends in Analytical Chemistry, 15(1): 45-52 45 refs, illus.

Butler, E. C. V. and Dal Pont, G. (1992). Liquid chromatography-electrochemistry procedure for the determination of chlorophenolic compounds in pulp mill effluents and receiving waters. Journal of Chromatography, 609: 113-123 30 refs, illus.

Butler, E. C. V. and Mackey, D. J. (1992). Continuous shipboard measurement of the pH of surface seawaters, and derivation of the corresponding record of pCO. Science of the Total Environment, 112: 165-175 20 refs, illus.

Butler, E. C. V. and Plaschke, R. B. (1988). Iodate as a chemical tracer in marine waters. Australian Marine Sciences Association. Silver Jubilee Conference Commemorative Volume. Sydney, NSW: Wavelength Press, pp.159-163 14 refs, illus.

Butler, E. C. V. and Smith, J. D. (1985). Iodine and arsenic redox species in oxygen-deficient estuarine waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 36(3): 301-309 38 refs, illus.

Butler, E. C. V., Burton, H. R. and Smith, J. D. (1988). Iodine distribution in an antarctic meromictic saline lake. Hydrobiologia, 165: 97-101 16 refs, illus.

Butler, E. C. V., Butt, J. A., Lindstrom, E. J., Tildesley, P. C., Pickmere, S. and Vincent, W. F. (1992). Oceanography of the subtropical convergence zone around southern New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 26: 131-154 37 refs, illus.

Butler, E. C. V., Green, G., Higgins, H. W., Holdsworth, D. G., Leeming, R., Mackey, D. J., Morgan, P. P., Nichols, P. D., O'Sullivan, J. E., Plaschke, R. B., Revill, A. T., Volkman, J. K. and Watson, R. J. (1996). Contaminants in the Derwent estuary - 20 years on. 23rd Hydrology and Water Resources Symposium, Hobart Australia 21-24 May 1996, pp. 679-680.

Butt, J. A. and Lindstrom, E. J. (1994). Currents off the east coast of New Ireland, Papua New Guinea, and their relevance to regional undercurrents in the Western Equatorial Pacific Ocean. Journal of Geophysical Research, 99(C6): 12503-12514 12 refs, illus.

Butterworth, D. S., Punt, A. E., Oosthuizen, W. H. and Wickens, P. A. (1995). The effects of future consumption by the Cape fur seal on catches and catch rates of the Cape hakes. 3. Modelling the dynamics of the Cape fur seal Arctocephalus pusillus pusillus. South African Journal of Marine Science, 16: 161-183 47 refs, illus.

Cai, W. and Godfrey, J. S. (1995). Surface heat flux parameterizations and the variability of thermohaline circulation. Journal of Geophysical Research, 100(C6): 10679-10692 51 refs, illus.

Cai, W., Schahinger, R. B. and Lennon, G. W. (1990). Layered models of coastal upwelling: a case study of the South Australian region. In: Davies, A M (Ed.). Modeling Marine Systems. Boca Raton, Fl, USA: Crc Press, 1(Ch.5): 73-91 19 refs, illus.

Campbell, H. F., Hand, A. J. and Smith, A. D. M. (1993). A bioeconomic model for management of orange roughy stocks. Marine Resource Economics, 8: 155-172 15 refs, illus.

Campbell, N. A., Phillips, B. F., (1972). Von Bertalanffy growth curve and its application to capture: recapture data in fisheries biology. Journal Du Conseil. Conseil International pour L'exploration de la Mer, 34(2): 295-299.

Campbell, R. A. (1992). Feasibility of CPUE-based southern bluefin tuna abundance indices: analysis of data pertaining to the Western Australia SBT fishing fleet. In: Whitelaw, A W and Mawson, V (Eds.). Proceedings of the Inaugural Southern Bluefin Tuna Science-Industry-Management Workshop (Port Lincoln, SA: June 24-25, 1992). Hobart, Tas.: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp.75-77, illus.

Caperon, J. and Griffiths, F. B. (1976). Zooplankton grazing. Estuarine Project. Progress Report 1974-1976, 44-5.

Caperon, J. and Smith, D. F. (1978). Photosynthetic rates of marine algae as a function of inorganic carbon concentration. Limnology and Oceanography, 23(4): 704-8 14 refs.

Caputi, N., Brown R. S. and Phillips, B. F. (1995). Predicting catches of the western rock lobster (Panulirus cygnus) based on indices of puerulus and juvenile abundance. Ices Marine Science Symposia, 199: 287-293.

Caputi, N., Brown, R. and Phillips, B. F. (1988). Forecasting rock lobster catches: check and double check. Fins. Fishing Industry News Service, 21(2): 18-22 6 refs, illus.

Caputi, N., Fletcher, W. J., Pearce, A. and Chubb, C. F. (1996). Effect of the Leeuwin Current on the recruitment of fish and invertebrates along the Western Australian coast. Marine and Freshwater Research, 47(2): 147-55 37 refs, illus.

Carpenter, D. J. (1971). Remote operating submarine quantameter. International Marine Science Symposium. Institute of Marine Sciences (Sydney, NSW: August 16-17, 1971), 2p.

Carpenter, D. J. and Carpenter, S. M. (1976). Numerical analysis of primary production and associated data from waters off the east coast of Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 27(3): 431-9, 18 refs.

Carpenter, D. J. and Carpenter, S. M. (1979). Comparison of optical and biochemical classifications of ocean waters. Deep-Sea Research, 26A: 763-73 12 refs.

Carpenter, D. J. and Jitts, H. R. (1973). Remote operating submarine irradiance meter. Deep-Sea Research, 20: 859-65.

Carpenter, D. J. and Thomson, J. D. (1984). Observation from LANDSAT of ocean circulation. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 35(1): 25-32.

Carpenter, D. J., Bremner, A. and Tranter, D. J. (1983). Pilot investigation of chlorophyll distribution using satellite imagery in south-eastern Australian waters. Technical Report. Victorian Department of Conservation, Forests and Lands, Fisheries and Wildlife Division, no. 34.

Carpenter, D. J., Bremner, A. and Tranter, D. J. (1984). Investigation of phytoplankton distribution in Bass Strait using the Nimbus-7 coastal zone colour scanner extended abstract. 1st Australasian Conference on the Physics of Remote Sensing of Atmosphere and Ocean (Melbourne, Vic: February 13-16, 1984). Extended Abstracts. Mordialloc, Vic: Balcombe D. & R. Service, pp.77-79 3 refs.

Carpenter, P. D., Butler, E. C. V., Higgins, H. W., Mackey, D. J. and Nichols, P. D. (1991). Chemistry of trace elements, humic substances and sedimentary organic matter in Macquarie Harbour, Tasmania. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 42(6): 625-654.

Carter, J. and Kenchington, T. J. (1986). The Terence Bay Wreck: survey and excavation of a mid-18th century fishing schooner. Historical Archaeology, Special Publication, (4): 13-26 26 refs, illus.

Carter, S. J. B. and Hunter, J. R. (1994). The physical oceanographic effects of jarosite dumping at sea. Task 13. Sampling from M.V. Anson. Report OMR-66/42. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Carter, S. J. B. and Hunter, J. R. (1994). The physical oceanographic effects of jarosite dumping at sea. Task 15. Anson's wake and washings. Report OMR-68/42. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Cassells, P. and Whitelaw, A. W. (1992). AFZ and RTMP observer programs. In: Whitelaw, A W and Mawson, V (Eds.). Proceedings of the Inaugural Southern Bluefin Tuna Science-Industry-Management Workshop (Port Lincoln, SA: June 24-25, 1992). Hobart, Tas.: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp.37-40.

Cassells, P. and Whitelaw, A. W. (1994). The AFZ observer program. In: Whitelaw, A W (Ed.). Proceedings of the East Coast Tuna Science-Industry-Management Workshop (Hobart, Tas: March 23-24, 1993). Hobart, Tas: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp.111-112.

Castle, M. J. (1980). Proceedings of the Australasian workshop on the use of underwater acoustics in biological oceanography, February 1979. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 123: 44pp. 32 refs.

Caton, A. and Majkowski, J. V. (1987). Warning issued on global catch limits. Australian Fisheries, 46(12): 22-4 4 refs.

Caton, A. E. and Hampton, J. W. (1984). Japanese scientists search for southern bluefin tuna larvae. Australian Fisheries, 43(1): 48-50 illus. maps.

Caton, A., Gunn, J. S., Hampton, J. W., Kono, H., Ishizuka, Y., Proctor, C. H. and Thresher, R. E. (1991). Stock structure, distribution and migration. Deriso, R B and Bayliff, W H (Eds.). World Meeting on Stock Assessment of Bluefin Tunas: Strengths and Weaknesses. Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission. Special Report, (7): 230-242, illus.

Caton, A., Hearn, W. S., Kirkwood, G. P., Kono, H. and Robins, J. (1991). Status of the population. Deriso, R B and Bayliff, W H (Eds.). World Meeting on Stock Assessment of Bluefin Tunas: Strengths and Weaknesses. Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission. Special Report, (7): 309-323, illus.

Caton, A., McLoughlin, K. J. and Sainsbury, K. J. (1994). Southern bluefin tuna. In: Mcloughlin, K J, Staples, D J and Maliel, M (Eds.). Fishery Status Reports 1993: Resource Assessments of Australian Commonwealth Fisheries. Canberra, Act: Bureau of Resource Sciences, pp.49-54, illus.

Catterall, C. P. and Poiner, I. R. (1984). Spatial dispersion of a strombid gastropod and its ecological basis. In: Liddle, M J and Tothill, J C (Eds.) The Ecological Basis of Interactions Between Organisms. Monograph. Griffith University, School of Australian Environmental Studies, (1/84): 13-23 9 refs.

Catterall, C. P. and Poiner, I. R. (1986). Impact of human gathering on shellfish populations abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 85.

Catterall, C. P. and Poiner, I. R. (1987). The potential impact of human gathering on shellfish populations, with reference to some NE Australian intertidal flats. Oikos, 50(1): 114-122 29 refs.

Catterall, C. P., Poiner, I. R. and Kerr, J. D. (1992). Impact of dredging on the volute Cymbiolacca pulchra and its environment at Heron Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority. Research Publication, (17): 26p. 25 refs, illus.

Catterall, C. P., Poiner, I. R./Poiner, I. R. and Catterall, C. P. (1988). The effects of traditional gathering on populations of the marine gastropod Strombus luhuanus Linne 1758, in southern Papua New Guinea. Oecologia, 76: 191-199 34 refs, illus.

Cavanagh J.-A. E., Juhasz A. L., Nichols, P. D., Franzmann, P. D. and McMeekin, T. A. (1995). Analysis of microbial hydrocarbon degradation using TLC-FID. Journal of Microbiological Methods, 22: 119-130 31 refs, illus.

Cavenagh, J. E., Nichols, P. D., McMeekin, T. A., Franzmann, P. D. and Burton, H. R. (1996). Hydrocarbon degradation by Antarctic bacteria. American Chemical Society, Division of Environmental Chemistry. Preprints of Extended Abstracts, 1996, 36(2): 285-287.

Cechet, R. P., Bennett, J. W., Helmond I. D., Coppin, P. A., Bradley, E. F., Barton, I. J. and Godfrey, J. S. (1994). TASITA: towed air-sea interface temperature analyzer. Journal of Atmospheric and Oceanic Technology, 11(3): 801-813 34 refs, illus.

Chandrasekharan Nair, K. K. and Tranter, D. J. (1971). Zooplankton distribution along salinity gradient in the Cochin backwater before and after the monsoon. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, India, 13(2): 203-10.

Chandumpai, A., Dall, W. and Smith, D. M. (1991). Lipid-class composition of organs and tissues of the tiger prawn Penaeus esculentus during the moulting cycle and during starvation. Marine Biology, 108: 235-245 37 refs, illus.

Channels, P. W., Phillips, B. F. and Bell, R. S. (1987). Rock lobster fisheries for the ornate rock lobster, Panulirus ornatus in Torres Strait and on the north-east coast of Queensland, Australia. Fisheries Paper. Department of Primary Industry. Canberra, (87/8): 1-20 19 refs, illus, maps.

Chau, Y. K. (1957). The coastal circulation of New South Wales from drift card results 1953-56. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 13.

Chen, S. X. (1993). On the accuracy of empirical likelihood confidence regions for linear regression model. Annals. Institute of Statistical Mathematics, 45(4): 621-637 11 refs, illus.

Chen, S. X. (1994). Abundance estimation of the southern bluefin tuna abstract. 12th Australian Statistical Society Conference. Program and Abstracts (Clayton, Vic: July 4-8, 1994), 1p.

Chen, S. X. (1994). Comparing empirical likelihood and bootstrap hypothesis tests. Journal of Multivariate Analysis, 51(2): 277-293 17 refs, illus.

Chen, S. X. (1994). Empirical likelihood confidence intervals for linear regression coefficients. Journal of Multivariate Analysis, 49(1): 24-40 5 refs.

Chen, S. X. and Hall, P. (1993). Smoothed empirical likelihood confidence intervals for quantiles. Annals of Statistics, 21(3): 1166-1181 18 refs, illus.

Chen, S. X. and Hall, P. (1994). On the calculation of standard error for quotation in confidence statements. Statistics and Probability Letters, 19: 147-151 6 refs, illus.

Chisholm, L. A., Beverley Burton, M. and Last, P. (1991). Calicotyle urolophi n. sp. (Monogenea: Monocotylidae) from stingarees, Urolophus spp. (Elasmobranchii: Urolophidae) taken in coastal waters of southern Australia. Syst. Parasitol. , 20(1): 63-68.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1953). Aerial observations on the humpback whale, Megaptera nodosa (Bonnaterre), with notes on other species. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 4: 219-226.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1954). Studies on the ovaries of the humpback whale, Megaptera nodosa (Bonnaterre), on the Western Australian coast. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 5: 35-63.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1955). Aspects of reproduction in the male humpback whale Megaptera nodosa (Bonnaterre). Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 6: 1-29.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1955). Puberty, physical maturity, and relative growth of the female humpback whale Megaptera nodosa (Bonnaterre), on the Western Australian coast. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 6: 315-327.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1956). Southern right whale in Australian waters. J. Mammal., 37: 456-457.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1957). An analysis of recent catches of humpback whales from the stocks in Groups IV and V. Prepared for the International Commission on Whaling. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 4.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1958). Age determination in whales. Anzaas, 33rd Meeting, Adelaide., .

Chittleborough, R. G. (1958). An analysis of recent catches of humpback whales from the stocks in Groups IV and V. Prepared for the International Commission on Whaling. Norsk Hvalfangsttid., 47: 109-137.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1958). Australian catches of humpback whales 1957. Prepared for the International Commission on Whaling. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Rep., no. 17.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1958). The breeding cycle of the female humpback whale, Megaptera nodosa (Bonnaterre). Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 9: 1-18.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1959). Australian humpback whales 1958. Prepared for the International Commission on Whaling. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 23.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1959). Australian marking of humpback whales. Norsk Hvalfangsttid., 48: 47-55.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1959). Balaenoptera brydei Olsen on the west coast of Australia. Norsk Hvalfangsttid., 48: 62-66.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1959). Determination of age in the humpback whale, Megaptera nodosa (Bonnaterre). Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 10: 125-143.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1959). Intermingling of two populations of humpback whales. Norsk Hvalfangsttid., 48: 510-521.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1959). Whale marking and recoveries. Fish. Newsl., 18 (2): 5-7.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1960). Apparent variation in the mean length of female humpback whales at puberty. Norsk Hvalfangsttid., 49: 120-124.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1960). Australian catches of humpback whales 1959. Prepared for the International Commission on Whaling. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 29.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1960). Lengths of puberal female humpbacks. Fish. Newsl., 19 (4): 13.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1960). Marked humpback whale of known age. Nature, Lond., 187: 164.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1961). Australian catches of humpback whales 1960. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 31.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1962). Australian catches of humpback whales 1961. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 34.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1962). Book review: "Discovery Reports. Vol. 31. Reproduction, growth and age of Southern Sei whales"; by R.M. Laws. Aust. J. Sci., 25: 29-30.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1963). Australian catches of humpback whales 1962. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 35.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1964). Licence limitation as applied to whaling. in "Fisheries Management Seminar, 1963. Rep. of Procs." (Dept. Prim. Ind.: Canberra)., .

Chittleborough, R. G. (1965). Dynamics of two populations of the humpback whale, Megaptera novaeangliae (Borowski). Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 16: 33-128.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1968). Can we culture marine crayfish? . West. Aust. Fishing Industry News Service, 1(3): 16-17.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1970). Conservation of Cockburn Sound (Western Australia). A case study prepared by the Western Australian councillors of the Australian conservation foundation. Australian Conservation Foundation. Special Publication, no.5, 27 p.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1970). Studies on recruitment in the western Australian rock lobster Panulirus longipes cygnus George: density and natural mortality of juveniles. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 21(2): 131-48.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1974). Development of a tag for the western rock lobster. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (56): 19p.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1974). Home range, homing and dominance in juvenile western rock lobsters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 25(2): 227-34,.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1974). Review of prospects for rearing rock lobsters. Australian Fisheries, 33(4): 4-8.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1974). Tropical rock lobster Panulirus ornatus (Fabr.) as a resource in Torres Strait. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.58, 13 p.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1974). Western rock lobster reared to maturity. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 25(2): 221-5,.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1975). Environmental factors affecting growth and survival of juvenile western rock lobsters Panulirus longipes (Milne-Edwards). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 26(2): 177-96.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1976). Breeding of Panulirus longipes cygnus George under natural and controlled conditions. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 27(3): 499-516, 30 refs.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1976). Growth of juvenile Panulirus longipes cygnus George on coastal reefs compared with those reared under optimal environmental conditions. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 27(2): 279-95, 20 refs.

Chittleborough, R. G. (1979). Natural regulation of the population of Panulirus longipes cygnus George and responses to fishing pressure. Rapports Et Proces-Verbaux Des Reunions. Conseil International pour L'exploration de la Mer, 175: 217-21 21 refs.

Chittleborough, R. G. and Godfrey, K. (1957). A review of whale marking and some trials of a modified whale mark. Norsk Hvalfangsttid., 46: 238-248.

Chittleborough, R. G. and Phillips, B. F. (1975). Fluctuations of year-class strength and recruitment in the western rock lobster Panulirus longipes (Milne-Edwards). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 26(3): 317-28, 12 refs.

Chittleborough, R. G. and Phillips, B. F. (1977). Recruitment to the catchable stock of the western rock lobster. Workshop on Lobster and Rock Lobster Ecology and Physiology: Circ.Div.Fish.Oceanogr.CSIRO, no.7: 37.

Chittleborough, R. G. and Phillips, B. F. (1979). Recruitment to the catchable stock of the Western Rock Lobster Panulirus longipes cygnus George. Rapports Et Proces-Verbaux Des Reunions. Conseil International pour L'exploration de la Mer, 175: 139-42 8 refs.

Chittleborough, R. G. and Thomas, L. R. (1969). Larval ecology of the western Australian marine crayfish, with notes upon other panulirid larvae from the eastern Indian Ocean. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 20(3): 199-223.

Christy, F. T., Staples, D. J. and Ruddle, K. (1988). Malaysia. Proposal for Mating Area Fisheries Management Scheme. A report prepared for the Pilot Management Project for Fisheries. Rome Italy FAO 1988. FAO Fi/Tcp/Mal/6753 (I), 80 pp.

Church, J. A. (1980). Relationship between mean sea level and steric height at Sydney. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 124: 9pp. 20 refs map.

Church, J. A. (1983). A review of circulation in the western Coral Sea and internal tides on the shelf slope adjacent to the Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings, G.B.R. Conference, Townsville, September, 415-20 20 refs map.

Church, J. A. (1985). Australian Coastal Experiment - does it need Bass '84?. Bass Bulletin, (8): 7,9 7 refs.

Church, J. A. (1985). The Australian Coastal Experiment. Research Report (1981-1984). Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 149-52 illus.

Church, J. A. (1987). East Australian Current adjacent to the Great Barrier Reef. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(6): 671-683 26 refs, illus, maps.

Church, J. A. and Boland, F. M. (1983). A permanent undercurrent adjacent to the Great Barrier Reef. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 13(9): 1747-9 7 refs.

Church, J. A. and Forbes, A. M. G. (1981). Non-linear model of the tides in the Gulf of Carpentaria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 32(5): 685-97 30 refs.

Church, J. A. and Forbes, A. M. G. (1983). Circulation in the Gulf of Carpentaria. 1. Direct observations of currents in the south-east corner of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 34(1): 1-10 18 refs, illus.

Church, J. A. and Forbes, A. M. G. (1987). Observations and predictions of wind-driven shelf currents. Proceedings of 8th Australian Conference on Coastal and Ocean Engineering (Launceston, Tas: November 30-December 4, 1987), pp.436-440 16 refs, illus.

Church, J. A. and Freeland, H. J. (1987). The energy source for the coastal-trapped waves in the Australian Coastal Experiment region. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 17(3): 289-300 14 refs, illus, maps.

Church, J. A. and Godfrey, J. S. (1992). Physical response of the oceans to climate change. In: Parslow, J and Jernakoff, P (Eds.). Report of a Workshop: Managing Australia's Fisheries Under Threat of Climate Change Impacts (Hobart, Tas: May 28-30, 1991). Canberra, Act: Aust. Gov. Pub. Serv., pp.15-17.

Church, J. A. and Golding, T. J. (1983). Cruises into the Western Coral Sea by R.V.'Sprightly' 1980/81. A data report. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (158): 32pp. 3 refs maps.

Church, J. A. and Hughes, R. L. (1982). On the evolution of eddy structure off eastern Australia 1. Single eddy behaviour abstract. Warm Core Rings Workshop Report, New Zealand, January, p.35.

Church, J. A. and Thompson, R. O. R. Y. (1982). Cloud-in-cell and finite-difference models for a stratified lake. In: Noye, J (Ed.) Numerical Solutions of Partial Differential Equations. North-Holland Publishing, 455-69 16 refs.

Church, J. A. and White, N. J. (1986). Impact of coastal trapped waves on nearshore biological productivity abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 32.

Church, J. A., Andrews, J.C. and Boland, F. M. (1985). Tidal currents in the central Great Barrier Reef. Continental Shelf Research, 4(5): 515-31 10 refs map.

Church, J. A., Clarke, A. J., White, N. J., Freeland, H. J. and Smith, R. L. (1990). Energy conservation in the Australian coastal experiment: coastal-trapped wave calculations. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 20(7): 1113-1114 4 refs, illus.

Church, J. A., Cresswell, G. R. and Godfrey, J. S. (1989). The Leeuwin Current. In: Neshyba, S J Et Al (Eds.). Poleward Flows Along Eastern Ocean Boundaries. New York: Springer-Verlag, .

Church, J. A., Freeland, H. J. and Smith, R. L. (1986). Coastal-trapped waves on the east Australian continental shelf. Part 1: Propagation of modes. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 16(11): 1929-1943 26 refs, illus.

Church, J. A., Godfrey, J. S., Jackett, D. R. and McDougall, T. J. (1991). A model of sea level rise caused by ocean thermal expansion. Journal of Climate, 4(4): 438-456 68 refs, illus.

Church, J. A., Joyce, T. M. and Price, J. F. (1989). Current and density observations across the wake of Hurricane Gay. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 19(2): 259-265 15 refs, illus.

Church, J. A., Lindstrom, E. J., McDougall, T. J. and Cresswell, G. R. (1987). The world ocean circulation experiment. Australian Marine Science Bulletin, (99): 19-20.

Church, J. A., Lindstrom, E. J., McDougall, T. J. and Cresswell, G. R. (1987). World ocean circulation experiment. Mar. Stud. Sydney, 4(7): 25-26.

Church, J. A., White, N. J., Clarke, A. J., Freeland, H. J. and Smith, R. L. (1986). Coastal-trapped waves on the east Australian continental shelf. Part 2: Model verification. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 16(11): 1945-1957 21 refs, illus.

Church, J. and Forbes, A. M. G. (1979). Tidal and non-tidal circulation in Gulf of Carpentaria. Australian Fisheries, 38(9): 21-23, illus.

Clapin, G. and Evans, D. R. (1995). The status of the introduced marine fanworm Sabella spallanzanii in Western Australia: a preliminary investigation. Technical Report. Division of Fisheries: Centre for Research on Introduced Marine Pests. CSIRO Australia , (2): 34 pp.

Clark, C. W. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1979). Bioeconomic model of the Gulf of Carpentaria prawn fishery. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, 36(11): 1304-1312 3 refs, illus.

Clark, C. W. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1986). Uncertain renewable resource stocks : optimal harvest policies and the value of stock surveys. Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 13: 235-244 12 refs illus.

Clarke, A. J. and Thompson, R. O. R. Y. (1984). Large-scale wind-driven ocean response in the Australian coastal experiment region. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 14(2): 338-52 12 refs map.

Clarke, P. J. (1993). Mangrove, saltmarsh and peripheral vegetation of Jervis Bay. Cunninghamia, 3(1): 231-254.

Clarke, P. J. (1994). Baseline studies of temperate mangrove growth and reproduction; demographic and litterfall measures of leafing and flowering. Australian Journal of Botany, 42(1): 37-48 25 refs, illus.

Clarke, P. J. and Jacoby, C. A. (1994). Biomass and above-ground productivity of salt-marsh plants in south-eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 45(8): 1521-1528 20 refs, illus.

Clarke, P. J. and Myerscouth, P. J. (1991). Floral biology and reproductive phenology of Aviciennia marina in south-eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Botany, 39(3): 283-293 11 refs, illus.

Clarke, P. J. and Ward, T. J. (1994). The response of southern hemisphere saltmarsh plants and gastropods to experimentl contamination by petroleum hydrocarbons. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 175: 43-57 23 refs, illus.

Clarke, S. M. and Kirkman, H. (1989). Seagrass dynamics. In: Larkum, A, Mccomb, A and Shepherd, S (Eds.). Biology of Seagrasses: A Treatise on the Biology of Seagrasses With Special Reference to The Australian Region. Amsterdam: Elsevier, (Ch.11): 304-345 112 refs, illus.

Clarke, T. A. (1982). Distribution, growth, and reproduction of the lightfish Maurolicus muelleri (Sternoptychidae) off south-east Australia. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (145): 1-10 12 refs.

Cleland, K. W. (1947). Some observations on the cytology of oogenesis in the Sydney rock oyster (Ostrea commercialis I. & R.). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 72: 159-182.

Cleland, K. W. (1947). Studies on the economic biology of the sand whiting (Sillago ciliata C. & V.). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 72: 215-228.

Clementson, L. A. (1986). Determination of nutrients in seawater by flow injection analysis abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 120.

Clementson, L. A. and Wayte, S. E. (1992). The effect of frozen storage of open-ocean seawater samples on the concentration of dissolved phosphate and nitrate. Water Research, 26(9): 1171-1176 14 refs, illus.

Clementson, L. A., Harris, G. P., Griffiths, F. B. and Rimmer, D. W. (1989). Seasonal and inter-annual variability in chemical and biological parameters in Storm Bay, Tasmania. I. Physics, chemistry and the biomass of components of the food chain. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 40(1): 25-38 53 refs, illus.

Clift, S. H. (1996). The Tasmanian Earth Resources Satellite Station, TERSS. In: Paltridge, G and Platt, C M R (Eds.). Proceedings of the 3rd National Amos Conference: Incorporating The 4th Australiasian Conference on the Physics of Remote Sensing of Atmosphere and Ocean and The 1st Australian Ers-1 Symposium (Hobart, Tas: Februar, p.129.

Clift, S. H., Tildesley, P. C. and Nilsson, C. S. (1986). A different design philosophy for satellite receiving systems. Proceedings of the 1st Australian AVHRR Conference (Perth, WA: October 22-24, 1986), pp.35-43, illus.

Cobb, J. S. and Phillips, B. F. (1994). Perspectives. In: Phillips, B F, Cobb, J S and Kittaka, J (Eds.). Spiny Lobster Management, pp. 529-535.

Cobb, J. S. and Phillips, B. F. (eds.) (1980). The Biology and Management of Lobsters. Volume 1. Physiology and Behaviour. Academic Press, New York, 463pp. illus.

Cobb, J. S. and Phillips, B. F. (eds.) (1980). The Biology and Management of Lobsters. Volume 2. Ecology and Management. Academic Press, New York, 390pp. illus.

Cobb, J. S., Gulbransen, T., Phillips, B. F., Wang, D. and Syslo, M. (1983). Behavior and distribution of larval and early juvenile Homarus americanus. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 40: 2184-8 20 refs.

Cobb, J. S., Wahle, R. A., Kittaka, J., Booth, J. D., Phillips, B. F., Cobb, J. S., Quackenbush, L. S., Kanazawa, A., Collin, R., Bannister, A., Addison J. T. and Breen, P. A. (eds.) (1994). Early life history and recruitment processes of clawed lobsters. Crustaceana, 66(3): 1-25.

Coleman, R., White, N. J. and Church, J. A. (1996). Progress in estimating ocean circulation from satellite altimetry. In: Paltridge, G and Platt, C M R (Eds.). Proceedings of the 3rd National Amos Conference: Incorporating The 4th Australiasian Conference on the Physics of Remote Sensing of Atmosphere and Ocean and The 1st Australian Ers-1 Symposium (Hobart, Tas: Februar, p.31.

Coles, R. G., Poiner, I. R. and Kirkman, H. (1989). Regional studies: seagrasses of north-eastern Australia. In: Larkum, A W D, Mccomb, A J and Shepherd, S A (Eds.). Biology of Seagrasses: Aquatic Plant Studies 2. Amsterdam: Elsevier, (Ch.9): 261-278 36 refs, illus.

Collins, S. and Dunning, M. C. (1981). Tasman squid studies demonstrate gillnetting effective. Australian Fisheries, 40(8): 2, 3-6 illus. map.

Colquhoun-Kerr, J. S. (1977). Carbon flux through the south west arm populations of Crassostrea commercialis and Trichomya hirsuta. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.79, 8 p., 18 refs.

Conacher, C. A., O'Brien, C., Horrocks, J. L. and Kenyon, R. A. (1996). Litter production and accumulation in stressed mangrove communities in the Embley River estuary, north-eastern Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research, 47(5): 737-43, 20 refs, illus.

Conacher, C. A., Poiner, I. R. and O'Donohue, M. (1994). Morphology, flowering and seed production of Zostera capricorni Aschers. in subtropical Australia. Aquatic Botany, 49: 33-46 19 refs, illus.

Conacher, C. A., Poiner, I. R., Butler, J., O'Donohue, M., Pun, S. and Tree, D. J. (1993). Aspects of sexual reproduction of Zostera capricorni in Moreton Bay. In: Greenwood, J G and Hall, N J (Eds.). Future Marine Science in Moreton Bay. Brisbane: University of Queensland, School of Marine Science, pp. 117-118.

Conacher, C. A., Poiner, I. R., Butler, J., Pun, S. and Tree, D. J. (1994). Germination, storage and viability testing of seeds of Zostera capricorni Aschers. from a tropical bay in Australia. Aquatic Botany, 49: 47-58 20 refs, illus.

Coppin, P. A., Bradley, E. F., Barton, I. J. and Godfrey, J. S. (1990). Simultaneous observations of bulk sea temperature, radiative SST and satellite SST in the equatorial Pacific. In: Jasper, J D (Ed.). Paper Presented at the 1st Bmrc Modelling Workshop on the Role of Sea Surface Temperatures in Numerical Modelling of the Atmosphere (Melbourne, Vic: July 1989). Bmrc Research Report. , (21): 50-53 3 refs, illus.

Coppin, P. A., Bradley, E. F., Barton, I. J. and Godfrey, J. S. (1991). Simultaneous observations of sea surface temperature in the western equatorial Pacific Ocean by bulk, radiative and satellite methods. Journal of Geophysical Research. Supplement, 96: 3401-3409 20 refs, illus.

Corner, E. D. S. and Newell, B. S. (1967). On the nutrition and metabolism of zooplankton. IV. The forms of nitrogen excreted by Calanus. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 47: 113-20.

Courtney, A. J. and Cosgrove, M. G. (1995). Proceedings of the workshop on Spawning Stock Recruitment Relationships (SRRs) in Australian crustacean fisheries. Proceedings of the Workshop on Stock-Recruitment Relationships (Srrs) in Australian Crustacean Fisheries (Joondoburri, Qld: June 1-3, 1994). Brisbane, Qld: Dept. of Primary Industries, 153 pp.

Courtney, A. J., Die, D. J. and McGilvray, J. G. (1996). Lunar periodicity in catch rate and reproductive condition of adult eastern king prawns, Penaeus plebejus, in coastal waters of south-eastern Queensland, Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research, 47(1): 67-76 31 refs, illus.

Courtney, A. J., McGilvray, J. G. and Die, D. J. (1994). Lunar variation in population structure and reproductive activity in Penaeus plebejus. In: Courtney, A J and Cosgrove, M G (Eds.). Proceedings of the Workshop on Stock-Recruitment Relationships (Srrs) in Australian Crustacean Fisheries (Joondoburri, Qld: June 1-3, 1994) (Brisbane, Qld: Dept. of Primary Industries), pp.93-95, illus.

Courtney, A. J., Montgomery, S. S., Die, D. J., Andrew, N. L., Cosgrove, M. G. and Blount, C. (1995). Maturation in the female eastern king prawn Penaeus plebejus from coastal waters of eastern Australia, and considerations for quantifying egg production in peneid prawns. Marine Biology, 122: 547-556.

Cowling, A. (1996). On pseudodata methods for removing boundary effects in kernel density estimation. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, B 58 (3): 551-563.

Cowling, A. and Polacheck, T. (1995). Development of a fishery independent index of SBT abundance. Final Report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, November 1995. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 57 pp.

Cowling, A., Hall, P. and Phillips, M. J. (1996). Bootstrap confidence regions for the intensity of a Poisson point process. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 91 (436): 1516-1524.

Cowper, T. P. (1970). Scientific reports of cruises of T.S.Fukushima Maru, August 31 - October 5, 1964: June 8 - July 19, 1965. F.V.Suruga Maru, September 27 - December 2, 1965. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.48.

Cowper, T. R. (1956). New gadiform fish from the continental slope off southeastern Australia. Pacif. Sci., 10: 407-409.

Cowper, T. R. (1958). New records of fishes from the south-eastern Australian continental slope. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm., 92: 149.

Cowper, T. R. (1960). Occurrence of Pyrosoma on the continental slope. Nature, Lond., 187: 878-879.

Cowper, T. R. and Downie, R. J. (1957). A line-fishing survey of the fishes of the southeastern Australian continental slope. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 6.

Craig, P. (1993). Shattered shorelines harbor oceans of distress. 21c, (summer 1993/4): 58-61.

Craig, P. (1994). The Australian coastal zone and global change: research needsTranscript. Australian Academy of Science, 16 December 1994. Transcript. Canberra: Australian Academy of Science. 16 December 1994, pp. 63-76.

Craig, P. D. (1987). Numerical modelling of internal tides. In: Noye, J (Ed.) Numerical Modelling: Applications to Marine Systems. Elsevier: North-Holland, pp.107-22 14 refs.

Craig, P. D. (1987). Solutions for internal tidal generation over coastal topography. Journal of Marine Research, 45(1): 83-105 17 refs, illus.

Craig, P. D. (1988). A numerical model study of internal tides on the Australian northwest shelf. Journal of Marine Research, 46: 59-76 27 refs, illus.

Craig, P. D. (1988). Space and time scales in shelf circulation modelling. Continental Shelf Research, 8(11): 1221-1246 26 refs, illus.

Craig, P. D. (1989). A model of diurnally forced vertical current structure near 30 degrees latitude. Continental Shelf Research, 9(11): 965-980 13 refs, illus.

Craig, P. D. (1989). Constant-eddy-viscosity models of vertical structure forced by periodic winds. Continental Shelf Research, 9(4): 343-358 23 refs, illus.

Craig, P. D. (1989). The influence of vertical stratification on continental shelf circulation. Deutsche Hydrographische Zeitschrift, 42(3-6): 215-230 17 refs, illus.

Craig, P. D. (1991). Coastal conflicts: an Australian perspective on ocean pollution. In: Haynes, R (Ed.). High Tech: High Cost?. Pan Macmillan Publ. Australia, (Ch.10): 130-144 11 refs.

Craig, P. D. (1991). Incorporation of damping into internal wave models. Aquaculture, 11(6): 563-577 19 refs.

Craig, P. D. (1994). Ocean-coast interactions and modelling. Proceedings of a Seminar on the Australian Coastal Zone and Global Change: Research Needs (Canberra, Act: December 16, 1994) (Canberra, ACT, Australian Academy of Science), pp. 63-76 .

Craig, P. D. (1995). `Oceans-EEZ' will describe Australia's oceans. Australian Fisheries, 54(4): 10-11, illus.

Craig, P. D. (1995). Scientists develop a national ocean weather map for mariners. Research Update. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (Nov): p.3, illus.

Craig, P. D. (1996). Undercurrents in Australian coastal oceanography. In: Paltridge, G and Platt, C M R (Eds.). Proceedings of the 3rd National Amos Conference: Incorporating The 4th Australiasian Conference on the Physics of Remote Sensing of Atmosphere and Ocean and The 1st Australian Ers-1 Symposium (Hobart, Tas: Februar, p.34.

Craig, P. D. (1996). Velocity profiles and surface roughness under breaking waves. Journal of Geophysical Research, 101(C1): 1265-1277 34 refs, illus.

Craig, P. D. and Banner, M. L. (1994). Modeling wave-enhanced turbulence in the ocean surface layer. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 24(12): 2546-2559 58 refs, illus.

Craig, P. D. and Holloway, P. E. (1992). The influence of coastally trapped waves on the circulation in Jervis Bay, New South Wales. In: Prandle, D (Ed.). Dynamics and Exchanges in Estuaries and The Coastal Zone. Washington, Dc, USA: Agu, (Ch.2): 9-33 14 refs, illus.

Craig, P. D. and McLoughlin, R. J. (1994). Modeling scallop larvae movement in Great Oyster Bay. In: Sammarco, P W and Heron, M L (Eds.). The Bio-Physics of Marine Larval Dispersal. Washington, Dc, USA: Agu, (Ch.16): 307-326 15 refs, illus.

Craig, P. D. and Wilkin, J. L. (1995). An ocean model for Australia's exclusive economic zone. 12th Australasian Coastal and Ocean Engineering Conference, Melbourne, May-June 1995. Preprints of Papers, pp. 279-285.

Craig, P. D., Hunter, J. R. and Johnston, B. L. (1993). The implications of linearly varying eddy viscosity for wind-driven current profiles. Continental Shelf Research, 13(1): 1-24 26 refs, illus.

Craig, P. D., Phillips, H. E. and Andrewartha, J. R. (1992). Wanaea current modelling - the influence of stratification. Report OMR-47/61. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Craik, W., Glaister, J. P. and Poiner, I. R. (1990). The effects of fishing. East Melbourne: CSIRO Australia, 197p., refs, illus.

Cresswell, G. (1993). The Leeuwin Current south of Western Australia 1986-1987. Fourth International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography, March-April 1993, Hobart, Australia, p. 224.

Cresswell, G. (1996). Marine Scientific research - I - An example of cooperative science research in the Asia Pacific. in ( ) Eds: The Seas Unite: Maritime Cooperation in the Asia Pacific Region. Canberra: Australian National University, pp. 95-111.

Cresswell, G. (1996). The Leeuwin current near Rottnest Island, Western Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research, 47 (3): 483­487.

Cresswell, G. and Peterson, J. (1993). Inter-ocean throughflow in the Timor Sea. Fourth International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography, March-April 1993, Hobart, Australia, Title only (?abstract not included).

Cresswell, G. R. (1971). Current measurements in the Gulf of Carpentaria. International Marine Science Symposium. Institute of Marine Sciences (Sydney, NSW: August 16-17, 1971), 1p.

Cresswell, G. R. (1971). Current measurements in the Gulf of Carpentaria. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (50): 6p.

Cresswell, G. R. (1973). French-Australian satellite-buoy experiment. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.53, 9 p.

Cresswell, G. R. (1974). Ocean currents measured concurrently on and off the Sydney area continental shelf. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 25(3): 427-38.

Cresswell, G. R. (1976). Drifting buoy tracked by satellite in the Tasman Sea. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 27(2): 251-262 14 refs.

Cresswell, G. R. (1977). CSIRO's Tasman Sea Drifting Buoy Programme. Report to Mariners, 13pp. maps.

Cresswell, G. R. (1977). The trapping of two drifting buoys by an ocean eddy. Deep-Sea Research, 24: 1203-9 10 refs.

Cresswell, G. R. (1979). Currents in the northern Mozambique Channel. Occasional Note. Nova University Ocean Sciences Center, Dania, Florida, Usa, (13): 6pp. 3 refs.

Cresswell, G. R. (1980). Satellite-tracked buoys in the Eastern Indian Ocean. In: Proceedings of the Fourteenth International Symposium on Remote Sensing of the Environment, 23-30 April 1980, San Jose, Costa Rica. Environmental Research Institute of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 531-541.

Cresswell, G. R. (1980). The Leeuwin Current abstract. Australian Meteorological Magazine, 28(3): p. 167.

Cresswell, G. R. (1982). Indian Ocean and Tasman Sea. In: Cote, C, Taylor, R and Gilbert, E (Eds.) Nimbus 6 Random Access Measurement System Applications Experiments. National Aeronautical and Space Administration, 27-9 map illus.

Cresswell, G. R. (1982). Physical evolution of Tasman Sea Eddy J abstract. Warm Core Rings Workshop Report, New Zealand, January, 35.

Cresswell, G. R. (1982). The coalescence of two East Australian Current warm-core eddies. Science, 215: 161-4 8 refs.

Cresswell, G. R. (1982). Time series data from satellite tracked buoys in the Tasman Sea. World Climate Research Programme, Papers Presented at the Meeting on Time Series of Ocean Measurements Tokyo, -11-15 May-1981. Wmo World Climate Research Programme, Geneva Switzerland 1982, pp. 321-330.

Cresswell, G. R. (1983). Physical evolution of Tasman Sea eddy J. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 34(4): 495-513 13 refs maps.

Cresswell, G. R. (1983). Summary -- physical oceanography. Proceedings of the Joint Oceanographic Assembly-1982. General Symposia. Canadian National Comm. for Scor, Ottawa, Ont. Canada 1983, p. 139-140.

Cresswell, G. R. (1984). Satellite drifters northwest of Australia. Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission Technical Series, (30): 15-16 2 refs maps.

Cresswell, G. R. (1985). Satellite drifters north-west of Australia. Research Report (1981-1984). Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 123-6 2 refs maps.

Cresswell, G. R. (1985). Satellite drifters north-west of Australia. Tech. Ser. Ioc. , 30: 15-16.

Cresswell, G. R. (1985). The east Australian Current on the northern NSW Continental Shelf. Research Report (1981-1984). Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 153-4 1 ref illus.

Cresswell, G. R. (1986). Eddy collisions with the N.S.W. continental shelf in 1981 abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 40.

Cresswell, G. R. (1986). Role of the Leeuwin Current in the life cycles of several marine creatures. Unesco Technical Papers in Marine Science, (49): 60-64 13 refs illus.

Cresswell, G. R. (1986). Tommy Ruff and other fish - riders of the Leeuwin Current? abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 33.

Cresswell, G. R. (1987). East Australian Current. Information Sheet. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (3): 4pp. 13 refs illus.

Cresswell, G. R. (1987). LUCIE. Marine Studies, 4(8): 29-30 illus.

Cresswell, G. R. (1988). Sprightly; oceanography in the west. In: Mawson, V A, Tranter, D J and Pearce, A F (Eds.). CSIRO At Sea: 50 Years of Marine Science. Hobart, Tas: CSIRO Marine Laboratories, pp.173-184, illus.

Cresswell, G. R. (1988). The Sirius expedition 1988. Marine Studies, 4(20): p.77, illus.

Cresswell, G. R. (1988). The structure of a Leeuwin Current offshoot abstract. Joa Mexico 88. Joint Oceanographic Assembly (Acapulco, Mexico: August 23-31, 1988), p.22.

Cresswell, G. R. (1989). The oceanography of Norfolk Island and the Sirius wreck. In: Henderson, G (Compiler). 1988 Expedition Report on the Wreck of Hms Sirius (1790). Norfolk Island: Government of Norfolk Island, .

Cresswell, G. R. (1990). The Leeuwin Current. Corella, 14(4): 113-118 6 refs, illus.

Cresswell, G. R. (1991). The Leeuwin Current: observations and recent models. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia, 74: 1-14 22 refs, illus.

Cresswell, G. R. (1993). Ocean depths and currents. In: Kailola, P J Et Al (Eds.). Australian Fisheries Resources. Canberra: Bureau of Resource Sciences/Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, pp.22-27, illus.

Cresswell, G. R. (1994). Nutrient enrichment of the Sydney Continental Shelf. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 45(4): 677-691 22 refs, illus.

Cresswell, G. R. (1995). The ASEAN-Australia Regional Ocean Dynamics Expeditions 1993-1995. Maritime Studies, (85): 13-20 4 refs, illus.

Cresswell, G. R. and Boland, F. M. (1981). Internal waves detected with a continental shelf current-meter array. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 32(1): 1-8 6 refs.

Cresswell, G. R. and Dirita, V. (1988). Sea tests on a profiling drifter. Marine Studies, 4(5): p.59, illus.

Cresswell, G. R. and Garrett, J. (1980). Response of drogued and undrogued drifting buoys to eddies and the wind. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 115: 4pp. 4 refs.

Cresswell, G. R. and Golding, T. J. (1979). Satellite-tracked buoy data report III. Indian Ocean 1977. Tasman sea July-December 1977. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (101): 44pp. 5 refs.

Cresswell, G. R. and Golding, T. J. (1980). Observations of a south-flowing current in the southeastern Indian Ocean. Deep-Sea Research, 27A: 449-66 21 refs.

Cresswell, G. R. and Greig, M. A. (1978). Currents and water properties in the north-central Great Barrier Reef during the south-east trade wind season. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29(3): 345-53 12 refs map.

Cresswell, G. R. and Greig, M. A. (1979). Satellite-tracked buoy data report IV. South west Pacific Ocean January - June 1978. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 104: 7pp. 5 refs.

Cresswell, G. R. and Hamon, B. V. (1971). Structure functions of dynamic height off the east and west coasts of Australia. International Marine Science Symposium. Institute of Marine Sciences (Sydney, NSW: August 16-17, 1971), 1p.

Cresswell, G. R. and Legeckis, R. (1986). Eddies off southeastern Australia. Deep-Sea Research, 33(11/12): 1527-62 22 refs illus.

Cresswell, G. R. and Peterson, J. L. (1993). The Leeuwin Current south of Western Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 44(2): 285-303 18 refs, illus.

Cresswell, G. R. and Vaudrey, D. J. (1977). Satellite-tracked buoy data report 1. Western Australian releases 1975 and 1976. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.86, 3 p., 5 refs.

Cresswell, G. R. and Wood, J. E. (1977). Satellite-tracked buoy data report 2. Tasman sea releases November 1976 - July 1977. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 91: 23pp. 2 refs.

Cresswell, G. R., (1972). Wind-driven ocean surface transport around Australia. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.52, 5 p.

Cresswell, G. R., Boland, F. M., Peterson, J. L. and Wells, G. S. (1989). Continental shelf currents near the Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 40(2): 113-128 26 refs, illus.

Cresswell, G. R., Changbao, Z., Tildesley, P. C. and Nilsson, C. S. (1996). SAR observations of internal lee and wake waves from sea mounts. Cossa Publication. CSIRO Australia, (37): 36-44 13 refs, illus.

Cresswell, G. R., Edwards, R. J. and Barker, B. A. (1989). Macquarie Harbour, Tasmania - seasonal oceanographic surveys in 1985. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, 123: 63-66 4 refs, illus.

Cresswell, G. R., Ellyett, C., Legeckis, R. and Pearce, A. F. (1981). Exploring the East Australian Current system with aircraft, satellite and ship. In: Laut, P (Ed.). Landsat 81. Proceedings of Second Australasian Remote Sensing Conference (Canberra, Act: August 31-September 4, 1981). Canberra, Act: Landsat 81, 5p. 3 refs.

Cresswell, G. R., Ellyett, C., Legeckis, R. and Pearce, A. F. (1983). Nearshore features of the East Australian Current system. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 34(1): 105-14 12 refs, illus, maps.

Cresswell, G. R., Frische, A., Peterson, J. L. and Quadfasel, D. (1993). Circulation in the Timor Sea. Journal of Geophysical Research, 98(C8): 14,379-14,389 17 refs, illus.

Cresswell, G. R., Golding, T. J. and Boland, F. M. (1978). Buoy and ship examination of the subtropical convergence south of Western Australia. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 8(3): 315-20 7 refs.

Cresswell, G. R., Richardson, G. T., Wood, J. E. and Watts, R. (1978). CSIRO satellite-tracked 'Torpedo' buoy. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (82): 8pp. 9 refs illus.

Cresswell, G. R., Tildesley, P. C., Nilsson, C. S. and Changbao, Z. (1996). SAR observations of internal lee and wake waves from sea mounts abstract. In: Paltridge, G and Platt, C M R (Eds.). Proceedings of the 3rd National Amos Conference: Incorporating The 4th Australiasian Conference on the Physics of Remote Sensing of Atmosphere and Ocean and The 1st Australian Ers-1 Symposium (Hobart, Tas: Februar, p.35.

Cresswell, G. R., Zhou, C., Tildesley, P. C. and Nilsson, C. S. (1996). SAR observations of internal wake waves from sea mounts. Marine and Freshwater Research, 47: 489-495.

Cribb, A. B. (1954). Macrocystis pyrifera (L.) Ag. in Tasmanian waters. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 5: 1-34.

Crocos, P. J. (1983). Breeding biology of banana prawns in the Gulf of Carpentaria. Australian Fisheries, 42(11): 22-4 5 refs map.

Crocos, P. J. (1984). Maturation and spawning in penaeid prawns abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), pp.42-43.

Crocos, P. J. (1985). Appraisal of some factors relevant to the development of penaeid prawn population reproductive models. In: Rothlisberg, P C, Hill, B J and Staples, D J (Eds.) 2nd Australian National Prawn Seminar, Kooralbyn, Qld., October 1984. Cleveland, Qld., National Prawn Seminar 2, pp. 159-64 16 refs.

Crocos, P. J. (1985). Factors affecting maturation and spawning of Penaeus esculentus in the laboratory. Proceedings of the First International Conference on the Culture of Penaeid Prawns Shrimps, Iloilo City, Philippines, -4-7 December-1984. Taki, Y.; Primavera, J.H.; Llobrera, J.A. Eds. Southeast Asian Fish. Dev. Cent., Iloilo City Philippines. Aquacult. D, p. 167.

Crocos, P. J. (1986). Comparative aspects of the reproductive dynamics of two species of tiger prawns, Penaeus esculentus and Penaeus semisulcatus, in the Groote Eylandt region, Gulf of Carpentaria abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 44.

Crocos, P. J. (1987). Reproductive dynamics of the grooved tiger prawn, Penaeus semisulcatus, in the north-western Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(1): 79-90 28 refs, illus.

Crocos, P. J. (1987). Reproductive dynamics of the tiger prawn Penaeus esculentus, and a comparison with P. semisulcatus, in the north-western Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(1): 91-102 23 refs, illus.

Crocos, P. J. (1988). Reproductive dynamics in Albatross Bay abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.11.

Crocos, P. J. (1991). Reproductive dynamics of three species of Penaeidae in tropical Australia, and the role of reproductive studies in fisheries management. In: Wenner, A and Juris, A (Eds.). Crustacean Egg Production. Rotterdam: A.A. Balkema, pp.317-331 46 refs, illus.

Crocos, P. J. (1991). Seasonal and interannual variability in recruitment strength at each life history stage of the banana prawn Penaeus merguiensis in Albatross Bay, Gulf of Carpentaria. Bureau of Rural Resources Proceedings, (16): 74-76, illus.

Crocos, P. J. (1994). Characterising the spawning population of grooved tiger prawns. In: Courtney, A J and Cosgrove, M G (Eds.). Proceedings of the Workshop on Stock-Recruitment Relationships (Srrs) in Australian Crustacean Fisheries (Joondoburri, Qld: June 1-3, 1994). Brisbane, Qld: Dept. of Primary Industries, pp.84-85.

Crocos, P. J. and Kerr, J. D. (1983). Maturation and spawning of the banana prawn Penaeus merguiensis de Man (Crustacea : Penaeidae) in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 69: 37-59 41 refs maps.

Crocos, P. J. and Kerr, J. D. (1986). Factors affecting induction of maturation and spawning of the tiger prawn, Penaeus esculentus (Haswell), under laboratory conditions. Aquaculture, 58: 203-14 28 refs, illus.

Crocos, P. J. and Van Der Velde, T. D. (1995). Seasonal, spatial and interannual variability in the reproductive dynamics of the grooved tiger prawn Penaeus semisulcatus in Albatross Bay, Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia: the concept of effective spawning. Marine Biology, 122: 557-570 41 refs, illus.

Crocos, P. J., Smith, D. M. and Marsden, G. (1997). Factors affecting the reproductive performance of captive and wild broodstock prawns. Final report, Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Project 92/51. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 77 pp.

Crooks, A. D. (1988). Data, data, data. In: Mawson, V A, Tranter, D J and Pearce, A F (Eds.). CSIRO At Sea: 50 Years of Marine Science. Hobart, Tas: CSIRO Marine Laboratories, pp.125-128, illus.

Croome, R. L., Hallegraeff, G. M. and Tyler, P. A. (1987). Thecadiniopsis tasmanica gen. et sp. nov. (Dinophyta: Thecadiniaceae) from Tasmanian freshwaters. British Phycological Journal, 22: 325-333 17 refs, illus, map.

Crosby, L. H. and Wood, E. J. F. (1958). Studies on Australian and New Zealand diatoms. I.- Planktonic and allied species. Trans. R. Soc. N.Z., 85: 483-530.

Crosby, L. H. and Wood, E. J. F. (1959). Studies on Australian and New Zealand diatoms. II.- Normally epontic and benthic genera. Trans. R. Soc. N.Z., 86: 1-58.

Crossland, C. (1957). The cultivation of the mother-of-pearl oyster in the Red Sea; ed. by J.S. Hynd. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 8: 111-130.

Crossland, C. J. (1980). Release of photosynthetically-derived organic carbon from a hermatypic coral, Acropora cf. Acuminata. In: Schwemmier, W and Schenk, H E A (Eds.). Endocytobiology, Endosymbiosis and Cell Biology. Berlin: Walter De Gruyter & Co., 1: 163-172 24 refs, illus.

Crossland, C. J. (1981). Seasonal growth of Acropora cf. Formosa and Pocillopora damicornis on a high latitude reef (Houtman Abrolhos, Western Australia). Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium, Manila, 1: 663-7 9 refs.

Crossland, C. J. (1982). Dissolved nutrients in reef waters of Sesoko Island, Okinawa: a preliminary study. Galaxea, 1: 47-54 15 refs maps.

Crossland, C. J. (1983). Dissolved nutrients in coral reef waters. In: Barnes, D J (Ed.). Perspectives on Coral Reefs. Manuka, Act: Brian Clouston Pub., (Ch.5): 56-68 52 refs, illus.

Crossland, C. J. (1984). Seasonal variations in the rates of calcification and productivity in the coral Acropora formosa on a high-latitude reef. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 15: 135-40 29 refs.

Crossland, C. J. (1987). In situ release of mucus and DOC-lipid from the corals Acropora variabilis and Stylophora pistillata in different light regimes. Coral Reefs, 6: 35-42 27 refs illus.

Crossland, C. J. (1988). Latitudinal comparisons of coral reef structure and function. Proceedings of the 6th International Coral Reef Symposium (Australia: 1988), 1: 221-226 56 refs.

Crossland, C. J. (1988). Nitrogen fixation (acetylene reduction) in a temperate coastal lagoon off Perth, Western Australia. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (182): 12p., 23 refs, map.

Crossland, C. J. (1988). Productivity of shelf and slope areas abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.23.

Crossland, C. J. (1988). Towards a diet for rock lobsters in mariculture. In: Evans, L and O'sullivan, D (Eds.). Proceedings of the 1st Australian Shellfish. Aquaculture Conference (Perth, WA: 1988), pp.105-114 28 refs.

Crossland, C. J. (1989). Lipofuscin ageing pigments as a chronological ageing criterion for the western rock lobster: a non-event abstract. In: Phillips, B F (Ed.). Workshop on Rock Lobster Ecology and Management. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (207): 8-9.

Crossland, C. J. (1989). Tropical marine environments in Australia: an overview. In: Chavez, E A (Ed.). Proceedings of the Workshop Australia-Mexico on Marine Sciences (Mexico: July 6-17, 1987). Merida, Mexico: Cinvestav-Ipn-Unidad Merida, pp.119-125 45 refs, illus.

Crossland, C. J. (1990). Plant diets for the western rock lobster, Panulirus cygnus. 2nd Congress of Marine Science, Association of Caribbean Marine Labs (Havana, Cuba: June 18-22, 1990), 11p. 6 refs, illus.

Crossland, C. J. and Barnes, D. J. (1983). Dissolved nutrients and organic particulates in water flowing over coral reefs at Lizard Island. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 34(6): 835-44 35 refs illus.

Crossland, C. J. and Juinio, A. (1989). Feeding experiments with early juvenile stages of the western rock lobster, Panulirus cygnus abstract. In: Phillips, B F (Ed.). Workshop on Rock Lobster Ecology and Management. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (207): p.8.

Crossland, C. J. and Kempf, S. C. (1987). Carbon fixation and compartmentation in the zooxanthellae containing nudibranchs, Melibe pilosa and Melibe sp. Proceedings of the Fifth International Coral Reef Congress, Tahiti, 1985, 6: 125-130 26 refs, illus.

Crossland, C. J. and Wells, F. E. (1985). Selected bibliography of marine and estuarine studies (other than physical oceanography) in Western Australia. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (160): 1-45 40 refs map.

Crossland, C. J., Barnes, D. J. and Borowitzka, M. A. (1980). Diurnal Lipid and Mucus Production in the Staghorn Coral Acropora acuminata . Marine Biology, 60(2-3): 81-90.

Crossland, C. J., Barnes, D. J., Cox, T. and Devereux, M. (1980). Compartmentation and Turnover of Organic Carbon in the Staghorn Coral Acropora formosa . Marine Biology, 59(3): 181-187.

Crossland, C. J., Denby, G. A., Phillips, B. F. and Brown, R. (1988). The use of fluorescent pigments (lipofuscin) for ageing western rock lobster (Panulirus cygnus) and scampi (Metanephrops andamanicus): a preliminary assessment. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (195): 1-21 31 refs, illus.

Crossland, C. J., Hatcher, B. G. and Smith, S. V. (1991). Role of coral reefs in global ocean production. Coral Reefs, 10(2): 55-64.

Crossland, C. J., Hatcher, B. G., Atkinson, M. J. and Smith, S. V. (1984). Dissolved nutrients of a high-latitude coral reef, Houtman Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 14: 159-63 34 refs.

Cruz, R. and Phillips, B. F. (1994). The artificial shelters (pesqueros) used for the spiny lobster (Panulirus argus) fisheries in Cuba. In: Phillips, B F, Cobb, J S and Kittaka, J (Eds.). Spiny Lobster Management, pp. 323-339.

CSIRO Australia (1966). An examination of evidence on fishery resources in northern Australia. in "Fishery Resources of Northern Territory Waters." (CSIRO : Cronulla.), .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1951). Hydrological and planktological investigations by F.R.V. Warreen in south-eastern Australian waters, 1938-39. [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 1.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1951). Hydrological and planktological investigations by F.R.V. Warreen in south-eastern Australian waters, 1940-42. [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 2.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1951). Hydrological and planktological investigations by F.R.V. Warreen in south-eastern Australian waters, 1947-50. [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 3.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1951). Onshore hydrological investigations in eastern Australia, 1942-50. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 4.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1952). Analyses of bottom deposits in eastern Australia, 1946-50 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 11.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1952). Estuarine hydrological investigations in eastern Australia, 1940-50 [Queensland and New South Wales, part 1] [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 5.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1952). Estuarine hydrological investigations in eastern Australia, 1940-50 [New South Wales, part 2] [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 6.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1952). Estuarine hydrological investigations in eastern Australia, 1940-50 [New South Wales, part 3, Victoria, Tasmania] [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 7.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1952). Hydrological investigations in south-western Australia, 1944-50 [Compiled by R. Spencer]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 8.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1952). Records of twenty-four hourly hydrological observations at selected stations in eastern Australian estuarine systems, 1942-50 [Queensland; New South Wales; Tasmania] [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 9.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1952). Records of twenty-four hourly hydrological observations at Shell Point, Georges River, New South Wales, 1942-50 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 10.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1953). Analysis of bottom deposits in eastern and south-western Australia, 1951 and records of twenty-four hourly hydrological observations at selected stations in eastern Australian estuarine systems, 1951 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 13.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1953). Analysis of bottom deposits in eastern and south-western Australia, 1952 and records of twenty-four hourly hydrological observations at selected stations in eastern Australian estuarine systems, 1952 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford and R. Spencer]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 16.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1953). Estuarine hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1951 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 12.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1953). Estuarine hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1952 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford and R. Spencer]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 15.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1953). Onshore hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1951 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 14.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1953). Onshore hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1952 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford and R. Spencer]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 17.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1954). Onshore hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1953 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford and R. Spencer]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 18.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1954). Onshore planktological investigations in eastern Australia, 1945-54 [Compiled by P. Kott]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 19.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1955). Estuarine hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1953 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford and R. Spencer]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 21.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1955). Further onshore planktological investigations in eastern Australia, 1945-54 [Compiled by P. Kott]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 22.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1955). Planktological investigations made by F.R.V. Derwent Hunter in eastern Australian waters, 1952-54 [Compiled by P. Kott]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 23.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1955). Surface sampling in the Tasman Sea, 1953 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 20.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1956). Onshore hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1954 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 24.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1956). Surface sampling in the Tasman Sea, 1954 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 25.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1987). CSIRO Division of Fisheries: Research Report 1987/90. Research Report. Division of Fisheries. CSIRO Australia, 203p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1988). CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988). , 30p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1990). Analysis of Taiwanese gill-net data : final report to the Fishing Industry Research and Development Council, project 87/19. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 93 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1990). Development of more efficient traps for the North West Shelf Fishery : final report to Fishing Industry Research and Development Council. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 194 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1990). Northern pelagic fish stock research : final report to the Fishing Industry Research and Development Council, projects 83/49 and 86/87. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 325 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1990). Research report 1985-1987. Research Report. Division of Fisheries. CSIRO Australia, 163p. refs, illus.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1991). Distribution, seasonal abundance and dispersal patterns of commercially important fin fish species from southern Australian continental shelf and slope waters. Final report to Fishing Industry Research and Development Council, Project 1988/71. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, various paginations, 180 pp. approx.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1991). FRV Southern Surveyor. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 6p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1991). Jervis Bay baseline studies : fourth progress report, January, 1991. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 326 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1991). The abundance, distribution, movements and population dynamics of orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus) in south east Australian waters. Final report to Fishing Industry Research and Development Council, project 87/129. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 329 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1992). CSIRO Division of Fisheries Operational Plan 1991-92. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 22p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1992). Strategic Plan 1992-95. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 16p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). Determination of the migration patterns of juvenile southern bluefin tuna and jackass morwong. Final report, Fishing Industry Research and Development Council, Project 1987/15. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 102 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS2/92. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 13 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS3/92. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 19 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS4/92. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 14 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS1/93. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 9 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS3/93. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 10 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS4/93. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 8 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS5/93. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). Investigation of school and gummy shark nursery areas in SE Tasmania. Final report, Fishing Industry Research and Development Council, Project 91/23. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 50 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). Marine mesocosms: design and applications: Perth, Western Australia, 5-6 May, 1993. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 167 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). Migration routes of SBT: a proposal to sample otoliths from the southwestern Indian and SE Atlantic Oceans for comparison with fish caught in the AFZ. Final report, Prime Minister's Environmental Research Grant. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 34 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). Recruitment processes in commercially important prawn species and causes of declines in stocks of commercially important prawns in the northern prawn fishery. Final report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, project 85/85 and 89/13. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 46 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). Skeletal microchemical analysis of marine fish stocks. Final report to Department of Industry, Technology and Commerce Bilateral Science and Technology Program. Grant 90/1987. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 185 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1993). Southern Bluefin Tuna Recruitment Monitoring and Tagging Program : report of the Fifth Workshop held on 28 June-2 July 1993 at the CSIRO Marine Laboratories, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1994). Age determination and assessment of variation in length-at-age of mature southern bluefin tuna by means of analysis of otolith and vertebral composition. Final report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Grant 1983/30. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 40 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1994). Development and use of the egg production method to assess the biomass of orange roughy off eastern Tasmania. Final report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Grant No. 90/9. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1994). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS7/93. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 18 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1994). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS3/94. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1994). Jervis Bay baseline studies: final report, May 1994. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 3 vols.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1994). Southern Bluefin Tuna Recruitment Monitoring and Tagging Programs: report of the Sixth Workhop, 18-21 July 1994. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1995). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS5/94. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 35 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1995). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS1/95. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 18 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1995). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS5/95. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 12 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1995). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS8/95. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 11 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1995). Getting a grip on phytoplankton. Western Fisheries, (Sept): 42-43, illus.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1995). Southern Bluefin Tuna Recruitment Monitoring and Tagging Programs: report of the Seventh Workshop, 7-10 August 1995. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1996). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS1/94. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1996). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS2/94. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 10 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1996). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS2/95. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1996). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS4/95. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1996). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS10/95. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 12 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1996). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS11/95. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 20 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1996). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS02/96. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 29 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1996). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS03/96. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 15 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1996). Interim monitoring of the 1995 Eastern Gemfish spawning run. Final report, Fisheries Research and Development Corporation Project 95/039. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 25 pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries (1996). Southern Bluefin Tuna Recruitment Monitoring and Tagging Programs: report of the Eighth Workshop, 23-26 July, 1996. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1956). Estuarine hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1954 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 26.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1957). Estuarine hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1955 [Compiled by R. Spencer]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 29.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1957). Estuarine hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1956 [Compiled by R. Spencer]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 32.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1957). F.R.V. "Derwent Hunter". Scientific report of Cruises 3/56, 4/56, 5/56. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 5.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1957). F.R.V. "Derwent Hunter". Scientific report of Cruise 6/56. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 12.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1957). Onshore and oceanic hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1955 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford and R. Spencer]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 27.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1957). Onshore and oceanic hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1956 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford and R. Spencer]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 30.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1957). Surface sampling in the Tasman and Coral Seas, 1955 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 28.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1957). Surface sampling in the Tasman and Coral Seas and the south-eastern Indian Ocean, 1956 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford and R. Spencer]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 31.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1958). Australian documents prepared for the Unesco Conference on the Oceanography of the Tasman and Coral Seas held at Cronulla, August 9-14, 1958. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 18.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1958). Coastal hydrological investigations in eastern and south-western Australia, 1957 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 33.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1958). F.R.V. "Derwent Hunter". Scientific report of Cruises 1/58 - 9/58. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 27.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1958). F.R.V. "Derwent Hunter". Scientific report of Cruises 5/57-8/57. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 19.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1958). F.R.V. "Derwent Hunter". Scientific report of Cruises 1/5 7-4/5 7. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 15.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1958). The productivity of Australian seas; papers presented by G.F. Humphrey, H.R. Jitts, A.G. Nicholls, A.M. Olsen, and J.M. Thomson. Anzaas, 33rd Meeting, Adelaide., .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1958). The trout fishery in Tasmania. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Circ., no. 4.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1958). Twelfth school in marine biology. Aust. J. Sci., 21: 42.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1959). Coastal hydrological investigations at Port Hacking, New South Wales, 1957 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 34.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1959). Coastal hydrological investigations at Eden, New South Wales, 1957 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 35.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1959). Coastal hydrological investigations in the New South Wales tuna fishing area, 1958 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 38.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1959). F.R.V. "Derwent Hunter". Scientific report of Cruises 13/57-16/57. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 21.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1959). F.R.V. "Derwent Hunter". Scientific report of Cruises DH 9/57-12/57. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 20.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1959). H.M.A.S. "Queenborough" and "Quickmatch". Scientific report of a cruise March 24-April 26, 1958. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 24.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1959). H.M.A.S. "Warrego". Scientific reports of Cruises W1/57 and W1/58. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 25.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1959). Hydrological investigations from F.R.V. Derwent Hunter, 1957 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 37.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1959). Surface sampling in the Tasman and Coral Seas, 1957 [Compiled by D.J. Rochford]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 36.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1960). Coastal hydrological investigations in south-western Australia, 1958 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 40.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1960). Coastal hydrological investigations in eastern Australia, 1959 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 45.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1960). Coastal investigations at Port Hacking, New South Wales, 1958 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 42.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1960). F.R.V. "Derwent Hunter". Scientific report of Cruises 10/58-20/58. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 30.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1960). Oceanic investigations in eastern Australian waters, F.R.V. Derwent Hunter, 1958 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 41.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1960). Oceanic investigations in eastern Australia, H.M.A. Ships Queenborough, Quickmatch, and Warrego, 1958 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 43.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1960). Oceanic investigations in Antarctic waters, M.V. Magga Dan, 1959 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 44.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1960). Surface sampling in the Tasman and Coral Seas, 1958 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 39.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1961). Coastal hydrological investigations in the New South Wales tuna fishing area, 1959 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 46.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1961). Coastal hydrological sampling Rottnest Island, W.A., and Port Moresby, Papua, during the I.G.Y. (1957-58), and surface sampling in the Tasman and Coral Seas, 1959 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 49.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1961). Coastal investigations at Port Hacking, New South Wales, 1959 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 47.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1961). F.R.V. "Derwent Hunter". Scientific report of Cruises 1/59-10/59. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 32.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1961). Oceanic investigations in eastern Australian waters, F.R.V. Derwent Hunter, 1959 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 48.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1962). Course in methods of population analysis being notes and examples prepared for course to be given on behalf o f ices at lowestoft in 1963. , Mimeo, 87 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1962). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1959. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruises Dm1/59 and Dm2/59. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 1.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1962). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1960. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm1/60. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 2.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1962). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1960. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm3/60. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 4.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1962). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1960. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruises G1/60 and G2/60. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 5.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1962). Surface sampling in the Coral and Tasman Seas, 1960 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 50.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1963). Coastal hydrological investigations in eastern Australia, 1960 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 51.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1963). Coastal hydrological investigations in the New South Wales tuna fishing area, 1960 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 53.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1963). Coastal investigations at Port Hacking, New South Wales, 1960 [Compiled by A.D. Crooks]. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 52.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1963). F.R.V. "Derwent Hunter". Scientific report of Cruises 11/59-4/60. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 33.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1963). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1960. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm2/60. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 3.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1963). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1960. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G3/60. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 6.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1963). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1961. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm1/61. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 7.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1963). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1961. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G1/61. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 8.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1963). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1961. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm2/61. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 9.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1964). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1961. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm3/61. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 11.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1964). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1962. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm1/62. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 14.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1964). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1962. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm2/62. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 15.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1965). F.R.V. "Derwent Hunter". Scientific reports of cruises 1950-56. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 39.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1965). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1963. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G1/63. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 21.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1965). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1963. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm1/63. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 23.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1965). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1963. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm2/63. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 24.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1965). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1963. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm3/63. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 25.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1966). Oceanographical observations in the Indian and Pacific Oceans in 1961. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G2/61. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 10.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1966). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1962. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G4/62. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 17.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1966). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1962. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm3/62. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 18.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). 20th Marine Science School May 22-27, 1966. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 40.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). 21st Marine Science School May 23-June 2, 1967. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 42.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1961. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G3/61. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 12.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1962. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G1/62. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 13.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific and Indian Oceans in 1962. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruises G2/62 and G3/62. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 16.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1962. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G5/62. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 19.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1962. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm4/62. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 20.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1963. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G2/63. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 22.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1963. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G4/63. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 29.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1963. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G5/63. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 31.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1964. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G1/64. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 32.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1964. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G2/64. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 34.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Indian and Pacific Oceans in 1964. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G3/64. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 35.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1964. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm2/64. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 36.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1964. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G4/64. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 39.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1967). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1965. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G5/65. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 46.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Coastal investigations off Port Hacking, New South Wales, in 1961. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 81, 55p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Coastal investigations off Port Hacking, New South Wales, in 1962. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 82, 51p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Coastal investigations off Port Hacking, New South Wales, in 1963. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 83, 50p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Coastal investigations off Port Hacking, New South Wales, in 1964. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 84, 49p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Coastal investigations off Port Jackson and Wollongong, New South Wales, in 1966. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 87, 43p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Coastal investigations off Maria Island, Tasmania, 1961-66. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 88, 74p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Drift bottle releases and recoveries in Western Australia, 1956-1957. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 78.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Drift bottle releases and recoveries in Bass Strait and adjacent waters, 1958-1962. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 79.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Derwent Hunter on the eastern Australian tuna grounds in 1961. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 54.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Weerutta on the South Australian tuna grounds in 1961. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 55.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Marelda on the eastern Australian tuna grounds in 1961. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 56.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.V. Estelle Star in Western Australian waters in 1961. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 57.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Derwent Hunter on the eastern Australian tuna grounds in 1962. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 59.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Investigator on the South Australian tuna grounds in 1962. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 60.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Marelda on the eastern Australian tuna grounds in 1962. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 61.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.V. Estelle Star in Western Australian waters in 1962. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 62, 37 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Investigator on the South Australian tuna grounds in 1963. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 64.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Marelda on the eastern Australian tuna grounds in 1963. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 65.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Investigator on the South Australian tuna grounds in 1964. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 67.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Marelda on the eastern Australian tuna grounds in 1964. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 68.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Investigator on the South Australian tuna grounds in 1965. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 70.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.V. Estelle Star in South Australian and New South Wales waters in 1965. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 71, 26 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Marelda on the eastern Australian tuna grounds in 1965. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 72.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.V. Degei in Queensland waters in 1965. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 73.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.V. Degei in New South Wales, South and Western Australian waters in 1966. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 75.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.V. Estelle Star in South and Western Australian waters in 1966. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 76, 17 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Investigations by F.R.V. Lancelin in Western Australian waters in 1963. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 80.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1963. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G3/63. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 26.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1964. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm5/64. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 40.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1964. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G5/64. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 41.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1964. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G6/64. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 42.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1965. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G2/65. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 43.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Temperature observations from Australian tuna fishing vessels in 1961. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 58.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Temperature and salinity observations from Australian tuna fishing vessels in 1962. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 63.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Temperature and salinity observations from Australian tuna fishing vessels in 1963. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 66.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Temperature and salinity observations from Australian tuna fishing vessels in 1964. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 69.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Temperature and salinity observations from Australian tuna fishing vessels in 1965. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 74, 115 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1968). Temperature and salinity observations from Australian tuna fishing vessels in 1966. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 77.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1969). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1963. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm6/63. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 30, 40 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1969). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1964. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm1/64. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 33, 74 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1969). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1964. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm4/64. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 38, 65 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1969). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1965. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G3/65. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 44, 24 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1969). Oceanographical observations in the Pacific Ocean in 1965. H.M.A.S. Gascoyne cruise G4/65. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 45.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1969). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1965. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm2/65. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 49, 57 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1969). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1965. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm3/65. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 51, 60 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1969). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1966. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm1/66. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 53, 84 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1969). Oceanographical observations in the Indian Ocean in 1966. H.M.A.S. Diamantina cruise Dm2/66. Oceanographical Cruise Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 54, 64 p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1970). Coastal investigations off Port Hacking, New South Wales, in 1965. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 85.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1970). Coastal investigations off Port Hacking, New South Wales, in 1966. Oceanographical Station List. CSIRO Australia, Vol. 86, 79p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1971). Effect of current on sea level. Information Circular. Division of Animal Health. CSIRO Australia, .

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1971). H.M.A.S. Diamantina. Summary of cruise D/71 Aug. 24-Sep. 2,1971. Cruise plan track chart. , 7p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1971). H.M.A.S. Diamantina. Summary of cruise Dm4/71 Aug. 9-Aug. 20, 1971. Track chart. , 5p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1973). List of collected reprints, June, 1973. CSIRO Cronulla, pp 107, Mimeo, A4.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1975). Courageous: computerised fisheries research vessel. Australian Fisheries, 34(11): 1-6.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1975). Fish population dynamics and management. Australian Fisheries, (34): 34-6.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1976). Estuarine Project. Progress Report 1974-1976. , 1-83 70 refs illus.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1978). Division of Fisheries and Oceanography, CSIRO. List of collected reprints. Unpublished, 100pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1979). Research on the marine environment by Division of Fisheries and Oceanography, CSIRO. Australian Environmental Studies - Order From Disorder. Proceedings - First Australian Workshop on Environmental Studies. Ministry for Conservation, Melbourne, 1979, 178-81.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography (1979). Research programs 1977-79. Report 1977-1979. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 52-70 illus.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries and Oceanography, (1972). Sea surface sampling programme carried out by the merchant fleet of Australia for CSIRO division of fisheries and oceanography. , 8p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research (1981). CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981). , 68p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research (1982). Information notes. Tropical Prawn Project. Division of Fisheries Research, CSIRO. February. , 11pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research (1984). CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984). , 57p.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research (1984). Divisional Research Seminar. Division of Fisheries Research, CSIRO. 2nd. 19-23 March, 1984. Cronulla, N.S.W. Abstracts. , 57pp.

CSIRO Division of Fisheries, McLoughlin, R. and Kirkman, H. (1989). CSIRO diving procedures manual. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (201): 1-16 append.

CSIRO Division of Marine Research (1997). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS06/96. Division of Marine Research. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 27 pp.

CSIRO Division of Marine Research (1997). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS01/97. Division of Marine Research. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 15 pp.

CSIRO Division of Marine Research (1997). FRV Southern Surveyor. Cruise Report SS02/97. Division of Marine Research. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 14 pp.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1987). Oceanography update. Oceanography Update. Newsletter of the Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.1- 2 p.a.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1987). Oceanography. CSIRO Research for Australia. CSIRO Australia, (14): 1-79, illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1988). Annual report. National Facility Steering Committee Oceanographic Research Vessel. Annual Report. National Facility Steering Committee Oceanographic Research Vessel. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, 24p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1988). Research Report 1985-1987. Research Report. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, 98p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1991). National Facility Steering Committee Oceanographic Research Vessel. Annual Report 1989/90. Annual Report. National Facility Steering Committee Oceanographic Research Vessel. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, 32p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1991). Research Report 1987-1989. Research Report. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, 136p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1991). Research Summary. Franklin. National Facility Oceanographic Research Vessel. CSIRO Australia, irregular.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1992). CSIRO Division of Oceanography. Research Report 1992-1993. Research Report. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, 36p.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1993). Mixing models. Damp Squid. Coastal Zone Project Newsletter. CSIRO Australia, (Sept): p.2, illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1993). National Facility Steering Committee Oceanographic Research Vessel. Annual Report 1991/92. Annual Report. National Facility Steering Committee Oceanographic Research Vessel. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, 33p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1993). Research Report 1989-1991. Research Report. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, 28p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1994). National Facility Steering Committee Oceanographic Research Vessel. Annual Report 1992/93. Annual Report. National Facility Steering Committee Oceanographic Research Vessel. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, 38p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1995). Annual Report: 1993-94. Annual Report. National Facility Steering Committee Oceanographic Research Vessel. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, 40p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1995). Research update. Research Update. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.1- quarterly.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1995). Strategic research directions 1995-2000. Division of Oceanography Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 14p., illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1996). Antarctic circumpolar current. Research Update. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (3): 1, 8 illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1996). Captain Neil Cheshire. Oceanography Update. Newsletter of the Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (4): p.5, illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1996). Changes in the ocean lower WA rainfall?. Research Update. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (2): 1-2.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1996). George Cresswell. Research Update. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (2): p.6, illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1996). Indian Ocean studies generate baseline data. Oceanography Update. Newsletter of the Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (4): p.3, illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1996). Ocean probe technique. Oceanography Update. Newsletter of the Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (4): p.6, illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1996). Oceanographers apply heat to the Indonesian throughflow. Research Update. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (3): 3 illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1996). Scientists elated at acoustic success. Research Update. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (3): 4-5 illus.

CSIRO Division of Oceanography (1996). Tailoring the diet. Research Update. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (2): p.5, illus.

CSIRO Division of Water Resources, CSIRO Centre for Environmental Mechanics, CSIRO Murray-Darling Freshwater Research Centre, CSIRO Division of Fisheries and CSIRO Office of Space Science and Applications (1992). Algal Research Program special issue. Waterlink. CSIRO Division of Water Resources Industry News. CSIRO Australia, (13): 14p., illus.

Cuff, W. R. and Tomczak, M. (1983). Synthesis and modelling of intermittent estuaries. A case study from planning to evaluation. Lecture notes on coastal and estuarine studies. Lect. Notes Coast. Estuar. Stud. Berlin Frg Springer Verlag 1983. Vol. 3, 302pp. refs maps.

Cuff, W. R., Sinclair, R. E., Parker, R. R., Tranter, D. J., Bulleid, N. C., Giles, M. S., Godfrey, J. S., Griffiths, F. B., Higgins, H. W., Kirkman, H., Rainer, S. F. and Scott, B. D. (1983). A carbon budget for South West Arm, Port Hacking. In: Cuff, W R and Tomczak, M (Eds.) Synthesis and Modelling of Intermittent Estuaries. Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies. Springer-Verlag, 3: 192-232 40 refs.

Cuff, W., Sinclair, R. and Parker, R. R. (1978). Development of an ecosystem model of South West Arm (Port Hacking, N.S.W.). In: Simulation Modelling Techniques and Applications, 33-8 15 refs.

Cuff, W., Sinclair, R. and Parker, R. R. (1980). Carbon flow within the South West Arm of Port Hacking (N.S.W., Australia). Biogeochemistry of Ancient and Modern Environments. Proceedings of the Fourth International Symposium on Environmental Biogeochemistry (Iseb) and Conference on Biogeochemistry in Relation to The Mining Industry and Environmental Pollution (Leaching Confer, 139-44 7 refs map.

Cyrus, D. P. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1987). The influence of turbidity on juvenile marine fish in the estuaries of Natal, South Africa. Continental Shelf Research, 7(11/12): 1411-1416 15 refs.

Cyrus, D. P. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1987). The influence of turbidity on juvenile marine fishes in estuaries. Part 2. Laboratory studies, comparisons with field data and conclusions. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 109: 71-91 43 refs, illus.

Cyrus, D. P. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1988). The potential effects of dredging activities and increased silt load on the St. Lucia system, with special reference to turbidity and the estuarine fauna. Water. Journal of the Australian Water and Waste Water Association., 14(1): 43-47 25 refs, illus.

Cyrus, D. P. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1992). Turbidity and salinity in a tropical northern Australia estuary and their influence on fish distribution. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 35: 545-563 33 refs, illus.

Dade, W. B., Davis, J. D., Nichols, P. D., Nowell, A. R. M., Thistle, D., Trexler, M. B. and White, D. C. (1990). Effects of bacterial exopolymer adhesion on the entrainment of sand. Geomicrobiology Journal, 8: 1-16 34 refs, illus.

Dahl, B. (1980). Northern prawn fishermen - pray for rain!. Australian Fisheries, 39(12): 3-4.

Daintith, M. and Nichols, P. D. (1990). Nutritional aspects of the rotifer Brachionus plicatilis. Austasia Aquaculture Magazine, 4(9): 16-17 2 refs, illus.

Dakkak, A. M. J., Bakhadlaq, S. M., Weiss, W. R. and Crossland, C. J. (1984). Protection of the Red Sea marine environment of Saudi Arabia. In: Saad, M A H (Ed.). Proceedings of the Symposium on Coral Reef Environment of the Red Sea (Jeddah, Saudi Arabia: January 1984). Saudi Arabia: King Abdulazis Univ. Press, pp.640-652 11 refs.

Dakkak, A. M. J., Bakhadlaq, S. M., Weiss, W. R. and Crossland, C. J. (1984). Conservation and management of the Red Sea marine resources of Saudi Arabia. In: Saad, M A H (Ed.). Proceedings of the Symposium on Coral Reef Environment of the Red Sea (Jeddah, Saudi Arabia: January 1984). Saudi Arabia: King Abdulazis Univ. Press, pp.653-664 7 refs, illus.

Dal Pont, G. and Major, G. A. (1978). Determination of mercury in sea-water using tin II reduction and syringe injection atomic absorption. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (83): 32pp. 10 refs illus.

Dal Pont, G. and Newell, B. (1963). Suspended organic matter in the Tasman Sea. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 14: 155-65.

Dal Pont, G., Hogan, M. J. and Newell, B. (1974). Laboratory techniques in marine chemistry. 2. Determination of ammonia in sea water and the preservation of samples for nitrate analysis. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.55, 7 p.

Dal Pont, G., Newell, B. and Staniforth, J. (1963). Comparison of the strychnidine and hydrazine methods for the estimation of nitrate in seawater. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 14: 37-43.

Dale, B., Baden, D. G., Bary, B. Mck, Edler, L., Fraga, S., Jenkinson, I. R., Hallegraeff, G. M., Ochaichi, T., Tangen, K., Taylor, F. J. R., White, A. W., Yentsch, C. M. and Yentsch, C. S. (1987). Proceedings of an International Conference and Workshop. The Problems of Toxic Dinoflagellate Blooms in Aquaculture (Cork, Ireland: June 8-13, 1987). , 61p., refs, illus.

Dall, W. (1974). Indices of nutritional state in the western rock lobster, Panuliris longipes (Milne-Edwards). 1. Blood and tissue constituents and water content. Journal of Experimental Marine and Animal Husbandry, 16: 167-80.

Dall, W. (1974). Osmotic and ionic regulation in the western rock lobster Panulirus longipes (Milne-Edwards). Journal of Experimental Marine and Animal Husbandry, 15: 97-125.

Dall, W. (1975). Blood carbohydrates in the western rock lobster Panulirus longipes (Milne-Edwards). Journal of Experimental Marine and Animal Husbandry, 18: 227-38, 44 refs.

Dall, W. (1975). Indices of nutritional state in the western rock lobster, Panulirus longipes (Milne-Edwards). 2. Gastric fluid constituents. Journal of Experimental Marine and Animal Husbandry, 18: 1-78.

Dall, W. (1975). Role of ninhydrin-positive substances in osmoregulation in the western rock lobster, Panulirus longipes (Milne-Edwards). Journal of Experimental Marine and Animal Husbandry, 19: 43-58, 25 refs.

Dall, W. (1977). Review of the physiology of growth and moulting in rock lobsters. Workshop on Lobster and Rock Lobster Ecology and Physiology: Circ.Div.Fish.Oceanogr.CSIRO, no.7: 75-9, 29 refs.

Dall, W. (1979). Physiology of the western rock lobster. Report 1977-1979. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 44-51 12 refs.

Dall, W. (1980). Physiology: Introduction. In: Cobb, J S and Phillips, B F (Eds.). Biology and Managemant of Lobsters. Volume 2. Ecology and Management. Academic Press, New York, 85-9 20 refs.

Dall, W. (1981). Lipid absorption and utilization in the Norwegian lobster, Nephrops norvegicus (L.). Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 50: 33-45 33 refs.

Dall, W. (1981). Osmoregulatory ability and juvenile habitat preference in some penaeid prawns. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 54: 55-64 25 refs.

Dall, W. (1981). Osmotic and ionic regulation, habitat preference and geographical distribution in penaeid prawns abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.13-14.

Dall, W. (1981). Osmotic Regulation of Penaeid Prawns in Inshore and Estuarine Environments. Bull. Mar. Sci. , 31(3): 812.

Dall, W. (1984). Introduction to research at the Cleveland Marine Laboratories abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.41.

Dall, W. (1984). Respiratory metabolism of the tiger prawn Penaeus esculentus abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.45.

Dall, W. (1985). A review of penaeid prawn biological research in Australia. In: Rothlisberg, P C, Hill, B J and Staples, D J (Eds.) 2nd Australian National Prawn Seminar, Kooralbyn, Qld., October 1984. Cleveland, Qld., National Prawn Seminar 2, pp. 11-21 84 refs map.

Dall, W. (1985). Biology of tiger prawns in the western Gulf of Carpentaria. Research Report (1981-1984). Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 51-6 maps.

Dall, W. (1986). Estimation of routine metabolic rate in a penaeid prawn, Penaeus esculentus Haswell. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 96: 57-74 42 refs.

Dall, W. (1986). Management-orientated research: penaeid prawns. In: Hundloe, T J (Ed.). Fisheries Management, Theory and Practice in Queensland. Brisbane, Qld: Griffith Univ. Press, (Ch.11): 134-139, illus.

Dall, W. (1991). Book Review: ' Frontiers of shrimp research', edited by P.F. DeLoach, W.J. Dougherty and M.A. Davidson; Amsterdam, Elsevier Science Publishers, 1991. Developments in Aquaculture and Fisheries Science, 22: 276-278.

Dall, W. (1991). Feeding, digestion and assimilation in Penaeidae. In: Allan, G L and Dall, W (Eds.). Proceedings of the Aquaculture Nutrition Workshop (Salamander Bay, NSW: April 15-17, 1991), pp.57-63 56 refs, illus.

Dall, W. (1991). Zoogeography of the Penaeidae. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum. Proceedings of the 1990 International Crustacean Conference, 31: 39-50 24 refs, illus.

Dall, W. (1992). Feeding, digestion and assimilation in Penaeidae. In: Allan, G L and Dall, W (Eds.). Proceedings of the Aquaculture Nutrition Workshop (Salamander Bay, NSW: April 15-17, 1991), pp.57-63.

Dall, W. (1995). Carotenoids versus retinoids (Vitamin A) as essential growth factors in penaeid prawns (Penaeus semisulcatus). Marine Biology, 124: 209-213 21 refs, illus.

Dall, W. and Barclay, M. C. (1977). Effects of crustecdysone treatment of the western rock lobster. Workshop on Lobster and Rock Lobster Ecology and Physiology: Circ.Div.Fish.Oceanogr.CSIRO, no.7: 14.

Dall, W. and Barclay, M. C. (1977). Induction of viable ecdysis in the western rock lobster by 20-hydroxyecdysone. General and Comparative Endocrinology, 31: 323-34, 29 refs.

Dall, W. and Barclay, M. C. (1979). Effect of exogenous 20-hydroxyecdysone on levels of epidermal DNA and RNA in the western rock lobster. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 36: 103-10 27 refs.

Dall, W. and Dunstan, D. J. (1957). Euphausia superba Dana from a humpback whale, Megaptera nodosa (Bonnaterre), caught off southern Queensland. Norsk Hvalfangsttid. , 46: 6-9.

Dall, W. and Moriarty, D. J. W. (1983). Functional aspects of nutrition and digestion. In: Mantel, L H (Ed.) The Biology of Crustacea. Vol. 5. Internal Anatomy and Physiological Regulation. Academic Press, New York, 215-61 bibliography pp. 251-61.

Dall, W. and Phillips, B. F. (1985). Torres Strait research. Research Report (1981-1984). Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 75-84 3 refs maps.

Dall, W. and Smith, D. M. (1977). Measurement of water drinking rates in marine crustacea. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 30: 199-208 17 refs.

Dall, W. and Smith, D. M. (1977). Water uptake at moulting in the western rock lobster. Workshop on Lobster and Rock Lobster Ecology and Physiology: Circ.Div.Fish.Oceanogr.CSIRO, no.7: 13.

Dall, W. and Smith, D. M. (1978). Changes in apparent water permeability during the moulting cycle in the western rock lobster. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 34: 43-54 15 refs.

Dall, W. and Smith, D. M. (1978). Water uptake at ecdysis in the western rock lobster. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 35: 165-76 25 refs.

Dall, W. and Smith, D. M. (1981). Ionic regulation of four species of penaeid prawn. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 55: 219-32 28 refs.

Dall, W. and Smith, D. M. (1986). Oxygen consumption and ammonia-N excretion in fed and starved tiger prawns, Penaeus esculentus Haswell. Aquaculture, 55: 23-33 26 refs.

Dall, W. and Smith, D. M. (1987). Changes in protein-bound and free amino acids in the muscle of the tiger prawn Penaeus esculentus during starvation. Marine Biology, 95: 509-520 48 refs.

Dall, W. and Smith, D. M. (1988). Is the amino acid composition of proteins important in prawn diets?. Presented At Third Australian Prawn Farming Research Workshop, Griffith Univ., 1988, pp.12-18 14 refs, illus.

Dall, W., Chandumpai, A. and Smith, D. M. (1992). Fatty acid composition of organs and tissues of the tiger prawn Penaeus esculentus during the moulting cycle and during starvation. Marine Biology, 113: 45-55 36 refs, illus.

Dall, W., Chandumpai, A. and Smith, D. M. (1993). The fate of some C-labelled dietary lipids in the tiger prawn Penaeus esculentus. Marine Biology, 115: 39-45 26 refs, illus.

Dall, W., Hill, B. J., Rothlisberg, P. C. and Staples, D. J. (1990). The biology of the Penaeidae. Advances in Marine Biology. London, UK : Academic Press, 27: 489p., refs, illus.

Dall, W., Smith, D. M. and Moore, L. E. (1991). Biochemical composition of some prey species of Penaeus esculentus Haswell (Penaeidae: Decapoda). Aquaculture, 96: 151-166 48 refs.

Dall, W., Smith, D. M. and Moore, L. E. (1991). The biochemical composition of natural food of Penaeus esculentus Haswell (Penaeidae: Decapoda). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, 31: p.448 3 refs.

Dall, W., Smith, D. M. and Moore, L. E. (1992). The composition of Zostera capricorni seeds: a seasonal natural food of juvenile Penaeus esculentus Haswell (Penaeidae: Decapoda). Aquaculture, 101: 75-83 13 refs.

Dall, W., Smith, D. M. and Moore, L. E. (1995). Carotenoids in the tiger prawn Penaeus esculentus during ovarian maturation. Marine Biology, 123: 435-441 28 refs, illus.

Davenport, S. and McLoughlin, R. (1993). Preliminary assessment of the distribution and potential impact of the introduced starfish Asterias amurensis: status report to [the] Fisheries Research and Development Corporation. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 38 pp.

Davenport, S. R. (1981). Preliminary observations on the age and growth of blue mackerel, Scomber australasicus abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.62.

Davenport, S. R. (1987). Shark tagging. Australian Marine Science Bulletin, (97): 9.

Davenport, S. R. (1995). Mercury in blue sharks and deepwater dogfish from around Tasmania. Australian Fisheries, 54(3): 20-22 6 refs, illus.

Davenport, S. R. and Deprez, P. (1989). Market opportunities for shark liver oil. Australian Fisheries, 48(11): 8-10 8 refs, illus.

Davenport, S. R. and Stevens, J. D. (1988). Age and growth of two commercially important sharks (Carcharhinus tilstoni and C. sorrah) from northern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 39(4): 417-433 46 refs, illus.

Davies, J. E., Fearns, P. R., Lynch, M. J. and Pearce, A. F. (1994). SeaWiFS product development and validation progam: status report. Proceedings of the Second Pacific Ocean Remote Sensing Conference (Melbourne, Vic: March 1-4, 1994), 8p. 16 refs, illus.

Davies, R. M. (1961). Australian experience in marine research operations. in "Research Vessel Design," Dav. 1-11. (Fao: Rome.), .

Davies, R. M. (1962). Australian oceanographic frigates. Int. Hydrogr. Rev., 39 (2): 35-44.

Davis, P. S. (1957). A method for the determination of chlorophyll in sea-water. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 7.

Davis, P. S. (1959). Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of Fish. V. Chlorophyll distribution. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 10: 316-321.

Davis, T. L. O. (1981). Age and growth studies on barramundi (Lates calcarifer) in northern Australia: a comparison of different river systems abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.58-59.

Davis, T. L. O. (1982). Maturity and sexuality in barramundi, Lates calcarifer (Bloch), in the Northern Territory and south-eastern Gulf of Carpentaria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 33(3): 529-45 28 refs map.

Davis, T. L. O. (1984). A population of sexually precocious barramundi, Lates calcarifer, in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Copeia, (1): 144-9 20 refs.

Davis, T. L. O. (1984). A population of sexually precocious barramundi, Lates calcarifer (Bloch), in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.28.

Davis, T. L. O. (1984). Deepwater survey of crustacean resources (e.g. scampi & prawns) off the North West Shelf abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.18.

Davis, T. L. O. (1984). Estimation of fecundity in barramundi, Lates calcarifer (Bloch), using an automatic particle counter. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 35(1): 111-18 26 refs.

Davis, T. L. O. (1984). Reproduction and early life history of barramundi, Lates calcarifer, in Van Diemen Gulf and the Gulf of Carpentaria, northern Australia abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.28.

Davis, T. L. O. (1985). Food of barramundi, Lates calcarifer (Bloch), in coastal and inland waters of Van Diemen Gulf and the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Journal of Fish Biology, 26: 669-82 19 refs map.

Davis, T. L. O. (1985). Seasonal changes in gonad maturity, and abundance of larvae and early juveniles of barramundi, Lates calcarifer (Bloch), in Van Diemen Gulf and the Gulf of Carpentaria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 36(2): 177-90 21 refs map.

Davis, T. L. O. (1986). Migration patterns in barramundi, Lates calcarifer (Bloch), in Van Diemen Gulf, Australia, with estimates of fishing mortality in specific areas. Fisheries Research, 4: 243-258 16 refs, illus.

Davis, T. L. O. (1987). Biology of wildstock Lates calcarifer in northern Australia. In: Copland, J W and Grey, D L (Eds.). Management of Wild and Cultured Sea Bass/Barramundi (Lates Calcarifer). Proceedings of an International Workshop (Darwin, NT: September 24-30, 1986). Aciar Proceedings, (20): 22-29 22 refs, illus.

Davis, T. L. O. (1988). Temporal changes in the fish fauna entering a tidal swamp system in tropical Australia. Environmental Biology of Fishes, 21(3): 161-172 31 refs, illus, map.

Davis, T. L. O. (1991). Early life history. Deriso, R B and Bayliff, W H (Eds.). World Meeting on Stock Assessment of Bluefin Tunas: Strengths and Weaknesses. Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission. Special Report, (7): 202-205, illus.

Davis, T. L. O. (1991). Maturation and spawning. Deriso, R B and Bayliff, W H (Eds.). World Meeting on Stock Assessment of Bluefin Tunas: Strengths and Weaknesses. Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission. Special Report, (7): 225-229, illus.

Davis, T. L. O. (1992). Sampling links with Indonesia. In: Whitelaw, A W and Mawson, V (Eds.). Proceedings of the Inaugural Southern Bluefin Tuna Science-Industry-Management Workshop (Port Lincoln, SA: June 24-25, 1992). Hobart, Tas.: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp.79-80.

Davis, T. L. O. (1992). Ultrasonic tracking and archival tagging, 1991-92. In: Whitelaw, A W and Mawson, V (Eds.). Proceedings of the Inaugural Southern Bluefin Tuna Science-Industry-Management Workshop (Port Lincoln, SA: June 24-25, 1992). Hobart, Tas.: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp.50-52, illus.

Davis, T. L. O. and Clementson, L. A. (1989). Data report on the vertical and horizontal distribution of tuna larvae in the East Indian Ocean, January-February 1987. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (206): 39p. 22 refs, illus., map.

Davis, T. L. O. and Gunn, J. S. (1992). Archival tagging provides detailed data. Australian Fisheries, 51(6): 31.

Davis, T. L. O. and Gunn, J. S. (1992). CSIRO plans to track SBT ultrasonically. Australian Fisheries, 51(6): 28-29.

Davis, T. L. O. and Heron, A. C. (1987). Monitoring opening/closing Bongo system abstract. Newsletter of the Australian Society for Fish Biology, 17(2): 1p.

Davis, T. L. O. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1984). Age and growth studies on barramundi, Lates calcarifer (Bloch), in northern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 35(6): 673-89 22 refs illus.

Davis, T. L. O. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1984). Age and growth studies on barramundi, Lates calcarifer (Bloch), in northern Australia abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.28.

Davis, T. L. O. and Lyne, V. D. (1994). Dispersal of the larval stage of southern bluefin tuna, Thunnus maccoyii, in the East Indian Ocean. In: Sammarco, P W and Heron, M L (Eds.). The Bio-Physics of Marine Larval Dispersal. Washington, Dc, USA: Agu, (Ch.7): 137-148 57 refs, illus.

Davis, T. L. O. and May, J. L. (1981). A seasonal survey of fish and crustaceans in the East Alligator River Estuary, Northern Territory abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.51-52.

Davis, T. L. O. and May, J. L. (1989). On a collection of fish and prawns from the East Alligator estuary, Kakadu National Park, Australia. Beagle, 6(1): 157-161 11 refs, illus.

Davis, T. L. O. and Proctor, C. H. (1992). Sampling links with Indonesia to obtain biological samples of southern bluefin tuna from the spawning grounds: final report. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 8 pp.

Davis, T. L. O. and Reid, D. D. (1982). Estimates of tag shedding rates for Floy FT-2 dart and FD-67 anchor tags in barramundi, Lates calcarifer (Bloch). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 33(6): 1113-17 8 refs.

Davis, T. L. O. and Thomas, W. R. (1981). An assessment of methods suitable for ageing fishes of the family Lutjanidae abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.61-62.

Davis, T. L. O. and Ward, T. J. (1984). CSIRO finds two new scampi grounds off the North West Shelf. Australian Fisheries, 43(8): 41-5 4 refs map illus.

Davis, T. L. O. and West, G. J. (1992). Growth and mortality of Lutjanus vittus (Quoy and Gaimard) from the North West Shelf of Australia. Fishery Bulletin, 90(2): 395-404 35 refs, illus.

Davis, T. L. O. and West, G. J. (1993). Maturation, reproductive seasonality, fecundity, and spawning frequency in Lutjanus vittus (Quoy and Gaimard) from the north west shelf of Australia. Fishery Bulletin, 91: 224-236 51 refs, illus.

Davis, T. L. O., Jenkins, G. P. and Young, J. W. (1990). Diel patterns of vertical distribution in larvae of southern bluefin Thunnus maccoyii, and other tuna in the East Indian Ocean. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 59: 63-74 47 refs, illus.

Davis, T. L. O., Jenkins, G. P. and Young, J. W. (1990). Patterns of horizontal distribution of the larvae of southern bluefin (Thunnus maccoyii) and other tuna in the Indian Ocean. Journal of Plankton Research, 12(6): 1295-1314 57 refs, illus.

Davis, T. L. O., Jenkins, G. P., Young, J. W., Augustine, O. and Bonham, P. I. (1988). Southern bluefin tuna larvae study abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.3.

Davis, T. L. O., Jenkins, G. P., Yukinawa, M. and Nishikawa, Y. (1989). Tuna larvae abundance: comparative estimates from concurrent Japanese and Australian sampling programs. Fishery Bulletin, 87: 976-981 24 refs, illus.

Davis, T. L. O., Lyne, V. D. and Jenkins, G. P. (1991). Advection, dispersion and mortality of a patch of southern bluefin tuna larvae Thunnus maccoyii in the East Indian Ocean. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 73: 33-45 63 refs, illus.

Davis, T., Bahar, S. and Farley, J. (1995). Southern bluefin tuna in the Indonesian longline fishery: historical development, composition, season, some biological parameters, landing estimation and catch statistics for 1993. Indonesian Fisheries Research Journal, 1: 68-86.

De Castillejo, F. F. (1966). Non-seasonal variations in the hydrological environment off Port Hacking, Sydney. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 21.

De Castillejo, F. F. and Hamon, B. V. (1964). Reducing meteorological effects of monthly mean sea levels. Int. Hydrogr. Rev., 41: 143-148.

De Szoeke, R. A., (1972). Long waves at Norfolk Island. Technical Paper. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 31.

Decho, A. W. and Moriarty, D. J. W. (1990). Bacterial exopolymer utilization by a harpacticoid copepod: a methodology and results. Limnology and Oceanography, 35(5): 1039-1049 45 refs, illus.

Demarco, R., Mackey, D. J. and Zirino, A. (1997). Response of the jalpaite membrane copper(ii) ion-selective electrode in marine waters. Electroanalysis, 9 (4): G53330­334.

Dennis, D. M. and Munday, B. L. (1994). Microsporidiosis of palinurid lobsters from Australian waters. Bull. Eur. Ass. Fish Pathol., 14(1): 16-.

Dennis, D. M., Pitcher, C. R., Prescott, J. H. and Skewes, T. D. (1992). Severe mortality in a breeding population of ornate rock lobster Panulirus ornatus (Fabricius) at Yule Island, Papua New Guinea. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 162: 143-158 23 refs, illus.

Dennison, W. C. and Kirkman, H. (1996). Seagrass survival model. In: Kuo, J, Phillips, R C, Walker. D I and Kirkman, H (Eds.). Proceedings of an International Workshop on Seagrass Biology (Rottnest Island, WA: January 25-29, 1996), pp. 341-344.

Deprez, P. P., Volkman, J. K. and Davenport, S. R. (1990). Squalene content and neutral lipid composition of livers from deep-sea sharks caught in Tasmanian waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 41(3): 75-87 31 refs, illus.

Dew, B. (1959). Serpulidae (Polychaeta) from Australia. Rec. Aust. Mus., 25: 19-56.

Dew, B. and Wood, E. J. F. (1955). Observations on periodicity in marine invertebrates. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 6: 469-478.

Dews, G. J., Sainsbury, K. J., Whitelaw, A. W. and Moran, M. (1988). CSIRO goes fish trapping on NW shelf. Australian Fisheries, 47(9): 28-29, illus.

Dews, G., Harris, A., Poiner, I. and Kerr, J. (1993). Guide to monitoring the traditional catch of the Torres Strait. Division of Fisheries. Unpublished Report. CSIRO Australia, .

Die, D. J., McGilvray, J. G., Courtney, A. J. and Cosgrove, M. G. (1995). A quantitative method for staging penaeid prawn ovaries using image analysis. Invertebrate Reproduction and Development, 28 (3): 177-183.

Dietzel, J. and Maloney, M. (1993). Tuna news. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 8p., illus.

Dodd, W. A., Kantharajah A. S. and Poiner, I. R. (1990). Rehabilitation of seagrass meadows: production of progagules using tissue culture technology. Australian Journal of Biotechnology, 4(3): 201-204 21 refs, illus.

Donguy, J. R. and Meyers, G. (1993). Annual cycle of the Pacific-Indian Ocean throughflow. Fourth International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography, March-April 1993, Hobart, Australia, pp. 384-385.

Donguy, J. R. and Meyers, G. (1996). Mean annual variation of transport of major currents in the tropical Pacific Ocean. Deep-Sea Research Part I-Oceanographic Research Papers, 43 (7): 1105­1122.

Donguy, J. R. and Meyers, G. (1996). Seasonal variations of sea-surface salinity and temperature in the tropical Indian Ocean. Deep-Sea Research Part I-Oceanographic Research Papers, 43 (2): 117­138.

Donguy, J. R. and Meyers, G. A. (1987). Observed and modelled topography of the 20degreesC isotherm in the tropical Pacific. Oceanologica Acta, 10(1): 41-48 21 refs, illus.

Donguy, J. R. and Meyers, G. A. (1994). Transport-regime in the Western Tropical Indian Ocean abstract. Proceedings of the 1st National Amos Conference: Incorporating 5th Air-Sea Interaction Conference (Adelaide, SA: February 14-16, 1994). Amos Publication, (9): p.22.

Donguy, J. R. and Meyers, G. A. (1995). Observations of geostrophic transport variability in the western Tropical Indian Ocean. Deep-Sea Research, 42(6): 1007-1028.

Donguy, J. R., Dessier, A., Eldin, G., Morliere, A. and Meyers, G. (1984). Wind and thermal conditions along the Equatorial Pacific. Journal of Marine Research, 42(1): 103-121.

Donguy, J. R., Meyers, G. A. and Lindstrom, E. J. (1989). Comparison of the results of two West Pacific Oceanographic expeditions: FOC (1971) and WEPOCS (1985-86). In: Picaut, J, Lukas, R and Delcroix, T (Eds.). Proceedings of the Western Pacific International Meeting and Workshop on TOGA-Coare (Noumea, New Caledonia: May 24-30, 1989), pp.111-122 9 refs, illus.

Doty, M. S., Jitts, H. R., Koblenz-Mishke, O. J. and Saijo, Y. (1965). Intercalibration of marine plankton primary productivity techniques. Limnol. Oceanogr., 10: 282-286.

Dowling, N. J. E., Nichols, P. D. and White, D. C. (1988). Phospholipid fatty acid and infra-red spectroscopic analysis of a sulphate-reducing consortium. Fems Microbiology Ecology, 53: 325-334 24 refs, illus.

Dredge, M., Kirkman, H. and Potter, M. (1977). Short term biological survey. Tin Can Inlet/Great Sandy Strait. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.68, 26 p. 26 refs.

Dunning, M. C. (1979). Interesting squid catches during Bight fish survey. Australian Fisheries, 38(10): 9-10 illus.

Dunning, M. C. (1982). Squid and cuttlefish resources of Australian waters. FAO Fisheries Report, (275): 103-8 28 refs.

Dunning, M. C. (1984). Squid resources in Australian waters abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.31.

Dunning, M. C. and Brandt, S. B. (1981). Aspects of the life history and distributional ecology of oceanic squid (Ommastrephidae) off the east coast of Australia abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.43-44.

Dunning, M. C. and Brandt, S. B. (1985). Distribution and life history of deep-water squid of commercial interest from Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 36(3): 343-59 74 refs maps.

Dunning, M. C., Potter, M. and Machida, S. (1981). Hoyo maru survey shows oceanic squid could have potential. Australian Fisheries, 40(12): 3pp. illus. maps.

Dunstan, D. J. (1957). Caudal presentation at birth of a humpback whale, Megaptera nodosa (Bonnaterre). Norsk Hvalfangsttid., 46: 553-555.

Dunstan, D. J. (1959). The barramundi Lates calcarifer (Bloch) in Queensland waters. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 5.

Dunstan, G. A., Baillie, H. J., Barrett, S. M. and Volkman, J. K. (1996). Effect of diet on the lipid composition of wild and cultured abalone. Aquaculture, 140: 115-127.

Dunstan, G. A., Volkman, J. K. and Barrett, S. M. (1993). The effect of lyophilization on the solvent extraction of lipid classes, fatty acids and sterols from the oyster Crassostrea gigas. Lipids, 28(10): 937-944 44 refs, illus.

Dunstan, G. A., Volkman, J. K., Barrett, S. M. and Garland, C. D. (1993). Changes in the lipid composition and maximisation of the polyunsaturated fatty acid content of three microalgae grown in mass culture. Journal of Applied Phycology, 5: 71-83 34 refs, illus.

Dunstan, G. A., Volkman, J. K., Barrett, S. M., Leroi, J.-M. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1994). Essential polyunsaturated fatty acids from 14 species of diatom (Bacillariophyceae). Phytochemistry, 35(1): 155-161 35 refs.

Dunstan, G. A., Volkman, J. K., Jeffrey, S. W. and Barrett, S. M. (1992). Biochemical composition of microalgae from the green algal classes Chlorophyceae and Prasinophyceae. 2. Lipid classes and fatty acids. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 161: 115-134 67 refs, illus.

Dyson, N., Jitts, H. R. and Scott, B. D. (1965). Techniques for measuring oceanic primary production using radioactive carbon. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 18.

Easton, A., Pearce, A. F. and Buchan, S. (1991). Modelling the Kirki spill using OSSM. In: Chambers, F (Ed). Proceedings of the Third National Scientific Support Co-Ordinators Workshop (Fremantle, WA: March 16-20, 1992). WA: Dept of Marine and Harbours, pp.93-96 2 refs, illus.

Ebbesmeyer, C. C. and Lindstrom, E. J. (1986). Structure and origin of 18 degree C water observed during the POLYMODE Local Dynamics Experiment. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 16(3): 443-453.

Eckert, G. J. and Majkowski, J. V. (1986). Tuna fishing in the Indian Ocean. Australian Fisheries, 45(5): 4-8 2 refs.

Eckert, G. J. and Majkowski, J. V. (1987). Fishermen recapture 40 per cent of tagged southern bluefin tuna. Australian Fisheries, 46(12): 30-3 11 refs map.

Eckert, G. J., Kalish, J., Majkowski, J. V. and Pethebridge, R. L. (1987). An indexed bibliography of the southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii (Castlenau, 1872)). Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (185): 1-49.

Edgar, G. J. (1986). Biogeographical processes in the Southern Hemisphere marine environment. In: Westermeier, R (Ed.). Actas Del Segundo Congreso Sobre Algas Marinas Chilenas (Chile, Argentina: January 14-18, 1985). Chile: Univ. Austral De Chile, pp.29-46 95 refs, illus.

Edgar, G. J. (1987). Dispersal of faunal and floral propagules associated with drifting Macrocystis pyrifera plants. Marine Biology, 95: 599-610 50 refs, illus.

Edgar, G. J. (1987). Interactions between the western rock lobster (Panulirus cygnus), the blue manna crab (Portunus pelagicus) and seagrass epifauna abstract. Australian Society for Fish Biology. Newsletter, 16(2): 70.

Edgar, G. J. (1989). Interactions of the western rock lobster (Panulirus cygnus) and seagrass epifauna abstract. In: Phillips, B F (Ed.). Workshop on Rock Lobster Ecology and Management. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (207): p.9.

Edgar, G. J. (1990). Population regulation, population dynamics and competition amongst mobile epifauna associated with seagrass. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 144: 205-234 51 refs, illus.

Edgar, G. J. (1990). Predator-prey interactions in seagrass beds. I. The influence of macrofaunal abundance and size-structure on the diet and growth of the western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus George. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 139: 1-22 21 refs, illus.

Edgar, G. J. (1990). Predator-prey interactions in seagrass beds. II. Distribution and diet of the blue manna crab Portunus pelagicus Linnaeus at Cliff Head, Western Australia. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 139: 23-32 38 refs, illus.

Edgar, G. J. (1990). Predator-prey interactions in seagrass beds. III. Impacts of the western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus George on epifaunal gastropod populations. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 139: 33-42 17 refs, illus.

Edgar, G. J. (1990). The influence of plant structure on the species richness, biomass and secondary production of macrofaunal assemblages associated with Western Australian seagrass beds. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 137: 215-240 30 refs, illus.

Edgar, G. J. (1992). Patterns of colonization of mobile epifauna in a Western Australian seagrass bed. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 157: 225-246 28 refs, illus.

Edgar, G. J. and Cresswell, G. R. (1991). Seasonal changes in hydrology and the distribution of plankton in the Bathurst Harbour estuary, southwestern Tasmania, 1988-89. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, 125: 61-72 24 refs, illus.

Edgar, G. J. and Moore, P. G. (1986). Macro-algae as habitats for motile macrofauna. In: Santelices, B (Ed.). Monografias Biologicas. Simposio Internacional. Usos Funciones Ecologicas De Las Algas Marinas Bentonicas, 4: 255-277 56 refs, illus.

Edgar, G. J. and Robertson, A. I. (1992). The influence of seagrass structure on the distribution and abundance of mobile epifauna: pattern and process in a Western Australia Amphibolis bed. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 160: 13-31 44 refs, illus.

Edwards, R. J. (1977). Hydrological investigations of R.V. Sprightly, April 1974-April 1975. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.73, 5 p., 16 refs.

Edwards, R. J. (1979). Tasman and Coral Sea ten year mean temperature and salinity fields, 1967-1976. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (88): 4pp. 5 refs.

Edwards, R. J. (1980). SA ocean studies reveal enrichment, if not upwelling. Australian Fisheries, 39(11): 14-17.

Edwards, R. J. (1990). Upwellings could hold clues to fish patterns. Australian Fisheries, 49(1): 18-20 2 refs, illus.

Edwards, R. J. (1993). Sea surface temperatures. In: Kailola, P J Et Al (Eds.). Australian Fisheries Resources. Canberra: Bureau of Resource Sciences/Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, pp.27-29, illus.

Edwards, R. J. and Emery, W. J. (1982). Australasian Southern Ocean frontal structure during summer 1976-77. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 33(1): 3-22 10 refs map.

Edwards, R. J. and Emery, W. J. (1982). Expendable bathythermograph sections from Antarctic supply vessels. World Climate Research Programme, Papers Presented at the Meeting on Time Series of Ocean Measurements Tokyo, -11-15 May-1981. Wmo World Climate Research Programme, Geneva Switzerland 1982, pp.293-296.

Eland, K. (1990). The oceans' role in the greenhouse effect. Australian Science Mag, (2): 34-40, illus.

Elliott, N. G. (1996). Allozyme and mitochondrial DNA analysis of the tropical saddle-tail sea perch, Lutjanus malabaricus (Schneider), from Australian waters. Marine and Freshwater Research, 47(7): 869-76, 44 refs, illus.

Elliott, N. G. and Bulman, C. M. (1989). The quest for orange roughy: CSIRO's 1988 trawl survey. Australian Fisheries, 48(5): 10-11 1 ref, illus.

Elliott, N. G. and Kloser, R. J. (1993). Use of acoustics to assess a small aggregation of orange roughy, Hoplostethus atlanticus (Collett), off the eastern coast of Tasmania. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 44(3): 473-482 9 refs, illus.

Elliott, N. G. and Kloser, R. J. (1994). Comparison of acoustic and trawl results of the 1989 CSIRO deepwater survey in southeastern Australian waters. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (216): 19p. 11 refs, illus.

Elliott, N. G. and Ward, R. D. (1992). Enzyme variation in orange roughy, Hoplostethus atlanticus (Teleostei: Trachichthyidae), from southern Australian and New Zealand waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 43(6): 1561-1571 30 refs, illus.

Elliott, N. G. and Ward, R. D. (1994). Enzyme variation in jackass morwong, Nemadactylus macropterus (Schneider, 1801) (Teleostei: Cheilodactylidae), from Australian and New Zealand waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 45(1): 51-67 25 refs, illus.

Elliott, N. G. and Ward, R. D. (1995). Genetic relationships of eight species of Pacific tunas (Teleostei: Scombridae) inferred from allozyme analysis. Marine and Freshwater Research, 46(7): 1021-1032 32 refs, illus.

Elliott, N. G. and Woods, A. C. (1989). CSIRO Marine Laboratories in Hobart. Maritime Studies, (47): 12-18 illus.

Elliott, N. G., Bakes, M. J. and Nichols, P. D. (1994). Oil content of Australian and North Atlantic oreos and orange roughy. Australian Fisheries, 53(9): 30-32 8 refs, illus.

Elliott, N. G., Bulman, C. M. and Kloser, R. J. (1988). Orange roughy abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.19.

Elliott, N. G., Grewe, P. M., Smolenski, A. J. and Ward, R. D. (1992). Stock delineation in jackass morwong, 2. Genetic results. Newsl. Aust. Soc. Fish Biol., 22(2): 32.

Elliott, N. G., Haskard, K. A. and Koslow, J. A. (1995). Morphometric analysis of orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus) off the continental slope of southern Australia. Journal of Fish Biology, 46: 202-220 34 refs, illus, appendix.

Elliott, N. G., Ritz, D. A. and Swain, R. (1985). Interaction between copper and zinc accumulation in the barnacle Elminius modestus Darwin. Marine Environmental Research, 17: 13-17 6 refs, illus.

Elliott, N. G., Skerratt, J. H. and Nichols, P. D. (1990). Orange roughy oil proves its worth. Australian Fisheries, 49(8): 32-33 11 refs.

Elliott, N. G., Smolenski, A. J. and Ward, R. D. (1994). Allozyme and mitochondrial DNA variation in orange roughy, Hoplostethus atlanticus (Teleostei: Trachichthyidae): little differentiation between Australian and North Atlantic populations. Marine Biology, 119: 621-627 46 refs.

Elliott, N. G., Swain, R. and Ritz, D. A. (1985). The influence of cyclic exposure on the accumulation of heavy metals by Mytilus edulis planulatus (Lamarck). Marine Environmental Research, 15: 17-30 6 refs.

Elliott, N. G., Swain, R. and Ritz, D. A. (1986). Metal interaction during accumulation by the mussel Mytilus edulis planulatus. Marine Biology, 93: 395-399 18 refs, illus.

El-Sayed, S. Z. and Jitts, H. R. (1973). Phytoplankton production in the southeastern Indian Ocean. Ecological Studies of Analytical Synthesis, 3: 131-42.

Emig, C. C., Boesch, D. F. and Rainer, S. F. (1977). Phoronida from Australia. Records of the Australian Museum, 30(16): 455-474 26 refs, illus.

England, M. H. (1992). On the formation of Antarctic intermediate and bottom water in ocean general circulation models. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 22(8): 918-926 28 refs, illus.

England, M. H. (1995). CFC uptake and ventilation time-scales in a world ocean model abstract. Abstracts of the Australian Physical Oceanography and Australian Meteorological and Oceanographic Society Joint Conference (Lorne, Vic: February 20-22, 1995), p.31, illus.

England, M. H. (1995). The age of water and ventilation timescales in a global ocean model. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 25(11, pt 1): 2757-77 33 refs, illus.

England, M. H. (1995). Using chlorofluorocarbons to assess ocean climate models. Geophysical Research Letters, 22(22): 3051-3054 12 refs, illus.

England, M. H. and Garcon, V. C. (1994). South Atlantic circulation in a world ocean model. Annales Geophysicae, 12: 812-25 57 refs, illus.

England, M. H., Garcon, V. and Minster, J.-F. (1994). Chlorofluorocarbon uptake in a world ocean model. 1. Sensitivity to the surface gas forcing. Journal of Geophysical Research, 99(C12): 25,215-25,233 47 refs, illus.

England, M. H., Godfrey, J. S., Hirst, A. C. and Tomczak, M. (1993). The mechanism for Antarctic intermediate water renewal in a world ocean model. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 23: 1553-1560 27 refs, illus.

England, M. H., Godfrey, J. S., Tomszak, M. and Hirst, A. C. (1993). The mechanism for Antarctic intermediate water renewal in a world ocean model. 4th International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography (Hobart, Tas: March 29-April 2, 1993). Boston, Ma, USA: American Meteorological Society, pp.324-325 3 refs, illus.

England, M. H., Tomczak, M. and Godfrey, J. S. (1992). Water mass formation and Sverdrup dynamics; a comparison between climatology and a coupled ocean atmosphere model. Journal Mar. Syst., 3(3): 279-306.

Enting, I. G. and Mansbridge, J. V. (1991). Latitudinal distribution of sources and sinks of CO: results of an inversion study. Tellus. Series B, 43: 156-170 38 refs, illus.

Evans, A. J., Fogerty, A. C. and Sainsbury, K. J. (1986). The fatty acid composition of fish from the north-west shelf of Australia. CSIRO Food Research Quarterly, 46(2): 40-5 15 refs.

Evans, D. (1992). The western deep water trawl and the north west slope trawl fisheries. In: Rainer, S F (Ed.). The Fisheries Biology of Deepwater Crustacea and Finfish on the Continental Shelf of Western Australia. Final Report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Project 1988/74. Marmion, WA: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp. 19-27.

Evans, D. and Garvey, J. R. (1992). The scientific observer and logbook programs. In: Rainer, S F (Ed.). The Fisheries Biology of Deepwater Crustacea and Finfish on the Continental Shelf of Western Australia. Final Report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Project 1988/74. Marmion, WA: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp. 29-41.

Everitt, D. A. and Thomas, D. P. (1986). Observations of seasonal changes in diatoms at inshore localities near Davis Station, East Antarctica. Hydrobiologia, 139: 3-12 37 refs illus.

Everitt, D. A., Volkman, J. K. and Wright, S. (1986). Lipid composition of surface particulate matter in Tasman Sea and east Australian current waters at 33degreesS abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 121.

Everitt, D. A., Wright, S. W., Volkman, J. K., Thomas, D. P. and Lindstrom, E. J. (1990). Phytoplankton community compositions in the western equatorial Pacific determined from chlorophyll and carotenoid pigment distributions. Deep-Sea Research, 37(6): 975-997 73 refs, illus.

Eyles, M. J. and Thrower, S. J. (1989). Contingency planning for outbreaks of shellfish-borne disease. Proceedings of the World Health Organisation Workshop on Shellfish Sanitation (Shanghai, China: December 1989), 4p., 3 refs.

Fairall, C. W., Bradley, E. F., Godfrey, J. S., Wick, G. A., Edson, J. B. and Young, G. S. (1996). Cool-skin and warm-layer effects on sea surface temperature. Journal of Geophysical Research, 101(C1): 1295-1308 22 refs, illus.

Fairbridge, W. S. (1948). The effect of the war on the east Australian trawl fishery. J. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., 21: 75-98.

Fairbridge, W. S. (1951). Some populations of the Australian "salmon", Arripis trutta. Proc. Indo-Pacif. Fish. Coun., 2: 80-84.

Fairbridge, W. S. (1951). The New South Wales tiger flathead, Neoplatycephalus macrodon (Ogilby). I. Biology and age determination. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 2: 117-178.

Fairbridge, W. S. (1951). The overfishing of the east Australian trawl fishery. Proc. Indo-Pacif. Fish. Coun., 2: 73-79.

Fairbridge, W. S. (1952). The New South Wales tiger flathead, Neoplatycephalus macrodon (Ogilby). II. The age composition of commercial catch, overfishing of the stocks, and suggested conservation. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 3: 1-31.

Fairbridge, W. S. (1953). A population study of the Tasmanian "commercial" scallop, Notovola meridionalis (Tate) (Lamellibranchiata, Pectinidae). Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 4: 1-40.

Fandry, C. B. (1985). Ocean climate modelling abstract. In: Hunt, B G (Coordinator). Report on Drought Research in Australia. Meeting (Melbourne, Vic: 1985), 1p.

Fandry, C. B. (1986). Present understanding of the physical oceanography of Bass Strait abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 96.

Fandry, C. B. (1996). Checking Australia's rain gauge. Oceanography Update. Newsletter of the Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (4): 1-2, illus.

Fandry, C. B. and Hubbert, G. D. (1988). Operational objectives and requirements for physical oceanography. In: Baines, P G (Ed.). Meteorology & Physical Oceanography in Australia: Priorities in Research, Operations and Education. Report of a Discussion Meeting (Clayton, Vic: July 2-3, 1987). Australian Meteorological and Oceanographic Society Publication. , (3): 95-109 24 refs, illus.

Fandry, C. B. and Jackett, D. R. (1987). Tides on continental shelves with longshore topographic variations. Continental Shelf Research, 7(5): 519-34 11 refs.

Fandry, C. B. and Steedman, R. K. (1989). An investigation of tropical cyclone-generated circulation on the north-west shelf of Australia using a three-dimensional model. Deutsche Hydrographische Zeitschrift, 42(3-6): 307-341 46 refs, illus.

Fandry, C. B. and Steedman, R. K. (1994). Modelling the dynamics of the transient, barotropic response of continental shelf waters to tropical cyclones. Continental Shelf Research, 14(15): 1723-1750 23 refs, illus.

Fandry, C. B., Hubbert, G. D. and McIntosh, P. C. (1985). Comparison of predictions of a numerical model and observations of tides in Bass Strait. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 36(6): 737-52 16 refs maps.

Fandry, C. B., Hubbert, G. D. and McIntosh, P. C. (1985). Comparison between predictions of a numerical model and observations of tides in Bass Strait. Bass Bulletin, (7): 3 map.

Fandry, C. B., Johannes, R. E. and Nelson, P. J. (1989). Pulp mills: modern technology and environmental protection. Report to Senator the Hon. John Button, Minister for Industry, Technology and Commerce. Canberra, Act: CSIRO Australia, 68p. 50 refs.

Fandry, C. B., Leslie, L. M. and Steedman, R. K. (1984). Kelvin-type coastal surges generated by tropical cyclones. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 14(3): 582-93 18 refs map.

Fandry, C. B., Walker, S. and Andrewartha, J. R. (1996). Modelling effluent dispersion in Australian coastal waters. Technical Report. National Pulp Mills Research Program. Institute of Natural Resources and Environment. CSIRO Australia, (16): 96p. 14 refs, illus.

Fang, X. H., Boland, F. M. and Cresswell, G. R. (1984). Further observations of high-frequency current variations on the continental shelf near Sydney, New South Wales. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 35(6): 611-18 12 refs illus.

Farrington, J. W., Davis, A. C., Sulanowski, J., McCaffrey, M. A., McCarthy, M., Clifford C. H., Dickinson, P. and Volkman, J. K. (1988). Biogeochemistry of lipids in surface sediments of the Peru upwelling area at 15degreesS. Organic Geochemistry, 13(4-6): 607-617 49 refs, illus.

Findlay, R. H., Moriarty, D. J. W. and White, D. C. (1983). Improved method of determining muramic acid from environmental samples. Geomicrobiology Journal, 3(2): 135-50 17 refs.

Findlay, R. H., Pollard, P. C., Moriarty, D. J. W. and White, D. C. (1985). Quantitative determination of microbial activity and community nutritional status in estuarine sediments: evidence for a disturbance artifact. Canadian Journal of Microbiology, 31: 493-8 36 refs.

Fitzpatrick, J. J. (1988). Ecology of post-puerulus western rock lobsters abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.22.

Fitzpatrick, J. J. and Kirkman, H. (1995). Effects of prolonged shading stress on growth and survival of seagrass Posidonia australis in Jervis Bay, New South Wales, Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 127: 279-289 36 refs, illus.

Fitzpatrick, J. J., Jernakoff, P. and Phillips, B. F. (1986). An investigation of the habitat requirement of the post-puerulus stocks of the western rock lobster. Miscellaneous Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (86/83): 80p. 28 refs, illus.

Fletcher, G. C. and Statham, J. A. (1988). Deterioration of sterile chill-stored and frozen trumpeter fish (Latridopsis forsteri). Journal of Food Science, 53(5): 1336-1339 14 refs, illus.

Fletcher, G. C. and Statham, J. A. (1988). Shelf-life of sterile yellow-eyed mullet (Aldrichetta forsteri) at 4degreesC. Journal of Food Science, 53(4): 1030-1035 30 refs, illus.

Fletcher, G. C., Bremner, H. A., Olley, J. N. and Statham, J. A. (1990). Umami revisited: the relationship between inosine monophosphate, hypoxanthine and Smiley scales for fish flavor. Food Reviews International, 6(4): 489-503 43 refs, illus.

Fletcher, G. C., Murrell, W. G., Statham, J. A., Stewart, B. J. and Bremner, H. A. (1988). Packaging of scallops with sorbate: an asessment of the hazard from Clostridium botulinum. Journal of Food Science, 53(2): 349-352,358 32 refs, illus.

Flett, A. (1944). A report on live-bait fishing for tuna in Australia. J. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., 17: 59-64.

Forbes, A. (1993). Acoustic thermometry of the Southern Ocean. Fourth International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography, March-April 1993, Hobart, Australia, Title only (?abstract not included).

Forbes, A. M. G. (1981). Tide stream atlas - Gulf of Carpentaria. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (139): 3p. 1 ref.

Forbes, A. M. G. (1982). Comparison of Kuroshio and East Australian Rings abstract. Warm Core Rings Workshop Report, New Zealand, January, p.37.

Forbes, A. M. G. (1982). Prediction model for Carpentaria currents developed. Australian Fisheries, 42(12): 10-13 maps.

Forbes, A. M. G. (1984). The contribution of local processes to seasonal hydrology of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Oceanographie Tropicale, 19(2): 193-201 5 refs.

Forbes, A. M. G. (1985). Meteorological data from the Australian Coastal Experiment; a data report. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (170): 1-26 3 refs map.

Forbes, A. M. G. (1985). Sea-level data from the Australian Coastal Experiment; a data report. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (171): 1-16 3 refs map.

Forbes, A. M. G. (1987). METSPAR : a marine meteorological spar buoy. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (162): 1-6 3 refs illus.

Forbes, A. M. G. (1987). Wind stress in the Australian Coastal Experiment region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(4): 475-89 14 refs illus.

Forbes, A. M. G. (1988). Fourier transform filtering: a cautionary note. Journal of Geophysical Research, 93(C6): 6958-6962 9 refs, illus.

Forbes, A. M. G. and Church, J. A. (1980). Effects of compass calibration on Aanderaa current meter records. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 121: 8pp. 4 refs.

Forbes, A. M. G. and Church, J. A. (1982). Water movements and the transport of prawn larvae in the Gulf of Carpentaria. Research Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 21-9 7 refs maps.

Forbes, A. M. G. and Church, J. A. (1983). Circulation in the Gulf of Carpentaria. 2. Residual currents and mean sea level. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 34(1): 11-22 15 refs, illus.

Forbes, A. M. G. and Morrow, R. A. (1989). Meteorological data from the Leeuwin Current interdisciplinary experiment: a data report. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (202): 1-20 4 refs, illus.

Ford, R. F., Phillips, B. F. and Joll, L. M. (1988). Experimental manipulation of population density and its effects on growth and mortality of juvenile western rock lobsters, Panulirus cygnus George. Fishery Bulletin, 86(4): 773-787.

Fournier, D. A., Sibert, J. R., Majkowski, J. and Hampton, J. (1990). MULTIFAN a likelihood based method for estimating growth parameters and age composition from multiple length frequency data sets illustrated using data for southern bluefish tuna (Thunnus maccoyii ). Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 47(2): 301-317.

Francey, R. J., Allison, C. E., Enting, I. G., Beggs, H. S. and Tilbrook, B. D. (1993). The observed distribution of delta CO in the atmosphere. 4th International Co Conference (Carqueiranne, France: September 13-17, 1993), (89): pp.189-192 14 refs, illus.

Francis, M. P., Stevens, J. D. and Last, P. R. (1988). New records of Somniosus (Elasmobranchii: Squalidae) from Australasia, with comments on the taxonomy of the genus. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 22: 401-409 23 refs, illus.

Franzmann, P. D., Patterson, B. M, Power, T. R., Nichols, P. D. and Davis, G. B. (1996). Microbial biomass in a shallow, urban aquifer contaminated with aromatic hydrocarbons: analysis by phospholipid fatty acid content and composition. Journal of Applied Bacteriology, 80: 617-25 30 refs, illus.

Franzmann, P. D., Stackebrandt, E., Sanderson, K., Volkman, J. K., Cameron, D. E., Stevenson, P. L., McMeekin, T. A. and Burton, H. R. (1988). Halobacterium lacusprofundi sp. nov., a halophilic bacterium isolated from Deep Lake, Antarctica. Systematic and Applied Microbiology, 11: 20-27 34 refs, illus.

Fraser, E. H. and Hynd, J. S. (1967). Synopsis of biological data on jack mackerel Trachurus declivis (Jenyns) 1841. CSIRO Fish. Synopsis, no. 2.

Freeland, H. J., Boland, F. M., Church, J. A., Clarke, A. J., Forbes, A. M. G., Huyer, A., Smith, R. L., Thompson, R. O. R. Y. and White, N. J. (1986). The Australian coastal experiment : a search for coastal-trapped waves. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 16(7): 1230-49 22 refs illus.

Freeland, H. J., Church, J. A., Smith, R. L. and Boland, F. M. (1985). Current meter data from the Australian coastal experiment; a data report. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (169): 1-51 6 refs map.

Frusher, S. D., Gwyther, D. and Lindholm, R. Y. (1985). Growth of the banana prawn, Penaeus merguinsis De Man, as estimated from tagging studies in the Gulf of Papua. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 36: 793-796 17 refs, illus.

Furlani, D. M. (1996). A guide to the introduced marine species in Australian waters. Technical Report. Division of Fisheries: Centre for Research on Introduced Marine Pests. CSIRO Australia , (5): 160 pp. approx.

Gabric, A. J. and Parslow, J. (1994). Factors affecting larval dispersion in the Central Great Barrier Reef. In: Sammarco, P W and Heron, M L (Eds.). The Bio-Physics of Marine Larval Dispersal. Washington, Dc, USA: Agu, (Ch.8): 149-156 25 refs, illus.

Gabric, A. J. and Parslow, J. S. (1989). Effect of physical factors on the vertical distribution of phytoplankton in eutrophic coastal waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 40(5): 559-569 19 refs, illus.

Gardner, D. (1976). Nutrient regime. Estuarine Project. Progress Report 1974-1976, 17.

Gardner, D. (1978). Dissolved mercury in the Lake Windermere catchment area. Water Research, 12(8): 573-575.

Gardner, D. (1979). A laminar flow clean-room for trace metal analysis: requirements, design, construction and operation. Laboratory Practice, 28(10): 5pp. 17 refs illus.

Gardner, D. (1979). Design and operation of a laminar flow clean-room for trace metal analysis in marine chemistry. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 107: 19pp. 23 refs illus.

Gardner, D. (1980). High mercury levels in Australian commercial fish. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 10: 329-338.

Gardner, D. (1980). Use of magnesium perchlorate as desiccant in the syringe injection technique for the determination of mercury by cold-vapour atomic absorption spectrometry. Analytica Chimica Acta, 119: 167-9 13 refs.

Gardner, D. and Dal Pont, G. (1979). A rapid, simple method for the determination of total mercury in fish and hair by cold-vapour atomic absorption spectrometry. Analytica Chimica Acta, 108: 13-20 12 refs.

Garet, M. J. and Moriarty, D. J. W. (1996). Acid extraction of tritium label from bacterial DNA in clay sediment. Journal of Microbiological Methods, 25(1): 1-4.

Garvey, J. R., Phillips, B. F., Rainer, S. R., Wadley, V. A. and Wallner, B. G. (1992). The fisheries biology of the crustaceans. In: Rainer, S F (Ed.). The Fisheries Biology of Deepwater Crustacea and Finfish on the Continental Shelf of Western Australia. Final Report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Project 1988/74. Marmion, WA: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp. 43-155.

Gelin, F., Volkman, J. K., Deleeuw, J. W. and Damste, J. S. S. (1997). Mid-chain hydroxy long-chain fatty acids in microalgae from the genus Nannochloropsis. Phytochemistry, 45 (4): 641­646.

Gent, P. R., Willebrand, J., McDougall, T. J. and McWilliams, J. C. (1995). Parameterizing eddy-induced tracer transports in ocean circulation models. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 25(4): 463-474 30 refs, illus.

George, D. G. and Harris, G. P. (1985). The effect of climate on long-term changes in the crustacean zooplankton biomass of Lake Windermere, UK letter. Nature, 316: 536-539 23 refs, illus.

George, R. W. (1957). Continuous crayfishing tests: Pelsart Group, Houtman Abrolhos, Western Australia, 1953. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 8: 476-490.

George, R. W. (1958). Status of the "white" crayfish in Western Australia. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 9: 537-545.

George, R. W. and Sheard, K. (1954). Ecdysis in Porcellio scaber (Latreille). Aust. J. Zool. 2: 75-85., .

George, R. W., Morgan, G. R. and Phillips, B. F. (1979). Western rock lobster, Panulirus cygnus. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia, 62(Parts 1-4): 45-51 103 refs.

Gersbach, G., Pattiaratchi, C., Pearce, A. F. and Ivey, G. (1996). The summer dynamics of the oceanography of the south-west coast of Australia: the Capes Current. In: Paltridge, G and Platt, C M R (Eds.). Proceedings of the 3rd National Amos Conference: Incorporating The 4th Australiasian Conference on the Physics of Remote Sensing of Atmosphere and Ocean and The 1st Australian Ers-1 Symposium (Hobart, Tas: Februar, p.132.

Gibbs, C. F., Tomczak, M. and Longmore, A. R. (1986). The nutrient regime of Bass Strait. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37(4): 451-66 19 refs, illus, maps.

Giles, A. B. and McDougall, T. J. (1986). Two methods for the reduction of salinity spiking of CTDs. Deep-Sea Research, 33(9): 1253-74 12 refs, illus.

Giles, J. W. B. (1995). Urgent need to conserve Asian fishery. Ecos. CSIRO's Science and The Environment Magazine, (84): 6-7, illus.

Gillett, R., Ruddle, K., Johannes, R., Pelasio, M. and Hviding, E. (1993). Contribution to a bibliography of Pacific island traditional fishery practices. Workshop on People, Society and Pacific Islands Fisheries Development and Management: Selected Papers August-1991, Noumea, New Calendonia. South Pacific Comm., Noumea New Caledonia. Inshore Fisheries Research Noumea New Calendonia Spc 1993 , pp. 49-69.

Godfrey, J. S. (1971). Studies of Bryan and Cox's 1968 numerical model ocean. International Marine Science Symposium (Sydney, NSW: August 16-17, 1971), 1p.

Godfrey, J. S. (1973). Comparison of the east Australian current with the western boundary flow in Bryan and Cox's (1968) numerical model ocean. Deep-Sea Research, 20: 1059-1076.

Godfrey, J. S. (1973). Mean sea level: the oceanographer's point of view. Proceedings of a Symposium on Earth's Gravitational Field and Secular Variations in Position, pp.560-564.

Godfrey, J. S. (1973). On the dynamics of the western boundary current in Bryan and Cox's (1968) numerical model ocean. Deep-Sea Research, 20: 1043-1058.

Godfrey, J. S. (1975). On ocean spindown. 1. A linear experiment. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 5(3): 399-409, 18 refs.

Godfrey, J. S. (1976). Physical studies. Estuarine Project. Progress Report 1974-1976, pp.13-16, illus.

Godfrey, J. S. (1980). A numerical model of the James River Estuary, Virginia, U.S.A. Estuarine and Coastal Marine Science, 11: 295-310 11 refs.

Godfrey, J. S. (1980). Short-term change: a physical oceanographer's point of view. Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission Technical Series, pp.21-29 12 refs.

Godfrey, J. S. (1981). Bass Strait overflow. Sea Frontiers, 27(5): 295-7 map illus.

Godfrey, J. S. (1981). Short Term Change: A Physical Oceanographer's Point of View. Bruum Memorial Lectures, -1979, Presented at the Eleventh Session of the IOC Assembly, UNESCO, Paris, -1 November-1979. Marine Environment and Ocean Resources. Ioc, Paris France Paris France UNESCO 1981. No. 21 , pp.21-29.

Godfrey, J. S. (1983). Tidal flushing and vertical diffusion in South West Arm, Port Hacking. In: Cuff, W R and Tomczak, M (Eds.) Synthesis and Modelling of Intermittent Estuaries. Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies. Springer-Verlag, 3: 27-54 22 refs.

Godfrey, J. S. (1984). Review of ideas on mechanisms of the Southern Oscillation involving oceans. Proceedings. Colloquium on the Significance of the Southern Oscillation - El Nino Phenomena and The Need for A Comprehensive Ocean Monitoring System in Australasia, Canberra, July, 1983. , pp.27-42 8 figs.

Godfrey, J. S. (1985). Currents around the Australasian continent and sea surface temperature abstract. In: Hunt, B G (Coordinator). Report on Drought Research in Australia. Meeting (Melbourne, Vic: 1985), 1p.

Godfrey, J. S. (1989). A Sverdrup model of the depth-integrated flow for the world ocean allowing for island circulations. Geophysical and Astrophysical Fluid Dynamics, 45: 89-112 48 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S. (1994). TOGA-COARE: an overview abstract. Proceedings of the 1st National Amos Conference: Incorporating 5th Air-Sea Interaction Conference (Adelaide, SA: February 14-16, 1994). Amos Publication, (9): p.30.

Godfrey, J. S. (1995). Australian involvement in TOGA-COARE: a journalistic view. Australian Meteorological Magazine, 44(2): 147-153 16 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S. and Beljaars, A. C. M. (1991). On the turbulent fluxes of buoyancy, heat and moisture at the air-sea interface at low wind speeds. Journal of Geophysical Research, 96(C12): 22,043-22,048 21 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S. and Golding, T. J. (1981). The Sverdrup relation in the Indian Ocean, and the effect of Pacific-Indian Ocean throughflow on Indian Ocean circulation and on the East Australian Current. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 11(6): 771-779 29 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S. and Jackett, D. R. (1986). Modelling the Leeuwin Current abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 65.

Godfrey, J. S. and Lindstrom, E. J. (1989). The heat budget of the equatorial western Pacific surface mixed layer. Journal of Geophysical Research, 94(C6): 8007-8017 25 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S. and Love, G. (1992). Assessment of sealevel rise, specific to the South Asian and Australian situations. Sea Level Changes: Determination and Effects. Geophysical Monography 69, Iugg Vol.11. Int. Union of Geodesy and Geophysics & American Geophysical Union, pp.87-94 33 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S. and Meyers, G. A. (1992). Research on ENSO and similar climate variations at DO. In: Hunt, B G (Ed.). One-Day Enso Meeting (Melbourne, Vic: June 15, 1992), 3p.

Godfrey, J. S. and Parslow, J. S. (1976). Description and preliminary theory of circulation in Port Hacking estuary. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (67): 25p., 10 refs.

Godfrey, J. S. and Ridgway, K. R. (1985). Estimation of errors in seasonal cycles. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 15(8): 1138-42 10 refs.

Godfrey, J. S. and Ridgway, K. R. (1985). Seasonal patterns of geostrophic flow off Western Australia. Research Report (1981-1984). Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 119-22 4 refs maps.

Godfrey, J. S. and Ridgway, K. R. (1985). The large-scale environment of the poleward-flowing Leeuwin Current, Western Australia: longshore steric height gradients, wind stresses and geostrophic flow. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 15(5): 481-95 45 refs maps.

Godfrey, J. S. and Robinson, A. R. (1971). East Australian current as free inertial jet. Journal of Marine Research, 29(3): 256-280.

Godfrey, J. S. and Weaver, A. (1989). Why are there such strong steric height gradients off Western Australia?. Proceedings of the Western Pacific International Meeting & Workshop on TOGA-Coare (Noumea, New Caledonia: May 24-30, 1989), pp.215-222 6 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S. and Weaver, A. J. (1991). Is the Leeuwin Current driven by Pacific heating and winds?. Progress in Oceanography, 27: 225-272 38 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S. and Wilkin, J. L. (1995). Reply to comment by A L Gordon: 'When is appearance reality? A comment on why does the Indonesian throughflow appear to originate from the North Pacific'. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 25(6,Part II): 1568-1570 5 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S., (1972). Ocean currents. Australian and New Zealand Association for The Advancement of Science Anzaas Congress Papers, 1p.

Godfrey, J. S., Bradley, E. F. and Coppin, P. A. (1993). Small-scale heat and freshwater budgets in TOGA-COARE. Fourth International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography, March-April 1993, Hobart, Australia, p. 155.

Godfrey, J. S., Cresswell, G. R. and Boland, F. M. (1980). Observations of low Richardson numbers and undercurrents near a front in the east Australian current. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 10(2): 301-307 14 refs.

Godfrey, J. S., Cresswell, G. R., Golding, T. J., Pearce, A. F. and Boyd, R. (1980). The separation of the East Australian current. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 10(3): 430-440 45 refs.

Godfrey, J. S., Hamon, B. V., (1972). East Australian current. Australian and New Zealand Association for The Advancement of Science Anzaas Congress Papers, 1p.

Godfrey, J. S., Hirst, A. C. and Wilkin, J. L. (1991). The physics of the heat flux distribution in the southern hemisphere of a global ocean model abstract. In: Hunt, B G (Ed.). International Conference on the Physical Causes of Drought and Desertification (Parkville, Vic: December 9-13, 1991), 1p.

Godfrey, J. S., Hirst, A. C. and Wilkin, J. L. (1993). Why does the Indonesian throughflow appear to originate from the North Pacific?. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 23(6): 1087-1098 33 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S., Jones, I. S. F., Maxwell, J. G. H. and Scott, B. D. (1980). On the winter cascade from Bass Strait into the Tasman Sea. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 31(3): 275-286 12 refs.

Godfrey, J. S., Nunez, M., Bradley, E. F., Coppin, P. A. and Lindstrom, E. J. (1991). On the net surface heat flux into the western equatorial Pacific. Journal of Geophysical Research, 96(supp.): 3391-3400 27 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S., Ridgway, K. R., Meyers, G. A. and Bailey, R. J. (1989). Sea level and thermal repsonse to the 1986/87 ENSO event in the far Western Pacific. In: Picaut, J, Lukas, R and Delcroix, T (Eds.). Proceedings of the Western Pacific International Meeting and Workshop on TOGA-Coare (Noumea, New Caledonia: May 24-30, 1989), pp.291-299 10 refs, illus.

Godfrey, J. S., Vaudrey, D. J. and Hahn, S. D. (1986). Observations of the shelf-edge current south of Australia, winter 1982. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 16(4): 668-79 18 refs.

Golding, T. J. (1980). Currents off Western Australia. Information Service Sheet. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (16-2): 4pp.

Golding, T. J. (1981). Coral Sea oceanography. Research Report 1979-1981. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, pp.17-20.

Golding, T. J. and Symonds, G. (1978). Some surface circulation features off Western Australia during 1973-1976. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29(2): 187-91 13 refs illus.

Golding, T. J., Cresswell, G. R. and Boland, F. M. (1977). Sea surface current and temperature data report from the 'Sprightly' programme off Western Australia 1973-1976. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 90: 46pp. 7 refs.

Gomez, E. D., Birkeland, C. E., Buddemeier, R. W., Johannes, R. E., Marsh, J. A. Jr and Tsuda, R. T. (eds.) (1981). The reef and man. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium. Volumes 1and 2. MANILA PHILIPINES MARINE SCIENCES CENT., UNIV. OF THE PHILIPPINES 1982. , 1535 pp.

Gomon, M. F. and Last, P. R. (1987). New Australian fishes. Part 1. Introduction. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria, 48(1): 1-2 6 refs.

Gomon, M. F. and Last, P. R. (1987). New Australian fishes. Part 9. New Species of Kathetostoma (Uranoscopidae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria, 48(1): 31-33 8 refs, illus.

Gould, J. and Church, J. (1996). Oceans and climate. Physics World, 1996 [December]: 33-37.

Grant, B. R. (1967). The action of light on nitrate and nitrite assimilation by the marine chlorophyte, Dunaliella tertiolecta (Butcher). J. Gen. Microbiol., 48: 379-389.

Grant, B. R. (1968). Effect of carbon dioxide concentration and buffer system on nitrate and nitrite assimilation by dunaliella tertiolecta. Journal of General Microbiology, 54: 327-36.

Grant, B. R. (1970). Nitrite reductase in Dunaliella tertiolecta: isolation and properties. Plant and Cell Physiology, 11: 55-64.

Grant, B. R. (1971). Variation in silicate concentration at Port Hacking station, Sydney, in relation to phytoplankton growth. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 22(1): 49-54.

Grant, B. R. and Kerr, J. D. (1970). Phytoplankton numbers and species at Port Hacking station and their relationship to the physical environment. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 21(1): 35-45.

Grant, B. R. and Turner, I. M. (1969). Light-stimulated nitrate and nitrite assimilation in several species of algae. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, 29(3): 995-1004.

Grant, B. R., Madgwick, J. and Dal Pont, G. (1967). Growth of Cylindrotheca closterium var. Californica (Mereschk.) Reimann & Lewin on nitrate, ammonia, and urea. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 18: 129-136.

Grant, C. J., Cowper, T. R. and Reid, D. D. (1978). Age and growth of snoek, Leionura atun (Euphrasen), in south-eastern Australian waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29(4): 435-44 13 refs illus.

Grant, C. J., Sandland, R. L. and Olsen, A. M. (1979). Estimation of growth, mortality and yield per recruit of the Australian school shark, Galeorhinus australis (Macleay), from tag recoveries. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 30(5): 625-37 46 refs.

Green, G. and Nichols, P. D. (1995). Hydrocarbons and sterols in marine sediments and soils at Davis Station, Antarctica: a survey for human-derived contaminants. Antarctic Science, 7(2): 137-144 31 refs, illus.

Green, G., Skerratt, J. H., Leeming, R. L. and Nichols, P. D. (1992). Hydrocarbon and coprostanol levels in seawater, sea-ice algae and sediments near Davis Station in eastern Antarctica: a regional survey and preliminary results for a field fuel spill experiment. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 25(9-12): 293-302 42 refs, illus.

Green, R. D. (1988). An annotated bibliography of Japanese literature on the tuna (excluding southern bluefin tuna) and billfishes of the Coral and Tasman Seas. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (199): 20p.

Greenway, M. and Pollard, P. C. (1993). Photosynthetic responses of seagrasses to light: a useful tool for predicting the impacts of increased turbidity on the survival of tropical seagrasses. 11th Australasian Conference on Coastal and Ocean Engineering. Coastal Engineering: A Partnership With Nature (Townsville, Qld: August 23-27, 1993). Preprints of Papers. Barton, Act: Institution of Engineers, Australia, 2: 519-524 21 refs, illus.

Greig, M. A. (1974). Estimation of surface currents from ships' set. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.54: 14p.

Greig, M. A. (1977). Digitizing of Torres Strait tidal records. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (74): 9p. 3 refs.

Greig, M. A. (1980). Satellite-tracked buoy data report 5. Bureau of Meteorology buoys tracked in the Southern, Indian and Pacific Oceans January to March 1979. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 120: various pagings 5 refs.

Greig, M. A. (1982). Satellite-tracked buoy data report. 6. Bureau of Meteorology buoys tracked in the Southern, Indian and Pacific Oceans March to June 1979. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (137): 40p. 2 refs.

Greig, M. A. and Cresswell, G. R. (1982). Satellite-tracked buoy data report 7. South-west Pacific Ocean July to December 1978. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 146: 22p. 5 refs.

Greig, M. A., Godfrey, J. S., Schneider, P. and Ridgway, K. R. (1986). ' Warreen' sections; temperatures, salinities, densities and steric heights in the Leeuwin Current, Western Australia, 1947-1950. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (175): 1-22 13 refs.

Greig, M. A., Ridgway, K. R., Vaudrey, D. J. and Godfrey, J. S. (1986). M/V 'Anro Australia' sections: thermal profiles in the Eastern Indian Ocean, May 1983 to July 1984. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (174): 1-29 2 refs illus.

Greig, M. A., Ridgway, K. R., Vaudrey, D. J., Lambert, D. J., Foran, D. J., Hynes K. V. and Godfrey, J. S. (1986). M/V 'Nimos' sections: thermal profiles of the Coral and Bismarck Seas, June 1983 to July 1984. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (173): 1-49 6 refs illus.

Grewe, P. (1996). Review and evaluation of the potential of molecular approaches for the environmentally benign management of the common carp (Cyprinus carpio) in Australian waters. Technical Report. Division of Fisheries: Centre for Research on Introduced Marine Pests. CSIRO Australia , (10): 22p., 23 refs, illus.

Grewe, P. M. and Polacheck, T. (1996). Genetic study of the spatial structure of the southern bluefin tuna population. Final report, Fisheries Research and Development Corporation Grant 92/031. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

Grewe, P. M., Elliott, N. G., Innes, B. H. and Ward, R. D. (1997). Genetic population structure of southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii). Marine Biology, 127 (4): 555­561.

Grewe, P. M., Smolenski, A. J. and Ward, R. D. (1994). Mitochondrial DNA diversity in jackass morwong (Nemadactylus macropterus: Teleostei) from Australian and New Zealand waters. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 51: 1101-1109 45 refs, illus.

Grey, D. L., Dall, W. and Baker, A. (1983). A guide to the Australian penaeid prawns. N.T. Government Printing Office, 140pp. maps illus. refs.

Grey, D. L., Dall, W. and Baker, A. (1987). Guide to the Australian penaeid prawns abstract. Australian Society for Fish Biology. Newsletter, 16(2): 44.

Grice, A. M., Loneragan, N. R. and Dennison, W. C. (1996). Light intensity and the interactions between physiology, morphology and stable isotope ratios in five species of seagrass. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 195(1): 91-110.

Griffin, D. A. and Thompson, K. R. (1996). The adjoint method of data assimilation used operationally for shelf circulation. Journal of Geophysical Research, 101(C2): 3457-3477.

Griffin, D. A., Thompson, P. A., Bax, N. J., Bradford, R. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1997). The 1995 mass mortality of pilchard - no role found for physical or biological oceanographic factors in Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research, 48 (1): 27­42.

Griffiths, F. B. (1979). Euphausiids in the Coral and Tasman Seas during May 1972. 1. Horizontal and vertical distribution. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 30(5): 551-67 34 refs.

Griffiths, F. B. (1979). Euphausiids in the Coral and Tasman Seas during May 1972. 2. Horizontal distribution in relation to circulation patterns. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 30(5): 569-77 18 refs.

Griffiths, F. B. (1982). Distribution and life history studies on selected mesopelagic crustacea in and around ring J abstract. Warm Core Rings Workshop Report, New Zealand, January, p.38.

Griffiths, F. B. (1983). Zooplankton community structure and succession in South West Arm, Port Hacking. In: Cuff, W R and Tomczak, M (Eds.) Synthesis and Modelling of Intermittent Estuaries. Lecture Notes on Coastal and Estuarine Studies. Springer-Verlag, 3: 91-107 31 refs.

Griffiths, F. B. (1984). Where do the myctophids and crustacea inside warm-core eddies come from? abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.25.

Griffiths, F. B. and Brandt, S. B. (1983). Distribution of mesopelagic decapod crustacea in and around a warm-core eddy in the Tasman Sea. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 12: 175-84 60 refs maps.

Griffiths, F. B. and Brandt, S. B. (1983). Mesopelagic Crustacea in and around a warm-core eddy in the Tasman Sea off eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 34(4): 609-23 32 refs maps.

Griffiths, F. B. and Caperon, J. (1979). Description and use of an improved method for determining estuarine zooplankton grazing rates on phytoplankton. Marine Biology, 54: 301-9 31 refs.

Griffiths, F. B. and Rimmer, D. W. (1977). Description of a paired sampler suitable for quantitative plankton studies. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 94: 19pp. 10 refs illus.

Griffiths, F. B. and Wadley, V. A. (1986). A synoptic comparison of fishes and crustaceans from a warm-core eddy, the East Australian Current, the Coral Sea and the Tasman Sea. Deep-Sea Research, 33(11/12): 1907-22 22 refs, illus.

Griffiths, F. B., Brandt, S. B. and Cavill, G. A. (1980). Collapsible rectangular midwater trawl - RMT 1+8. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 122: 15pp. 7 refs illus.

Griffiths, F. B., Brown GH, Reid, D. D. and Parker, R. R. (1984). Estimation of sample zooplankton abundance from Folsom splitter sub-samples. Journal of Plankton Research, 6(5): 721-731 9 refs.

Griffiths, F. B., Lyne, V. D. and Harris, G. P. (1988). Fish detection by sideways-looking airborne radar (SLAR) abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.26.

Griffiths, F. B., Lyne, V. D., Harris, G. P. and Parslow, J. S. (1989). Tracking fish by airborne radar: fishermen could be the winners. Australian Fisheries, 48(1): 19-21 2 refs, illus.

Griffiths, R. W. and Pearce, A. F. (1985). Instability and eddy pairs on the Leeuwin Current south of Australia. Deep-Sea Research, 32(12): 1511-34 25 refs illus.

Griffiths, R. W. and Pearce, A. F. (1985). Satellite images of an unstable warm eddy derived from the Leeuwin Current. Deep-Sea Research, 32(11): 1371-80 8 refs illus. maps.

Gronell, A. M., Ward, T. J. and Crossland, C. J. (1993). An assessment of the impacts of Munmorah Power Station on the fauna of Tuggerah Lakes: a report to Pacific Power from CSIRO. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 64 pp.

Grundlingh M. L. and Pearce, A. F. (1984). Large vortices in the northern Agulhas Current. Deep-Sea Research, 31(9): 1149-56 19 refs map.

Grundlingh, M. L. and Pearce, A. F. (1990). Frontal features of the Agulhas Current in the Natal bight. South African Geographical Journal, 72: 11-14 25 refs, illus.

Gunn, J. (1994). Smart archival tag comes up trumps for tuna. Australian Fisheries, 53(11): 10-11.

Gunn, J. and Davis, T. (1994). Computer tuna tag becomes a reality. Australian Fisheries, 53(9): 12-14.

Gunn, J. S. (1981). The carangid fishes of north Australian waters. 1. Taxonomy and distribution. 2. Biology and ecology abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.41-42.

Gunn, J. S. (1984). The reproductive biology of two trevallies, Carangoides equula and C. malabaricus, from the North West Shelf abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.16.

Gunn, J. S. (1990). A revision of selected genera of the family Carangidae (Pisces) from Australian waters. Records of the Australian Museum, (Supp.12): 77p. 95 refs, illus.

Gunn, J. S. (1992). CSIRO research on age and growth of southern bluefin tuna. In: Whitelaw, A W and Mawson, V (Eds.). Proceedings of the Inaugural Southern Bluefin Tuna Science-Industry-Management Workshop (Port Lincoln, SA: June 24-25, 1992). Hobart, Tas.: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp.48-50.

Gunn, J. S. and Milward, N. E. (1985). Food, feeding habits and feeding structures of the whiting species, Sillago sihama (Forsskal) and Sillago analis Whitley from Townsville, north Queensland, Australia. Journal of Fish Biology, 26: 411-27 43 refs map illus.

Gunn, J. S. and Thresher, R. E. (1988). Patterns and processes in the recruitment of inshore fishes from Tasmanian coastal habitats abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.27.

Gunn, J. S. and Thresher, R. E. (1991). Viviparity and the reproductive ecology of clinid fishes (Clinidae) from temperate Australian waters. Environmental Biology of Fishes, 31: 323-344 41 refs, illus.

Gunn, J. S. and Ward, R. D. (1994). The discrimination of yellowfin tuna sub populations exploited within the AFZ. Phase 1: A pilot study to determine the extent of genetic and otolith microchemical variability in populations from different parts of the Pacific and Indian Oceans. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 97 pp.

Gunn, J. S., Bruce, B. D., Furlani, D. M., Thresher, R. E. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1989). Timing and location of spawning of blue grenadier, Macruronus novaezelandiae (Teleostei: Merlucciidae), in Australian coastal waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 40(1): 97-112 33 refs, illus.

Gunn, J. S., Harrowfield, I. R., Proctor, C. H. and Thresher, R. E. (1992). Electron probe microanalysis of fish otoliths: evaluation of techniques for studying age and stock discrimination. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 158: 1-36 70 refs, illus.

Gunn, J. S., Ward, R. D., Grewe, P. and Davis, T. L. (1994). Key issues in the stock structure of eastern Australian yellowfin tuna: a review of previous and current work on the use of otolith microchemistry, allozyme and mitochondrial DNA analyses for the delineation of Western Pacific yellowfin tuna stocks. In: Whitelaw, A W (Ed.). Proceedings of the East Coast Tuna Science-Industry-Management Workshop (Hobart, Tas: March 23-24, 1993). Hobart, Tas: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp.113-116.

Gunn, J., Polacheck, T., Davis, T., Sherlock, M. and Betlehem, A. (1994). The development and use of archival tags for studying the migration, behaviour and physiology of southern bluefin tuna, with an assessment of the potential for transfer of the technology to groundfish research. Counc. Meet. of the Int. Counc. for The Exploration of the Sea, St. John's (Canada), 22-30 Sep 1994. Ices, Copenhagen, Denmark. Cm-1994/Mini, 2.1 (21).

Gunn, J., Whitelaw, W., Davis, T., Bailey, K. and Itano, D. (1992). Tuna tagging in the Coral Sea. Australian Fisheries, 51(6): 22-24.

Guthriel, J. N., Blackall, L. L., Moriarty, D. J. W. and Nichols, P. D. (1996). Decomposers of shipwreck HMS Pandora. Microbiology Australia, (March): p.17 6 refs, illus.

Hahn, S. D., Rochford, D. J. and Godfrey, J. S. (1977). Long-term variability of oceanographic data at the Port Hacking 50-metre station. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 28(1): 57-66, 3 refs.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1981). Identification of nanoplankton from the East Australian Current using light and electron microscopy abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.30.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1981). Seasonal study of phytoplankton pigments and species at a coastal station off Sydney: importance of diatoms and the nanoplankton. Marine Biology, 61: 107-18 38 refs.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1982). Phytoplankton species characteristics of two warm-core rings of the East Australian Current abstract. Warm Core Rings Workshop Report, New Zealand, January, pp.38-39.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1983). Scale-bearing and loricate nanoplankton from the East Australian Current. Botanica Marina, 26(11): 493-515 54 refs illus. map.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1984). Coccolithophorids (calcareous nanoplankton) from Australian waters. Botanica Marina, 27(6): 229-47 36 refs map illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1984). Diatoms from the Australian region abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.20.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1984). Dinoflagellates from the Australian region abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.20.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1984). Importance of nanoplankton in Australian waters abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.19.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1984). Phytoplankton pigments and species of the North West Shelf abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.10.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1984). Species of the diatom genus Thalassiosira in Australian waters. Botanica Marina, 27: 495-513 46 refs illus. map.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1984). Taxonomy of microscopic marine plant life in Australian waters abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.19.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1986). Taxonomy and morphology of the marine plankton diatoms Thalassionema and Thalassiothrix. Diatom Research, 1(1): 57-80 43 refs illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1987). First toxic dinoflagellate blooms in Australian waters. Proceedings of an International Conference and Workshop. The Problems of Toxic Dinoflagellate Blooms in Aquaculture (Cork, Ireland: June 8-13, 1987). Cork, Ireland: Sherkin Island Marine Station, pp.45-46.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1987). Red tides in the Australasian region. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (187): 1-14 39 refs illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1988). Plankton: A Microscopic World. Bathurst, NSW: E.J. Brill/Robert Brown & Assoc., 110p., illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1989). Dinoflagellate toxins in Australian shellfish. In: Buckle, K A, Davey, J A, Eyles, M J, Hocking, A D, Newton, K G and Stuttard, E J (Eds.). Foodborne Microorganisms of Public Health Significance, 4th Ed. Sydney: Aifst Food Microbiology Group, (Ch.20): pp.367-373 22 refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1991). Aquaculturalists' guide to harmful Australian microalgae. Hobart, Tas: Fishing Industry Training Board of Tasmania, 1st ed.: 110p., refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1992). Harmful algal blooms in the Australian region. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 25(5-8): 186-190.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1992). Observations on the mucilaginous diatom Thalassiosira bipartita (Rattray) comb. nov. from the tropical Indo-West Pacific. Diatom Research, 7(1): 15-23 16 refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1992). On the global spreading of toxic dinoflagellates. Ciguatera Inf. Bull., 1992(2): 2-4.

Hallegraeff, G. M. (1995). Species of the diatom genus Pseudonitzschia in Australian waters. Botanica Marina, 37(5): 397-411.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C. J. S. (1991). Transport of toxic dinoflagellate cysts via ships' ballast water. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 22(1): 27-30 14 refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bolch, C. J. S. (1992). Transport of diatom and dinoflagellate resting spores in ships' ballast water: implications for plankton biogeography and aquaculture. Journal of Plankton Research, 14(8): 1067-1084 32 refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Burford, M. (1996). Some new or little-known nanoplankton diatoms cultured from tropical and subtropical Australian shelf waters. Nova Hedwigia, 112: 329-342.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1981). Phytoplankton biomass and species composition in Australian waters: the East Australian Current, the North West Shelf and the Coral Sea abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.33.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1982). Profiles of photosynthetic pigments in the East Australian Current using thin layer chromatography. The Measurement of Photosynthetic Pigments in Freshwaters and Standardization of Methods. Rai, H.; Marker, A.F.H. Eds. 1982. Vol. 16 , pp.125-126.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1984). Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of continental shelf waters of north and north-west Australia. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 20: 59-74 36 refs illus. map.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1985). Description of new chlorophyll a alteration products in marine phytoplankton. Deep-Sea Research, 32(6): 697-705 35 refs.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1985). Marine plankton pastures studied with the electron microscope. Australian Science Mag, (3): 20-4 8 refs illus. map.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1986). Phytoplankton spring blooms along the New South Wales coast abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 113.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1986). Tropical phytoplankton species and pigments of north and north-west Australia abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 66.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1993). Annually recurrent diatom blooms in spring along the New South Wales coast of Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 44(2): 325-334 31 refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Lucas, I. A. N. (1988). The marine dinoflagellate genus Dinophysis (Dinophyceae): photosynthetic, neritic and non-photosynthetic, oceanic species. Phycologia, 27(1): 25-42 36 refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Maclean, J. L. (1989). Biology, epidemiology and management of Pyrodinium red tides. ICLARM Conference Proceedings 21. Brunei: Ministry of Development, 286p., refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and McWilliam, P. S. (1990). The complex labiate process of the epizoic diatom Protoraphis hustedtiana Simonsen. Nova Hedwigia. Beiheft, 100: 39-45 16 refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Reid, D. D. (1986). Phytoplankton species successions and their hydrological environment at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37(3): 361-77 25 refs.

Hallegraeff, G. M. and Sumner, C. (1986). Toxic plankton blooms affect shellfish farms. Australian Fisheries, 45(12): 15-18 7 refs illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J. S., Blackburn, S. I. and Oshima, Y. (1991). Species of the toxigenic dinoflagellate genus Alexandrium in southeastern Australian waters. Botanica Marina, 34: 575-587 33 refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J. S., Bryan, J. and Koerbin, B. (1990). Microalgal spores in ship's ballast water: a danger to aquaculture. In: Graneli, E, Et Al (Eds.). Toxic Marine Phytoplankton. Elsevier Science Publ., pp.475-480 12 refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M., Bolch, C. J. S., Koerbin, B. and Bryan, J. (1988). Ballast water a danger to aquaculture. Australian Fisheries, 47(7): 32-34 3 refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M., Nichols, P. D., Volkman, J. K., Blackburn, S. I. and Everitt, D. A. (1991). Pigments, fatty acids, and sterols of the toxic dinoflagellate Gymnodinium catenatum. Journal of Phycology, 27: 591-599 49 refs, illus.

Hallegraeff, G. M., Stanley, S. O., Bolch, C. J. and Blackburn, S. I. (1989). Gymnodinium catenatum blooms and shellfish toxicity in southern Tasmania, Australia. In: Okaichi, Anderson and Nemoto (Eds.). Red Tides: Biology, Environmental Science and Toxicology. Elsevier Science Publ., pp.77-80 10 refs illus, map.

Hallegraeff, G. M., Stanley, S. O., Bolch, C. J. S. and Blackburn, S. I. (1988). Toxic dinoflagellate blooms affect Tasmanian shellfish farms abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.9.

Hallegraeff, G. M., Steffensen, D. A. and Wetherbee, R. (1988). Three estuarine Australian dinoflagellates that can produce paralytic shellfish toxins. Journal of Plankton Research, 10(3): 533-541 36 refs, illus, map.

Hammond, J. R. (1994). New tank system to study water pollution. Coresearch. CSIRO's Staff Newspaper, (359): p.6, illus.

Hammond, J. R. (1994). Starfish menace. Western Fisheries, (Autumn): 42-43, illus.

Hammond, R. (1971). Australian species of Mesochra (Crustacea: Harpacticoida), with a comprehensive key to the genus. Australian Journal of Zoology. Supplementary Series, no.7, 32 p.

Hamon, B. V. (1957). Mean sea level variation on the coast of New South Wales. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 9.

Hamon, B. V. (1958). The effect of pressure on the electrical conductivity of sea-water. J. Mar. Res., 16: 83-89.

Hamon, B. V. (1960). Some measurements of deep currents in the Eastern North Atlantic. Deep-Sea Res., 6(2): 155-168.

Hamon, B. V. (1960). Tidal wave's effect at Cronulla. Fish. Newsl., 19(7): 25.

Hamon, B. V. (1961). The structure of the East Australian Current. CSIRO Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 11.

Hamon, B. V. (1962). Current, temperature and salinity measurements in physical oceanography. Navigation, Sydney, 1(4): 27-34.

Hamon, B. V. (1962). The East Australian current. Fish. Newsl., 21 (11): 21-3.

Hamon, B. V. (1962). The spectrums of mean sea level at Sydney, Coff's Harbour, and Lord Howe Island. J. Geophys. Res., 67: 5147-55.

Hamon, B. V. (1963). Australian tide recorders. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 15.

Hamon, B. V. (1963). Correction to "The spectrums of mean sea level at Sydney, Coff's Harbour, and Lord Howe Island". J. Geophys. Res., 68: 4635.

Hamon, B. V. (1965). Geostrophic currents in the south-eastern Indian Ocean. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 16: 255-71.

Hamon, B. V. (1965). The East Australian Current, 1960-1964. Deep-Sea Res., 12: 899-921.

Hamon, B. V. (1966). Continental shelf waves and the effects of atmospheric pressure and wind stress on sea level. J. Geophys. Res., 71: 2883-2893.

Hamon, B. V. (1966). Physical oceanography in CSIRO. Australian Physicist, 3: 113-116.

Hamon, B. V. (1967). Data handling in physical oceanography. in "The Collection and Processing of Field Data. A CSIRO Symposium." (Interscience : Sydney.), pp. 213-217.

Hamon, B. V. (1967). Medium-scale temperature and salinity structure in the upper 1500 m in the Indian Ocean. Deep-Sea Res., 14: 169-181.

Hamon, B. V. (1968). Spectrum of sea level at Lord Howe Island in relation to circulation. Journal of Geophysical Research, 73(22): 6925-7.

Hamon, B. V. (1968). Temperature structure in the upper 250 metres in the East Australian Current area. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 19: 91-100.

Hamon, B. V. (1969). Review papers. 1. Current-effect on sea level. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.46: 1-12.

Hamon, B. V. (1969). Review papers. 2. Oceanic eddies. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.46: 13-21.

Hamon, B. V. (1970). Western boundary currents in the south Pacific. In: Wooster, W S (Ed.). Scientific Exploration of the South Pacific. National Academy of Sciences Washington, pp.50-9.

Hamon, B. V. (1973). East Australian current. In: Fraser, R (Comp.). Oceanography of the South Pacific, 1972. N.Z.Natn Commn UNESCO Wellington, pp.35-6.

Hamon, B. V. (1976). Application of time series techniques in physical oceanography. Mathematical Scientist. Supplement, 1: 47-48 7 refs.

Hamon, B. V. (1976). Generation of shelf waves on the east Australian coast by wind stress. Memoires Societe Royale Des Science De Liege, 10: 359-67, 5 refs.

Hamon, B. V. (1977). Spectrum of sea level at Sydney. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.80, 10 p., 16 refs.

Hamon, B. V. (1977). Time series station off north west Australia. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.78, 5 p., 2 refs.

Hamon, B. V. (1977). Use of HMAS Cook by CSIRO. Hmas Cook Seminar, Canberra, 33885.

Hamon, B. V. (1979). Direct measurements of ocean currents over the continental slope off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 30(6): 833-6 8 refs.

Hamon, B. V. (1979). Mean sea level at Norfolk Island and Lord Howe Island. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 111: 7pp. 10 refs.

Hamon, B. V. (1980). Australian marine science comment. Australian and New Zealand Physicist, 17(9): 148-50 7 refs.

Hamon, B. V. (1980). Estimating the depth of neutrally buoyant floats. Deep-Sea Research, 27A: 293-6 1 ref.

Hamon, B. V. (1983). Australian research on physical sciences of the oceans 1979-1983. Australian National Committee for Oceanic Sciences, .

Hamon, B. V. (1984). Diurnal and semi-diurnal tides on the Great Barrier Reef. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (163): 1-20 5 refs map 4 tables 8 figs.

Hamon, B. V. and Brown, N. L. (1958). A temperature-chlorinity-depth recorder for use at sea. J. Scient. Instrum., 35: 452-458.

Hamon, B. V. and Godfrey, J. S. (1975). Climatology and the Southern Hemisphere ocean. Australas.Clim.Conf., Monash Univ. 1975, 13p.

Hamon, B. V. and Godfrey, J. S. (1978). Role of the oceans. In: Pittock, A B, Frakes, L A, Jenssen, D, Peterson, J A and Zillman, J W (Eds.). Change and Variability: A Southern Perspective. London, UK : Cambridge University Press, pp.31-52.

Hamon, B. V. and Godfrey, J. S. (1980). Mean sea level and its interpretation. Marine Geology, 4(4): 315-329 29 refs.

Hamon, B. V. and Golding, T. J. (1979). Physical oceanography of the Australian region. Report 1977-1979. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 1-8 illus.

Hamon, B. V. and Hannan, E. J. (1963). Estimating relations between time series. J. Geophys. Res., 68: 6033-6041.

Hamon, B. V. and Hannan, E. J. (1974). Spectral estimation of time delay for dispersive and non-dispersive systems. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society. C. Applied Statistics, 23(2): 134-42.

Hamon, B. V. and Kerr, J. D. (1968). Time and space scales of variations in the East Australian Current, from merchant ship data. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 19: 101-106.

Hamon, B. V. and Stacey, F. D. (1960). Sea-levels around Australia during the International Geophysical Year. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 11: 269-281.

Hamon, B. V. and Tranter, D. J. (1971). East Australian Current. Australian Natural History, 17(4): 129-133.

Hamon, B. V., (1972). Geopotential topographies and currents off west Australia,1965-69. Technical Paper. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.32,11p.

Hamon, B. V., Cresswell, G. R., (1972). Structure functions and intensities of ocean circulation off east and west Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 23(2): 99-103.

Hamon, B. V., Godfrey, J. S. and Greig, M. A. (1975). Relation between mean sea level, current and wind stress on the east coast of Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 26(3): 389-403, 13 refs.

Hamon, B. V., Greig, M. A., (1972). Mean sea level in relation to geodetic land leveling around Australia. Journal of Geophysical Research, 77(36): 7157-62.

Hamon, B. V., Tranter, D. J. and Heron, A. C. (1963). A simple integrating depth recorder. Deep-Sea Res., 10: 457-458.

Hamond, R. (1971). Some medusae from near Brisbane. Search, 2(1): 27.

Hamond, R. (1973). Four new copepods (Crustacea: Harpacticoida, Canuellidae) simultaneously occurring with Diogenes senex (Crustacea: Paguridea) near Sydney. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 97(Pt 3): 165-201.

Hamond, R. (1973). Harpacticoid copepods (Crustacea) of the saline lakes in southeast Australia, with special reference to the Laophontidae. Records of the Australian Museum, 28(17): 392-420.

Hamond, R. (1973). Review of Cletodes (Crustacea: Harpacticoida), with the description of a new species from Queensland. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, 16(3) 471-83.

Hamond, R. (1973). Some Laophontidae (Crustacea: Harpacticoida) from off North Carolina. Transactions of the American Microscopical Society, 92(1): 44-59 10 refs illus.

Hamond, R. (1974). Australonannopus aestuarinus gen .nov. sp. nov. (Crustacea: Harpacticoida), an aberrant cletodid from Australian brackish waters. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, 107: 239-45.

Hampton, J. W. (1986). Effect of tagging on the condition of southern bluefin tuna, Thunnus maccoyii (Castlenau). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37(6): 699-705 11 refs, illus.

Hampton, J. W. (1991). Estimation of southern bluefin tuna Thunnus maccoyii growth parameters from tagging data, using von Bertalanffy models incorporating individual variation. Fishery Bulletin, 89: 577-590 53 refs, illus.

Hampton, J. W. (1991). Estimation of southern bluefin tuna Thunnus maccoyii natural mortality and movement rates from tagging experiments. Fishery Bulletin, 89: 591-610 28 refs, illus.

Hampton, J. W. and Kirkwood, G. P. (1990). Tag shedding by southern bluefin tuna Thunnus maccoyii. Fishery Bulletin, 88(2): 313-321 18 refs, illus.

Hampton, J. W. and Majkowski, J. (1984). Computer simulations of future southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii) parental biomass, recruitment of catches under the 1982 fishing regime abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.35.

Hampton, J. W. and Majkowski, J. V. (1986). Computer simulations of future southern bluefin tuna parental biomass, recruitment, and catches under the 1982 fishing regime. North American Journal of Fisheries Management, 6: 77-87 29 refs.

Hampton, J. W. and Majkowski, J. V. (1986). Scientists fear SBT problems worsening. Australian Fisheries, 45(12): 6-9 4 refs, illus.

Hampton, J. W. and Majkowski, J. V. (1987). A simulation model for generating catch length-frequency data. Length Based Methods in Fisheries Research. Proceedings of the International Conference on the Theory and Application of Length Based Methods for Stock Assessment, -11-16 February-1985, Mazzara Del Vallo, Italy. Pauly, D.; Morgan, G.R. Eds. 1987. Vol. 13 , pp. 193-202.

Hampton, J. W. and Majkowski, J. V. (1987). An examination of the reliability of the ELEFAN computer programs for length-based stock assessment. Length Based Methods in Fisheries Research. Proceedings of the International Conference on the Theory and Application of Length Based Methods for Stock Assessment, -11-16 February-1985, Mazzara Del Vallo, Italy. Pauly, D.; Morgan, G.R. Eds. 1987. Vol. 13 , pp. 203-216.

Hampton, J. W. and Majkowski, J. V. (1987). Southern bluefin tuna stock assessment 1986. Collective Volume of Working Documents Presented at the Expert Consultation on Stock Assessment of Tunas in the Indian Ocean Held in Colombo, Sri Lanka, -4-8 December-1986. FAO UNDP Indo Pacific Tuna Dev. and Manage. Programme, Colombo Sri Lanka 1987, pp. 100-105.

Hampton, J. W., Majkowski, J. and Murphy, G. I. (1984). The 1982 assessment of the southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii) population and the determination of catch levels which stabilize the parental biomass abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.37.

Hampton, J. W., Majkowski, J. V. and Murphy, G. I. (1984). The 1982 assessment of the southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii) population and the determination of catch levels which stabilize the parental biomass. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (165): 1-27 24 refs 10 tables.

Hanamura, Y. and Evans, D. R. (1994). Deepwater caridean shrimps of the families oplophoridae and pasiphaeidae (Crustacea: Decapoda) from Western Australia, with an appendix on a lophogastridan mysid (Mysidacea). Crustacean Research, (23): 46-60 56 refs, illus.

Hanamura, Y. and Evans, D. R. (1996). Deepwate caridean shrimps of the families Nematocarcinidae, Stylodactylidae, Pandalidae and Crangonidae (Crustacea: Decapoda) from Western Australia. Bull. Nansei Natl. Fish. Res. Inst., 29: 1-18.

Hanawa, K., Bailey, R. J., Rual, P., Sy, A. and Szabados, M. (1993). Revised depth time equation for Sippican or [Tsurimi Seiki] TSK T-7, T-6 and T-4 expendable bathythermographs (XBT's). Australia France Coooperation: Scientific Reports of TOGA Coare and TOGA Tao Projects. Cooperation Franco Australienne Rapport Scientifique Des Projets TOGA Coare Et TOGA Tao. Picaut, J.; Radenac, M.H.; Eldin, G.; Raul, P.; Bradley, F.; Godfrey, S.; Meyer, no. 4 pp. 49-50.

Hanawa, K., Rual, P., Bailey, R. J., Sy, A. and Szabados, M. (1994). Calculation of new depth equations for expendable bathythermographs using a temperature-error-free method (application to Sippican/TSK T-7, T-6 and T-4 XBTs). Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission. Technical Series, (42): 1-46 32 refs, illus.

Hanawa, K., Rual, P., Bailey, R. J., Sy, A. and Szabados, M. (1995). A new depth time equation for Sippican or TSK T-7, T-6 and T-4 expendable bathythermographs (XBT). Deep-Sea Research, 42(8): 1423-1451.

Hansen, J. A., Alongi, D. J. W., Moriarty, D. J. W. and Pollard, P. C. (1987). The dynamics of benthic microbial communities at Davies Reef, central Great Barrier Reef. Coral Reefs, 6: 63-70 41 refs, illus.

Harden Jones, F. R. (1985). Research and development and the fishing industry. Australian Fisheries Conference (Canberra, Act: January 31-Febraury 2, 1985), pp.11.1-10 5 refs, appendixes.

Harden Jones, F. R. (1991). The relentless rise in effort. Australian Society for Fish Biology. Newsletter, 21(2): 77-84 17 refs.

Harris, A. N. M. (1987). Trap fishery of the Seychelles, south-west Indian Ocean abstract. Newsletter of the Australian Society for Fish Biology, 17(2): p.39.

Harris, A. N. M. (1988). Fisheries. In: Appleyard, R T and Ghosh, R N (Eds.). Indian Ocean: Islands Development. Indian Ocean Policy Papers, (1: Ch.8): 186-204, illus.

Harris, A. N. M. and Poiner, I. R. (1990). By-catch of the prawn fishery of Torres Strait; composition and partitioning of the discards into components that float or sink. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 41(1): 37-52 29 refs, illus.

Harris, A. N. M. and Poiner, I. R. (1991). Changes in species composition of demersal fish fauna of southeast Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia, after 20 years of fishing. Marine Biology, 111: 503-519 62 refs, illus.

Harris, A. N. M., Dews, G. J., Poiner, I. R. and Kerr, J. D. (1994). The traditional and island based catch of the Torres Strait Protected Zone: Final report on CSIRO research, 1990-1993. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 47p. 26 refs, illus.

Harris, A. N. M., Poiner, I. R., Dews, G. J. and Kerr, J. D. (1992). Preliminary estimates of the traditional and island based catch of the Torres Strait Protected Zone: Report to the TSFSAC. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 21p., illus.

Harris, G. P. (1983). Mixed layer physics and phytoplankton populations: studies in equilibrium and non-equilibrium ecology. Progress in Phycological Research, 2: 1-51 185 refs.

Harris, G. P. (1984). Non-equilibrium community structures: a revision of equilibrium theory abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.22.

Harris, G. P. (1984). Phytoplankton productivity and growth measurements: past, present and future. Journal of Plankton Research, 6(2): 219-237 110 refs, illus.

Harris, G. P. (1984). The relationships between primary (Phytoplankton) production and fish recruitment abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.25.

Harris, G. P. (1985). The answer lies in the nesting behaviour. Freshwater Biology, 15: 375-380 44 refs.

Harris, G. P. (1986). Phytoplankton ecology: structure, function & fluctuation. London, UK : Chapman and Hall, 384p., refs, illus, index.

Harris, G. P. (1986). Size spectra of particles in the ocean: coupling of production and consumption abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 113.

Harris, G. P. (1987). Comments on C technique letter. Biowatt News, (8): 7-8.

Harris, G. P. (1987). Influence of mesoscale events on the biomass of the Tasman Sea ecosystem. 1987 AAAS Annual Meeting: -153rd National Meeting, Chicago, -14-18 February. Abstracts of Papers. Klein Helmuth, B.C.; Savold, D. Comps. 1987, p.24.

Harris, G. P. (1987). Remote sensing of the oceans: present capabilities and future prospects. Maritime Studies, 35: 1-9 17 refs.

Harris, G. P. (1987). Time series analysis of water quality data from Lake Ontario: implications for the measurement of water quality in large and small lakes. Freshwater Biology, 18: 389-403 28 refs, illus.

Harris, G. P. (1988). Ocean remote sensing: the Australian perspective: report to the Polar Platform Committee. In: The International Polar Platform Program: Australian and New Zealand Requirements and Opportunities. Vol. 2. Working Party Reports. Report of the Polar Platform Study Group. Cossa Publication, (017B): 1-12.

Harris, G. P. (1988). Structural aspects of phytoplankton successions. Verhandlungen Der Internationalen Vereinigung Fuer Theoretische Und Angewandte Limnologie, 23: 2221-2225 40 refs.

Harris, G. P. (1989). The relationship between climate, interannual variability in the oceans and stocks of lobster in Australia and New Zealand abstract. In: Phillips, B F (Ed.). Workshop on Rock Lobster Ecology and Management. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (207): p.10.

Harris, G. P. and Griffiths, F. B. (1987). On means and variances in aquatic food chains and recruitment to the fisheries. Freshwater Biology, 17: 381-386 34 refs.

Harris, G. P. and Parslow, J. S. (1987). Application of remote sensing to the Australian fishing industry: strategic and tactical research in an era of 'global change'. Maritime Studies, (35): 1-14 35 refs, illus.

Harris, G. P. and Trimbee, A. M. (1986). Phytoplankton population dynamics of a small reservoir : physical/ biological coupling and the time scales of community change. Journal of Plankton Research, 8(6): 1011-25 47 refs illus.

Harris, G. P., Davies, P., Nunez, M. and Meyers, G. A. (1988). Interannual variability in climate and fisheries in Tasmania. Nature, 333: 754-757 21 refs, illus.

Harris, G. P., Feldman, G. C. and Griffiths, F. B. (1993). Global oceanic production and climate change. In: Barale, V and Schlitenhardt, P M (Eds.). Ocean Colour: Theory and Applications in A Decade of Czcs Experience, pp.237-270 52 refs, illus.

Harris, G. P., Ganf, G. G. and Thomas, D. P. (1987). Productivity, growth rates and cell size distributions of phytoplankton in the SW Tasman Sea: implications for carbon metabolism in the photic zone. Journal of Plankton Research, 9(5): 1003-30 80 refs.

Harris, G. P., Griffiths, F. B. and Clementson, L. A. (1992). Climate and the fisheries off Tasmania: interactions of physics, food chains and fish. South African Journal of Marine Science, 12: 585-597 39 refs, illus.

Harris, G. P., Griffiths, F. B. and Thomas, D. P. (1988). Dark uptake and loss of C abstract. Verhandlungen Der Internationalen Vereinigung Fuer Theoretische Und Angewandte Limnologie, 23: p.920.

Harris, G. P., Griffiths, F. B. and Thomas, D. P. (1989). Light and dark uptake and loss of C: methodological problems with productivity measurements in oceanic waters. Hydrobiologia, 173: 95-105 35 refs, illus.

Harris, G. P., Griffiths, F. B., Clementson, L. A., Lyne, V. and van der Doe, H. (1991). Seasonal and interannual variability in physical processes, nutrient cycling and the structure of the food chain in Tasmanian shelf waters. Journal of Plankton Research, 13(suppl.): 109-131.

Harris, G. P., Nilsson, C. S. and Booth, B. (1989). CSIRO harnesses satellite power to search out fish. Australian Fisheries, 48(2): 22-25 6 refs, illus.

Harris, G. P., Nilsson, C. S., Clementson, L. A. and Thomas, D. (1987). The water masses of the east coast of Tasmania: seasonal and interannual viability and the influence on phytoplankton biomass and productivity. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(5): 569-590 47 refs, illus, maps.

Harris, G., Batley, G., Fox, D., Hall, D., Jernakoff, P., Molloy, R., Murray, A., Newell, B., Parslow, J., Skyring, G. and Walker, S. (1996). Port Phillip Bay Environmental Study Final Report. Canberra: CSIRO Australia, 239 pp.

Haskard, K. A. (1992). Simple and robust comparison of growth in different populations, using ANOVA. The Measurement of Age and Growth in Fish and Shellfish. Hancock, D.A. Ed. Canberra, A.C.T. Australia Bureau of Rural Resources 1992 No. 12 , pp.174-181.

Hastings, K., Hesp, P. and Kendrick, G. A. (1995). Assessing seagrass change off Western Australia. Gis Asia Pacific, 1(2): 32-35, illus.

Hastings, K., Hesp, P. and Kendrick, G. A. (1995). Seagrass loss associated with boat moorings at Rottnest Island, Western Australia. Ocean & Coastal Management, 26(3): 225-246 24 refs, illus.

Hatcher, B. G. (1983). Grazing in coral reef ecosystems. Perspectives on Coral Reefs. Barnes, D.J. Ed. 1983. No. 200 , pp. 164-179.

Hatcher, B. G. (1984). CSIRO research at the Houtman Abrolhos Islands, WA abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.54.

Hatcher, B. G. (1984). Inputs of macroalgal detritus to a coral reef ecosystem: a biological subsidy for secondary production abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.53.

Hatcher, B. G. (1984). The role of grazers in controlling the benthic community structure at a high latitude coral reef abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), pp.53-54.

Hatcher, B. G. and Rimmer, D. W. (1985). The role of grazing in controlling benthic community structure on a high latitude coral reef: measurements of grazing intensity. Proceedings of the 5th International Coral Reef Congress, Tahiti, 1985, 6: 229-236 31 refs, illus.

Hatcher, B. G. and Sammarco, P. W. (1983). The role of detritus in the metabolism and secondary production of coral reef ecosystems. Proceedings of the G.B.R. Conference, Townsville, September, 317-25 56 refs.

Hatcher, B. G., Johannes, R. E. and Robertson, A. I. (1989). Review of research relevant to the conservation of shallow tropical marine ecosystems. Oceanography and Marine Biology Annual Reviews, 27: 337-414, refs.

Hatcher, B. G., Kirkman, H. and Wood, W. F. (1987). Growth of the kelp Ecklonia radiata near the northern limit of its range in Western Australia. Marine Biology, 95: 63-73 64 refs, illus.

Hay, P. R. and Godfrey, J. S. (1993). Verification of a model of the diurnal cycle in the western tropical Pacific Ocean. Fourth International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography, March-April 1993, Hobart, Australia, pp. 378-379.

Haywood, M. D. E. (1992). Digestion rates of postlarval prawns (Penaeus monodon) by small predatory fish (Monocanthus chinenesis) and the implications for predation studies. Newsl. Aust. Soc. Fish Biol. , 22(2): 33-34.

Haywood, M. D. E. (1995). Rates at which post larval prawns are digested by a small predatory fish and the implications for predation studies. Journal of Fish Biology, 47(2): 337-340.

Haywood, M. D. E. and Pendrey, R. C. (1996). A new design for a submersible chronographic tethering device to record predation in different habitats. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 143 (1-3): 307­312.

Haywood, M. D. E. and Staples, D. J. (1993). Field estimates of growth and mortality of juvenile banana prawns (Penaeus merguiensis). Marine Biology, 116: 407-416 30 refs, illus.

Haywood, M. D. E., Vance, D. J. and Loneragan, N. R. (1995). Seagrass and algal beds as nursery habitats for tiger prawns (Penaeus semisulcatus and P. esculentus) in a tropical Australian estuary. Marine Biology, 122: 213-223 29 refs, illus.

Heales, D. S. (1985). Water quality changes during the conditioning of small, closed seawater systems. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (176): 1-7 8 refs.

Heales, D. S., Polzin, H. G. and Staples, D. J. (1985). Identification of the postlarvae of the commercially important Penaeus species in Australia. In: Rothlisberg, P C, Hill, B J and Staples, D J (Eds.) 2nd Australian National Prawn Seminar, Kooralbyn, Qld., October 1984. Cleveland, Qld., National Prawn Seminar 2, pp. 41-6 10 refs illus.

Heales, D. S., Vance, D. J. and Loneragan, N. R. (1996). Field observations of moult cycle, feeding behaviour, and diet of small juvenile tiger prawns Penaeus semisulcatus in the Embley River, Australia. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 145 (1-3): 43­51.

Hearn, C. J. (1984). Water circulation within the WA limestone reef system abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.49.

Hearn, C. J. and Hunter, J. R. (1990). A note on the equivalence of some two- and three dimensional models of wind driven barotropic flow in shallow seas. Applied Mathematical Modelling, 14(10): 553-556.

Hearn, C. J. and Pearce, A. F. (1985). NOAA satellite imagery and air-borne sensing of a small-scale, coastal tidal jet. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 36(5): 643-53 13 refs maps.

Hearn, W. S. (1981). Post tagging weight loss of southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii (Castlenau)) abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.56.

Hearn, W. S. (1988). Tagging as a tool for providing information on the southern bluefin tuna population and fishery abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.4.

Hearn, W. S. (1989). Analyses of southern bluefin tuna tag-recapture information. In: Hancock, D A (Ed.). Australian Society for Fish Biology Tagging Workshop. Tagging: Solution Or Problem? (Sydney, NSW: July 21-22, 1988) Bureau of Rural Resources Proceedings. Canberra: A.G.P.S., (5): 129-133 10 refs, illus.

Hearn, W. S. (1991). Natural mortality. Deriso, R B and Bayliff, W H (Eds.). World Meeting on Stock Assessment of Bluefin Tunas: Strengths and Weaknesses. Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission. Special Report, (7): 243-246.

Hearn, W. S. and Caton, A. E. (1989). Discussion of session 2. In: Hancock, D A (Ed.). Australian Society for Fish Biology Tagging Workshop. Tagging: Solution Or Problem? (Sydney, NSW: July 21-22, 1988) Bureau of Rural Resources Proceedings. Canberra: A.G.P.S., (5): 46-48.

Hearn, W. S. and Leigh, G. M. (1994). Comparing polynomial and von Bertalanffy growth functions for fitting tag-recapture data. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 51: 1689-1691 22 refs.

Hearn, W. S. and Majkowski, J. V. (1987). Interactions among the Australian southern bluefin tuna fisheries : a preliminary analysis based on a tag release-recapture experiment. Indo-Pacific Tuna Development and Management Programme. Collective Volume of Working Documents Presented at the Expert Consultation on Stock Assessment of Tunas in the Indian Ocean, Colombo, Sri Lanka, December, 1986. , pp.214-25 20 refs 5 figs.

Hearn, W. S. and Majkowski, J. V. (1987). Lottery for southern bluefin tuna tags. Australian Fisheries, 46(1): 18-19 4 refs, illus.

Hearn, W. S. and Mazanov, A. (1994). Interactions among fisheries: Tag recapture methods for estimating the effect on catches of changing fishing intensity. Interactions of Pacific Tuna Fisheries. Volume-1. Summary Report on Papers on Interaction. Proceedings of the First FAO Expert Consultation on Interactions of Pacific Tuna Fisheries, -3-11 December-1991, Noumea, New Caledonia. Shomura, R.S.; Majkowski, J., p. 92.

Hearn, W. S. and Mazanov, A. (1996). Interactions among fisheries in separate grounds: a tag-recapture method. In: Shomura, R S, Majkowski J and Harman R F (Eds.). Status of Interactions of Pacific Tuna Fisheries, 1995. Proceedings of the Second FAO Expert Consultation on Interactions of Pacific Tuna Fisheries. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper No. 7. FAO, Rome, pp. 124-46.

Hearn, W. S. and Williams, K. F. (1991). Tag releases and recoveries. Deriso, R B and Bayliff, W H (Eds.). World Meeting on Stock Assessment of Bluefin Tunas: Strengths and Weaknesses. Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission. Special Report, (7): 324-333, illus.

Hearn, W. S., Hampton, J. W. and Sandland, R. L. (1986). Robust estimation of natural mortality in a completed tagging experiment with variable fishing mortality abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 89 1 ref.

Hearn, W. S., Leigh, G. M. and Beverton, R. J.H. (1991). An examination of a tag-shedding assumption, with application to southern bluefin tuna. Ices Journal of Marine Science, 48: 41-51 24 refs, illus.

Hearn, W. S., Majkowski, J. and Sandland, R. L. (1984). An experimental determination of the effect of increasing the minimum age (or size) of fish at capture upon the yield per recruit abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.36.

Hearn, W. S., Sandland, R. L. and Hampton, J. W. (1987). Robust estimation of the natural mortality rate in a complete tagging experiment with variable fishing intensity. Journal Du Conseil. Conseil International pour L'exploration de la Mer, 43: 107-17 27 refs, illus.

Hearn, W. S., Whitelaw, A. W. and Williams, K. (1992). Southern bluefin tuna tagging off southern Australia, 1990-92. In: Whitelaw, A W and Mawson, V (Eds.). Proceedings of the Inaugural Southern Bluefin Tuna Science-Industry-Management Workshop (Port Lincoln, SA: June 24-25, 1992). Hobart, Tas.: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp.45-47, illus.

Hearn, W. S., Whitelaw, A. W. and Williams, K. (1992). Southern bluefin tuna tagging off southern Australia 1990-92. In: Whitelaw, A W and Mawson, V (Eds.). Proceedings of the Inaugural Southern Bluefin Tuna Science-Industry-Management Workshop (Port Lincoln, SA: June 24-25, 1992). Hobart, Tas.: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp.78-79.

Hearn, W. S., Whitelaw, A. W., Polacheck, T. W. and Williams, K. (1994). The 1990-93 southern bluefin tuna tagging program off southern Australia. In: Whitelaw, A W (Ed.). Proceedings of the East Coast Tuna Science-Industry-Management Workshop (Hobart, Tas: March 23-24, 1993). Hobart, Tas: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, pp.123-127, illus.

Hebert, P. D. N., Schwartz, S. S., Ward, R. D. and Finston, T. L. (1993). Macrogeographic patterns of breeding system diversity in the Daphnia pulex group. 1. Breeding systems of Canadian populations. Heredity, 70: 148-161 38 refs, illus.

Heemstra, P. C. (1977). A peculiar modification of the intestine in the stromateoid fishes Seriolella punctata and S. brama (Perciformes : Centrolophidae). Copeia, 3: 584-5 2 refs.

Heemstra, P. C. and Randall, J. E. (1977). A revision of the Emmelichthyidae (Pisces : Perciformes). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 28(3): 361-96, 83 refs.

Heggie D. T., Skyring, G. W., O'Brien, G. W., Reimers, C., Herczeg, A. L., Moriarty, D. J. W., Burnett, W. C. and Milnes, A. R. (1990). Organic carbon cycling and modern phosphorite formation on the east Australian continental margin: an overview. In: Notholt, A J G and Jarvis, I (Eds.). Phosphorite Research and Development. Geological Society Special Publication, (52): 87-117 68 refs, illus.

Heron M. L., Wang, H. X. and Staples, D. J. (1994). Transport processes affecting banana prawn postlarvae in the estuaries of the Gulf of Carpentaria. In: Sammarco, P W and Heron, M L (Eds.). The Bio-Physics of Marine Larval Dispersal. Washington, Dc, USA: Agu, (Ch.14): 253-277 21 refs, illus.

Heron, A. C. (1968). Plankton mesh. Unesco Monographs on Oceanographic Methodology, Paris, 2: 19-26.

Heron, A. C. (1969). Dark-field condenser for viewing transparent plankton animals under a low-power stereomicroscope. Marine Biology, 2(4): 321-4.

Heron, A. C. (1971). Population ecology of a colonizing species. International Marine Science Symposium. Institute of Marine Sciences (Sydney, NSW: August 16-17,1971), 1p.

Heron, A. C. (1973). New type of heart mechanism in the invertebrates. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, UK , 53(2) 425-8.

Heron, A. C. (1975). Advantages of heart reversal in pelagic tunicates. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, UK , 55: 959-963, 10 refs.

Heron, A. C. (1976). Population biology of the estuarine cladoceran Penilia avirostris. Estuarine Project. Progress Report 1974-1976, 46.

Heron, A. C. (1981). A vertical free fall plankton net with no mouth obstructions abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.56-57.

Heron, A. C. (1981). The value of repeated reproduction in increasing and decreasing populations of fast growing species abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.49-50.

Heron, A. C. (1982). A vertical free fall plankton net with no mouth obstructions. Limnology and Oceanography, 27(2): 380-3 12 refs illus.

Heron, A. C. and Benham, E. E. (1984). Individual growth rates of salps in three populations. Journal of Plankton Research, 6(5): 811-828.

Heron, A. C. and Benham, E. E. (1984). Life history parameters as indicators of growth rate in three salp populations abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.24.

Heron, A. C. and Benham, E. E. (1985). Life history parameters as indicators of growth rate in three salp populations. Journal of Plankton Research, 7(3): 365-79 21 refs.

Heron, A. C. and Kerr, J. D. (1968). Properties of gauzes in relation to loss of organisms through plankton nets. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 19: 57-64.

Heron, A. C., (1972). Population ecology of a colonizing species: the pelagic tunicate Thalia democratica. 1. Individual growth rate and generation time. Oecologia, 10: 269-93.

Heron, A. C., Benham, E. E. and McWilliam, P. S. (1981). Indicators of population growth rate in the life history parameters of the salp abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.35-36.

Heron, A. C., McWilliam, P. S. and Benham, E. E. (1982). Relative salp productivity in the warm-core system Eddy Mareo abstract. Warm Core Rings Workshop Report, New Zealand, January, p.40.

Heron, A. C., McWilliam, P. S. and Dal Pont, G. (1988). Length-weight relation in the salp Thalia democratica and potential of salps as a source of food. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 42: 125-132 32 refs, illus.

Herrnkind, W. F., Jernakoff, P. and Butler, M. J. (1994). Puerulus and post puerulus ecology. Spiny Lobster Management. Phillips, B.F.; Cobb, J.S.; Kittaka, J. Eds. London UK Blackwell Scientific Publications 1994 , pp. 213-229.

Hewitt, C. L. and Martin, R. B. (1996). Port surveys for introduced marine species - background considerations and sampling protocols. Technical Report. Division of Fisheries: Centre for Research on Introduced Marine Pests. CSIRO Australia , (4): 40p., 10 refs, illus.

Hewitt, D. R. (1992). Effects of dietary protein level on protein turnover in the brown tiger prawn, Penaeus esculentus. In: Allan, G L and Dall, W (Eds.). Proceedings of the Aquaculture Nutrition Workshop (Salamander Bay, NSW: April 15-17, 1991). Orange: NSW Fisheries, pp.77-81 27 refs, illus.

Hibbard, J. and Tildesley, P. C. (1989). Mapping of the Byadbo Wildfire, Kosciusko National Park, using NOAA-AVHRR imagery. Remote Sensing of Environment, 2(2): p.5 2 refs.

Hickman, W. and Olsen, A. M. (1955). A new turbellarian parasitic in the sea-star, Coscinasterias calamaria (Gray). Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm., 89: 55-63.

Hicks, E. W., Taylor, M. C. and Wood, E. J. F. (1941). Note on an experimental kiln for the smoke-curing of fish. J. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., 14: 308-310.

Higginbottom, I. R., Kerry, K. R. and Wayte, S. E. (1988). Hydroacoustic surveys of the distribution and abundance of krill: Prydz Bay Region - FIBEX, ADBEX II and SIBEX II, MV Nella Dan. Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions. Anare Research Notes, (62): 1-46 33 refs, illus.

Higgins, H. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1976). Direct measurement of chlorophyll. Estuarine Project. Progress Report 1974-1976, 33842.

Higgins, H. W. (1982). Determination of low levels of C radioactivity in cell exudates by means of ultraviolet photooxidation and a rapid CO-collection technique. Analytical Biochemistry, 127(1): 121-33 48 refs.

Higgins, H. W. (1987). Biomasse du bacterioplancton. In: Blanchot, J and Gerard, P (Eds.). Resultats Des Campagnes A La Mer Du Programme 'Procal', 4-Croisiere 'Proligo' (Noumea, New Caledonia: September/October, 1985). Noumea, New Caledonia: ORSTOM, pp.15-28 4 refs.

Higgins, H. W. and Mackey, D. J. (1987). Role of Ecklonia radiata (C. Ag.) J. Agardh in determining trace metal availability in coastal waters. 1. Total trace metals. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(3): 307-315 29 refs, illus.

Higgins, H. W. and Mackey, D. J. (1987). Role of Ecklonia radiata (C. Ag.) J. Agardh in determining trace metal availability in coastal waters. 2. Trace metal speciation. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(3): 317-328 27 refs, illus.

Highley, E. (1966). The role of Unesco in international oceanography. Information, Aust. Nat. Advisory Council for UNESCO, Sydney, 27(3): 5-8.

Highley, E. (1967). Oceanic circulation patterns off the east coast of Austrolia. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 23.

Highley, E. (1968). The International Indian Ocean Expedition: Australia's contribution. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 28.

Highley, E. and Stark, A. E. (1968). The Great Australian Bight and trawling tests of F.V. Southern Endeavour. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 27.

Hilborn, R., Redfield, J. A. and Krebs, C. J. (1976). Reliability of enumeration for mark and recapture census of voles. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 54(6): 1019-24 13 refs.

Hill, B. J. (1984). Aquaculture of the mud crab (Scylla serrata). In: Conference and Workshop Series. Potential of Aquaculture in Queensland. Proceedings of Seminar, March. Queensland Department of Primary Industries, pp. 29-44 30 refs illus.

Hill, B. J. (1985). Effect of temperature on duration of emergence speed of movement, and catchability of the prawn Penaeus esculentus. In: Rothlisberg, P C, Hill, B J and Staples, D J (Eds.) 2nd Australian National Prawn Seminar, Kooralbyn, Qld., October 1984. Cleveland, Qld., National Prawn Seminar 2, pp. 77-83 18 refs.

Hill, B. J. (1987). Biological aspects of management of the Declared Management Zone restricted distribution. Northern Prawn Fishery Information Notes. Division of Fisheries Research. CSIRO Australia, (10): 10-12 illus.

Hill, B. J. (1987). Biology of penaeid prawns in northern Australia. Melbourne: CSIRO Australia, 190p., refs, illus.

Hill, B. J. (1988). Management of prawns and fish stocks in north Australia abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.16.

Hill, B. J. (1992). Minimum legal sizes and their use in management of Australian fisheries. Proceedings of the Bureau of Rural Resources, (13): 9-18 17 refs, illus.

Hill, B. J. (1994). Offshore spawning by the portunid crab Scylla serrata (Crustacea: Decapoda). Marine Biology, 120: 379-384 22 refs, illus.

Hill, B. J. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1984). Differences between adult and juvenile tiger prawns abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.44.

Hill, B. J. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1984). The effects of tags on tiger prawns abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.46.

Hill, B. J. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1985). A laboratory study of the effect of streamer tags on mortality, growth, moulting and duration of nocturnal emergence of the tiger prawn Penaeus esculentus (Haswell). Fisheries Research, 3: 223-35 19 refs.

Hill, B. J. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1986). Feeding behaviour of the tiger prawn, Penaeus esculentus abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 44.

Hill, B. J. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1987). Feeding behaviour of adult tiger prawns, Penaeus esculentus, under laboratory conditions. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(1): 183-190 17 refs.

Hill, B. J. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1990). Fate of discards from prawn trawlers in Torres Strait. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 41(1): 53-64 12 refs, illus.

Hill, B. J. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1992). Preferences and amount of food eaten by the prawn Penaeus esculentus over the moult cycle. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 43(4): 727-735 14 refs, illus.

Hill, B. J. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1993). Why are some prawns found in seagrass? An experimental study of brown (Penaeus esculentus) and grooved (P. semisulcatus) tiger prawns. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 44(1): 221-227 13 refs, illus.

Hindley, J. P. R. (1977). Locomotory activity of juvenile western rock lobster and the effect of some extrinsic and intrinsic factors, with a note on gregariousness. Workshop on Lobster and Rock Lobster Ecology and Physiology: Circ.Div.Fish.Oceanogr.CSIRO, no.7: 18.

Hindley, J. P. R. (1977). Review of some aspects of the behaviour of juvenile and adult palinurids. Workshop on Lobster and Rock Lobster Ecology and Physiology: Circ.Div.Fish.Oceanogr.CSIRO, no.7: 133-41, 32 refs.

Hindley, J. P. R. and Alexander, C. G. (1978). Structure and function of the chelate pereiopods of the banana prawn Penaeus merguiensis. Marine Biology, (48): 153-60 17 refs illus.

Hindley, J. P. R. and Penn, J. W. (1975). Activity measurements of decapod crustaceans: a comparison of white and infrared photographic illumination. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 26(2): 281-5.

Hintz, M. A. (translator) (1981). "Ecology and stock of southern bluefin tuna" by C. Shingu, 1978. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 131: 79pp. 35 refs maps.

Hirst, A. C. and Godfrey, J. S. (1991). The effect of Indonesian throughflow on surface heat flux and SST in a global ocean GCM abstract. In: Hunt, B G (Ed.). International Conference on the Physical Causes of Drought and Desertification (Parkville, Vic: December 9-13, 1991), 1p.

Hirst, A. C. and Godfrey, J. S. (1992). Sensitivity of an ocean GCM to Indian-Pacific water mass exchange. Modelling Weather and Climate. Papers Presented at the 3rd Bmrc Modelling Workshop (Melbourne, Vic: November 1992). Bmrc Research Report, (33): 335-363 22 refs, illus.

Hirst, A. C. and Godfrey, J. S. (1993). The role of Indonesian throughflow in a global ocean GCM. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 23(6): 1057-1086 48 refs, illus.

Hirst, A. C. and Godfrey, J. S. (1994). The response to a sudden change in Indonesian throughflow in a global ocean GCM. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 24(9): 1895-1910 23 refs, illus.

Hirst, A. C. and McDougall, T. J. (1996). Deep-water properties and surface buoyancy flux as simulated by a z-coordinate model including eddy-induced advection. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 26(7): 1320-43 56 refs, illus.

Hirst, A. C., Jackett, D. R. and McDougall, T. J. (1996). The meridional overturning cells of a World Ocean model in neutral density coordinates. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 26(5): 775-91 29 refs, illus.

Hisada, K. and Green, R. D. (1988). Investigation of the tuna hand-line fishing grounds and some biological observations on yellowfin and bigeye tunas caught in the north-western Coral Sea. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (194): 1-39 45 refs, illus, maps.

Hodgkin, E. P. and Majer, K. (1976). Index to ecological information on estuaries and marine embayment in Western Australia. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 70, 44 p., 433 refs.

Holtum, J. A. M., Kelly, G. J. and Latzko, E. (1986). Photosynthesis : carbon metabolism by day and by night. Progress in Botany, 48: 97-123 refs illus.

Horner, S. M. (1981). Distinguishing modes of dissolved organic production in marine macrophytes by tracer kinetic analyses abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.67.

Horner, S. M. J. (1987). Similarity of epiphyte biomass distribution on Posidonia and artificial seagrass leaves. Aquatic Botany, 27: 159-67 19 refs.

Horner, S. M. J. and Smith, D. F. (1982). Measurement of total inorganic carbon in seawater by a substoichiometric assay using NaHCO. Limnology and Oceanography, 27(5): 978-83 16 refs.

Horner, S. M. J. and Smith, D. F. (1984). Distinguishing modes of dissolved organic carbon production in marine macrophytes by tracer kinetic analysis. Marine Biology, 81: 231-6 33 refs.

Houston, T. W. (1954). Commercial trawling tests in the Great Australian Bight, 1949-52. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Tech. Pap., no. 2.

Houston, T. W. (1955). The New South Wales trawl fishery: review of past course and examination of present condition. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 6: 165-208.

Howard, R. K. (1987). Predators of rock lobsters. Fins., 20(5): 7-8.

Howard, R. K. (1988). Fish predators of the western rock lobster (Panulirus cygnus George) in a nearshore nursery habitat. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 39(3): 307-316.

Howard, R. K. (1989). Predation on juvenile western rock lobsters in nursery habitat: Does it occur and is it significant? abstract. In: Phillips, B F (Ed.). Workshop on Rock Lobster Ecology and Management. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (207): p.11.

Howard, R. K. (1989). The structure of a nearshore fish community of Western Australia: diel patterns and the habitat role of limestone reefs. Environmental Biology of Fishes, 24(2): 93-104 22 refs, illus.

Howard, R. K. and Koehn, J. D. (1985). Population dynamics and feeding ecology of pipefish (Syngnathidae) associated with eelgrass beds of Western Port, Victoria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 36(3): 361-370 22 refs, illus.

Howard, R. K. and Wright, D. (1987). Trophic study of the fishes of a W.A. limestone reef system abstract. Australian Society for Fish Biology. Newsletter, 16(2): 75.

Hsi-Chiang Liu, Sainsbury, K. J. and Tai-Sheng Chiu (1985). Trawl cod-end mesh selectivity for some fishes of north-western Australia. Fisheries Research, 3: 105-129 13 refs, illus.

Hsieh, W. W. and Hamon, B. V. (1991). The El Nino Southern Oscillation in south eastern Australian waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 42(3): 263-275.

Hubbert, G. D., Darlow, G. B. and Fandry, C. B. (1986). Numerical modelling of ocean currents for environmental management at Barwon Heads abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 97.

Hughes T. M. C., Weaver, A. J. and Godfrey, J. S. (1992). Thermohaline forcing of the Indian Ocean by the Pacific Ocean. Deep-Sea Research, 39(6): 965-995 46 refs, illus.

Hulings, N. C. and Kirkman, H. (1982). Further observations and data on seagrasses along the Jordanian and Saudi Arabian coasts of the Gulf of Aqaba. Tethys, 10(3): 218-20 8 refs map.

Humphrey, G. F. (1941). The biology and cultivation of oysters in Australia. Part 2. A note on the calcium content of some East Australian waters. Pamph. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., no. 111.

Humphrey, G. F. (1941). The biology and cultivation of oysters in Australia. Part 3. Biochemistry of the proximate constituents. Pamph. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., no. 111.

Humphrey, G. F. (1943). The biology and cultivation of oysters in Australia. Part IV. Oyster catalase. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 68: 13-16.

Humphrey, G. F. (1944). The biology and cultivation of oysters in Australia. Part V. Glycolysis in extracts of oyster muscle. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci., 22: 135-138.

Humphrey, G. F. (1946). The endogenous respiration of homogenates of oyster muscle. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci., 24: 261-267.

Humphrey, G. F. (1947). The succinoxidase system in oyster muscle. J. Exp. Biol., 24: 352-360.

Humphrey, G. F. (1948). The effect of narcotics on the endogenous respiration and succinate oxidation in oyster muscle. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 27: 504-512.

Humphrey, G. F. (1958). Book review: "The effects of atomic radiation on oceanography and fisheries." . Science, N.Y., 128: 709.

Humphrey, G. F. (1958). Book review: "The physiology of fishes. Vol. 1. Metabolism"; ed. by M.E. Brown. Aust. J. Sci., 20: 286.

Humphrey, G. F. (1959). Australian fisheries (incorporated in article on Forests and fisheries). in "Encyclopedia Americana". V. 2: P.580. (Americana Corp.: New York.), .

Humphrey, G. F. (1959). Book review: "Oceanography and marine biology"; by H. Barnes. Aust. J. Sci., 21: 311.

Humphrey, G. F. (1959). Book review: "Perspectives in marine biology"; ed. by A.A. Buzzati-Traverso. Aust. J. Sci., 21: 268.

Humphrey, G. F. (1959). Primary production pigments in Australian waters. Int. Oceanogr. Congr., 1: 840-841.

Humphrey, G. F. (1959). The future of Australian fisheries. J Aust Inst Agric Sci, 25: 45-47.

Humphrey, G. F. (1960). Pilchard fisheries in Australian and New Zealand waters. in "Proceedings of the World Scientif. Meet. Biology of Sardines and Related Species. Rome 14-21 Sept. 1959." (Fao: Rome.), Vol. III. pp. 625-629.

Humphrey, G. F. (1960). Recent international developments in oceanography. Information, Australian National Advisory Committee for UNESCO, Sydney, 11(5): 1-4.

Humphrey, G. F. (1960). The concentration of plankton pigments in Australian waters. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 9.

Humphrey, G. F. (1960). The study of the oceans. Etruscan, 10: 16-19.

Humphrey, G. F. (1961). International research programmes in oceanography. Icsu Rev., 3: 7-9.

Humphrey, G. F. (1961). Table of vital statistics. in "Biochemists' Handbook". P. 639. (Spon: London.), .

Humphrey, G. F. (1961). The unknown Indian Ocean; an international investigation. New Scient., 9: 36-38.

Humphrey, G. F. (1962). The role of UNESCO in the development of oceanography. Aust. J. Sci., 25(2): 37-40.

Humphrey, G. F. (1963). Book Review: "Marine Microbiology (Deep Sea)" by A.E. Kriss. Translated by J.M. Shewan and Z. Kabata. (Ed. & Lond. Oliver & Boyd, 1963 xviii + 536 pp). Aust. J. Sci., 26: 62.

Humphrey, G. F. (1963). Book review: "Physiology and Biochemistry of Algae," by R.A. Lewin (New York: Academic Press Inc. 1962 xxvii + 929 pp). Aust. J. Sci., 26: 62.

Humphrey, G. F. (1963). Chlorophyll a and c in cultures of marine algae. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 14: 148-54.

Humphrey, G. F. (1963). Seasonal variations in plankton pigments in waters off Sydney. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 14: 24-36.

Humphrey, G. F. (1963). The International Indian Ocean Expedition. Hemisphere, 7: 2-7.

Humphrey, G. F. (1966). The concentration of chlorophylls a and c in the south-east Indian Ocean. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 17: 135-145.

Humphrey, G. F. (1966). The International Biological Programme: productivity of freshwater and marine communities. Aust. J. Sci., 28: 455-6.

Humphrey, G. F. (1969). Perspectives of fisheries and oceanographic research in Australia. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Fisheries and Oceanography, Special Number: 43-7.

Humphrey, G. F. (1970). Concentration of chlorophylls a and c in the south-west Pacific Ocean. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 21(1): 1-10.

Humphrey, G. F. (1975). Photosynthesis: respiration ratio of some unicellular marine algae. Journal of Experimental Marine and Animal Husbandry, 18: 111-19.

Humphrey, G. F. (1976). Effects of carbon dioxide and phosphate supplied during growth on phosphorus content and photosynthetic rates of some unicellular marine algae. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, India, 16(2): 358-66 7 refs.

Humphrey, G. F. (1978). The recalculation of marine chlorophyll concentrations with special reference to Australian waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29(4): 409-16 18 refs.

Humphrey, G. F. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1997). Tests of accuracy of spectrophotometric equations for the simultaneous determination of chlorophylls a, b, c1+2. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 616-621.

Humphrey, G. F. and Jitts, H. R. (1966). The measurement of photosynthesis in discrete spectral bands. in "Proceedings of Conference on Instrumentation for Plant Environment Measurements, Aspendale, 1966." (Society of Instrument Technology : Melbourne)., pp. 14-15.

Humphrey, G. F. and Kerr, J. D. (1969). Seasonal variations in the Indian Ocean along 110 deg.E. 3. Chlorophylls a and c. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 20(1): 55-64.

Humphrey, G. F. and Rao, D. V. Subba (1967). Photosynthetic rate of Cylindrotheca closterium. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 18: 123-127.

Humphrey, G. F. and Wootton, M. (1966). Comparison of techniques used in the determination of phytoplankton pigments. Unesco Monographs on Oceanographic Methodology, Paris, 1: 37-63.

Humphrey, G. F., (1972). Biology of the Indian Ocean. Technical Series of the Intergovernmental Oceanography Communication, no.10: 7-22.

Hunter, J. R. (1991). Observation of the ocean disposal of jarosite wastes southeast of Tasmania. Research Summary. Franklin. National Facility Oceanographic Research Vessel. CSIRO Marine Laboratories. (Cruise Fr 32/91), 1-5, illus.

Hunter, J. R. (1992). Review of physical processes. Technical Report. Port Phillip Bay Environmental Study. Institute of Natural Resources and Environment. CSIRO Australia, (9): 10-28.

Hunter, J. R. (1994). Near-field modelling of the Blinking Billy Point outfall, Tasmania; additional runs. Report OMR-58/68a. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R. (1995). Coastal zone program. Report of the integration workshop 31 August-1 Sept 1995, Maroubra, NSW. Report OMR-81/57. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R. (1995). Report of the integration workshop - appendix C, Maroubra, 31/8-1/9/95. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R. (1995). Report of the integration workshop (excluding appendix C), Maroubra, 31/8-1/9/95. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R. (1995). The Ausprobe primer. Report OMR-80/90. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R. (1996). Estimates of the flushing of Tuggerah Lakes. Report OMR-75/85, June 1995, revised April 1996. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R. and Carter, S. J. B. (1994). The physical oceanographic effects of jarosite dumping at sea. Tables of constants. Report OMR-70/42. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R. and Carter, S. J. B. (1994). The physical oceanographic effects of jarosite dumping at sea. Task 14. Current meter deployments. Report OMR-67/42. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R. and Carter, S. J. B. (1994). The physical oceanographic effects of jarosite dumping at sea. Task 3. Initial descent model. Report OMR-64/42. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R. and Carter, S. J. B. (1994). The physical oceanographic effects of jarosite dumping at sea. Task 4. Medium term model. Report OMR-65/42. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R. and Hearn, C. J. (1989). The single relaxation approximation for bottom stress in two-dimensional hydrodynamic models of shallow seas. Continental Shelf Research, 9(5): 465-477 11 refs, illus.

Hunter, J. R. and Hearn, C. J. (1991). On obtaining the steady-state solutions of the linearized three-dimensional hydrodynamic equations. Applied Mathematical Modelling, 15: 200-208 24 refs, illus.

Hunter, J. R., Craig, P. D. and Phillips, H. E. (1993). On the use of random walk models with spatially variable diffusivity. Journal of Computational Physics, 106(2): 366-376 16 refs, illus.

Hunter, J. R., Cresswell, G. R. and Carter, S. J. B. (1994). The physical oceanographic effects of jarosite dumping at sea. Task 2. Analysis of oceanographic data. Report OMR-63/42. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R., Walker, S. J., Reid, J. S. and Phillips, H. E. (1995). Coastal zone program. Sub-project 3A progress report. Report OMR-82/57. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report - Commercial/ in Confidence. CSIRO Australia, .

Hunter, J. R., Walker, S. J., Reid, J. S. and Phillips, H. E. (1995). [Coastal zone program] Project 3: Estuarine mixing models. Sub-project 3A: Physical modelling. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report. CSIRO Australia, .

Hurn A. S. and McDonald, A. D. (1995). Isolating cyclical patterns in irregular time series data. University of Melbourne Research Paper, (473): 10p. 10 refs, illus.

Hurn A. S. and McDonald, A. D. (1995). The empirical size and power of some tests for detecting autoregressive conditional heteroskedasticity in the presence of seria correlation. University of Melbourne Research Paper, (471): 16p. 8 refs.

Hutchings, P. A. and Jacoby, C. A. (1994). Temporal and spatial patterns in the distribution of infaunal polychaetes in Jervis Bay, New South Wales, Australia. Mem. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. Zool., 162: 441-452.

Hutchings, P. A., Ward, T. J., Waterhouse, J. H. and Walker, L. (1993). Infauna of marine sediments and seagrass beds of Upper Spencer Gulf near Port Pirie, South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, 117(1): 1-15 15 refs, illus.

Hutchings, P. and Rainer, S. F. (1979). The polychaete fauna of Careel Bay, Pittwater, New South Wales, Australia. Journal of Natural History, 13: 745-96 98 refs illus.

Hutchings, P. and Rainer, S. F. (1980). A key to estuarine polychaetes in New South Wales. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, 104(1): 35-48 17 refs.

Hutchings, P. and Rainer, S. F. (1981). Designation of a neotype of Capitella filiformis Claparede, 1864, type species of the genus Heteromastus (Polychaeta: Capitellidae). Records of the Australian Museum, 34(4): 373-80 30 refs.

Hutchins, J. B. and Pearce, A. F. (1994). Influence of the Leeuwin Current on recruitment of tropical reef fishes at Rottnest Island, Western Australia. Bulletin of Marine Science, 54(1): 245-255 23 refs, illus.

Huyer, A., Smith, R. L., Stabeno, P. J., Church, J. A. and White, N. J. (1988). Currents off south-eastern Australia: results from the Australian Coastal Experiment. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 39(3): 245-288 32 refs, illus, maps.

Hynd, J. S. (1955). A revision of the Australian pearl-shells, genus Pinctada (Lamellibranchia). Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 6: 98-137.

Hynd, J. S. (1960). An analysis of variation in Australian specimens of Pinctada albina (Lamarck) (Lamellibranchia). Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 11: 326-364.

Hynd, J. S. (1960). Report to the South Pacific Commission on an investigation of the blacklip mother-of-pearl oyster Pinctada margaritifera (Linnaeus) in Manihiki, Cook Island. (Mimeogr.) (CSIRO: Cronulla.). , .

Hynd, J. S. (1964). On the control of F (instantaneous fishing mortality) in the tuna livebait and pole fishery. in "Fisheries Management Seminar, 1963. Rep. of Procs." (Dept. Prim. Ind.: Canberra)., .

Hynd, J. S. (1964). On the number of tuna vessels or aircraft required to search a given area effectively. in "Fisheries Management Seminar, 1963. Rep. of Procs." (Dept. Prim. Ind.: Canberra)., .

Hynd, J. S. (1965). Southern bluefin tuna populations in south-west Australia. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 16: 25-32.

Hynd, J. S. (1968). Report on a survey for yellowfin tuna, Thunnus albacares (Bonnaterre), in Queensland waters. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 26.

Hynd, J. S. (1968). Sea surface temperature maps as an aid to tuna fishing. Aust. Fish. Newsl., 27(5): 23-29.

Hynd, J. S. (1969). Isotherm maps for tuna fishermen. Australian Fisheries, 28(7): 13-16.

Hynd, J. S. (1969). New evidence on southern bluefin stocks and migration,. Australian Fisheries, 28(5): 26-30.

Hynd, J. S. (1974). Biologist's view of prawn fisheries management. Australian Fisheries, 33(1): 8-9.

Hynd, J. S. (1974). Unusual bluefin tuna season in N.S.W. Australian Fisheries, 33(4): 9-11.

Hynd, J. S. (1974). Year-round prawn fishery possible in the Gulf. Australian Fisheries, 33(5): 2-5.

Hynd, J. S. and Lucas, C. (1974). Population dynamics of the southern bluefin tuna. Indo-Pacific Fisheries and Council Proc., Symp.on Coastal and High Seas Pelagic Resources, Wellington, N.Z. (15th Session, Sect.3) 1972, pp.424-35, 12 refs.

Hynd, J. S. and Robins, J. P. (1967). Tasmanian tuna survey. Report of first operational period. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 22.

Hynd, J. S. and Vaux, D. (1963). Report of a survey for tuna in Western Australian waters. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 37.

Hynd, J. S., Kesteven, G. L. and Robins, J. P. (1966). Tuna in southern Australian waters. Fd Technol. Aust., 18: 190, 272.

Ivanovici, A. (1977). Further studies of the adenylate energy charge in estuarine molluscs. Aust. Mar. Sci. Bull., 60: 9.

Ivanovici, A. M. (1981). Method for extraction and analysis of adenine nucleotides for determination of adenylate energy charge in molluscan tissue. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (118): 27pp. 39 refs illus.

Ivanovici, A. M., Rainer, S. F. and Wadley, V. A. (1982). Free amino acids in three species of mollusc: responses to factors associated with reduced salinity. Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, 70A: 17-22 37 refs.

Jackett, D. and McDougall, T. (1995). Neutral Density. International Woce Newsletter, 19: 30-33.

Jackett, D. R. and McDougall, T. J. (1985). An oceanographic variable for the characterization of intrusions and water masses. Deep-Sea Research, 32(10): 1195-207 8 refs.

Jackett, D. R. and McDougall, T. J. (1995). Minimal adjustment of hydrographic profiles to achieve static stability. Journal of Atmospheric and Oceanic Technology, 12(2): 381-389 9 refs, illus.

Jackett, D. R. and McDougall, T. J. (1995). Sea level rise in the Australia/New Zealand region abstract. Abstracts of the Climate Impacts Assessment Workshop: Development and Application of Climate Change (St Kilda, Vic: December 4-5, 1995), pp.43-45, 5 refs .

Jackett, D. R. and McDougall, T. J. (1997). A neutral density variable for the world's oceans. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 27(2): 237­263.

Jackson, C. J. (1986). Effects of intra-moult growth, salinity and temperature on the morphology of larvae of the tiger prawn, Penaeus semisulcatus abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 110.

Jackson, C. J. (1994). Effect of intramolt growth and salinity on the larval morphology of Penaeus semisulcatus de Haan (Decapoda: Penaeoidea). Journal of Crustacean Biology, 14(3): 463-472.

Jackson, C. J. and Rothlisberg, P. C. (1994). Larval ecology and reproductive activity of Metapenaeus ensis and M. endeavouri in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia, assessed from the distribution and abundance of the protozoeal stages. Journal of Plankton Research, 16(3): 219-231 27 refs, illus.

Jackson, C. J., Pendrey, R. C. and Rothlisberg, P. C. (1991). The Larvatron: a computer controlled apparatus for rearing planktonic animals. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, 31: p.456 3 refs.

Jackson, C. J., Pendrey, R. C. and Rothlisberg, P. C. (1992). The Larvatron: a computer-controlled apparatus for rearing planktonic animals under experimental conditions. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 86: 189-199 29 refs, illus.

Jackson, C. J., Rothlisberg, P. C. and Pendrey, R. C. (1994). The larvatron: an example of computer-based automation in experimental larval culture. In: Chou, L M and Others (Eds.). The Third Asian Fisheries Forum. Manila, Philippines: Asian Fisheries Society, p. 102-105.

Jackson, C. J., Rothlisberg, P. C., Pendrey, R. C. and Beamish, M. T. (1989). A key to genera of the penaeid larvae and early postlarvae of the Indo-west Pacific Region, with descriptions of the larval development of Atypopenaeus formosus Dall and Metapenaeopsis palmensis Haswell (Decapoda: Penaeoidea: Penaeidae) reared in the labo. Fishery Bulletin, 87: 703-733 33 refs, illus.

Jacoby, C. (1995). [Coastal zone program] Project 4: Sediments. Sub-project 4A: Biological influences on the transport, fate and impact of contaminants in sediments. Division of Fisheries. Unpublished Report. CSIRO Australia, .

Jacoby, C. A. (1991). Jervis Bay marine ecological studies: concept and overview abstract. Marine Education Society of Australasia. 6th National Conference (Sydney, NSW: October 2-6, 1991), 1p.

Jacoby, C. A. (1993). The role of monitoring in marine environmental management. In: Evans, L H (Ed.). Proceedings of the Ecotoxicology Symposium: Ecotoxicology and Protection of the Marine Environment With Emphasis on W.A. (Perth, WA: May 1993). Perth, WA: Curtin Univ. of Technology, pp.137-152 7 refs, illus.

Jacoby, C. A. (1994). The role of monitoring in environmental management. In: Brunckhorst, D J (Ed.). Marine Protected Areas and Biosphere Reserves: 'Towards A New Paradigm'. Proceedings of the 1st International Workshop on Marine and Coastal Protected Areas (Canberra, Act: August, 1994), pp.28-34 2 refs, illus.

Jacoby, C. A. and Ward, T. J. (1993). An algal bloom in Jervis Bay, New South Wales. Marine Pollution Bulletin, 26(6): 295-296.

Jacq, E., Preiur, D., Nichols, P. D., White, D. C., Porter, T. and Geesey, G. G. (1989). Microscopic examination and fatty acid characterization of filamentous bacteria colonizing substrata around subtidal hydrothermal vents. Archives of Microbiology, 152: 64-71 23 refs, illus.

Jagger, R. A., Kimmerer, W. J. and Jenkins, G. P. (1988). Food of the cladoceran Podon intermedius in a marine embayment. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 43: 245-250 21 refs, illus.

Jahnke, L. L. and Nichols, P. D. (1986). Methyl sterol and cyclopropane fatty acid composition of Methylococcus capsulatus grown at low oxygen tensions. Journal of Bacteriology, 167(1): 238-242 34 refs.

Jeffrey, S. and Shibata, K. (1969). Some spectral characteristics of chlorophyll c from Tridacna crocea zooxanthellae. Biological Bulletin, 136(1): 54-62.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1961). Paper-chromatographic separation of chlorophylls and carotenoids from marine algae. Biochem. J., 80: 336-342.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1962). Purification of chlorophyll c from Sargassum flavicans. Nature, Lond., 194: 600.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1963). Purification and properties of chlorophyll c from Sargassum flavicans. Biochem. J., 86: 313-318.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1965). Paper chromatographic separation of pigments in marine phytoplankton. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 16: 307-313.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1968). Photosynthetic pigments of the phytoplankton of some coral reef waters. Limnol. Oceanogr., 13: 350-355.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1968). Pigment composition of siphonales algae in the brain coral Favia. Biological Bulletin, 135(1): 141-8.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1968). Quantitative thin-layer chromatography of chlorophylls and carotenoids from marine algae. Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 162: 271-285.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1968). Two spectrally distinct components in preparations of chlorophyll c. Nature, Lond. (Letters) 220: , 1021-1033.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1969). Properties of two spectrally different components in chlorophyll c preparations. Biochimica Et Biophysica Acta, 177: 456-67.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1971). Photosynthetic pigments in seawater. International Marine Science Symposium. Institute of Marine Sciences (Sydney, NSW: 1971), 1p.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1974). Profiles of photosynthetic pigments in the ocean using thin-layer chromatography. Marine Biology, 26: 101-10.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1976). Occurrence of chlorophyll C1 and C2 in algae. Journal of Phycology, 12(3): 349-54, 30 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1976). Report of green algal pigments in the Central North Pacific Ocean. Marine Biology, 37: 33-7, 16 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1979). Cultivating unicellular marine plants. Report 1977-1979. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 23-43 42 refs illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1980). Algal pigment systems. In: Falkowski, P G (Ed.) Primary Productivity in the Sea. Plenum Publishing Corp., New York, 33-58.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1981). An improved thin-layer chromatographic technique for marine phytoplankton pigments. Limnology and Oceanography, 26(1): 191-7 25 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1981). Phytoplankton ecology - with particular reference to the Australasian region. In: Clayton, M N and King, R J (Eds.) Marine Botany: An Australasian Perspective. Longman Cheshire, 242-91 illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1981). Responses to light in aquatic plants. In: Lange, O L, Nobel, P S, Osmond, C B and Ziegler, H (Eds.) Encyclopaedia of Plant Physiology. New Series, Volume 12a. Physiological Plant Ecology I., (Chap.9): 249-76 149 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1982). Marine food chains and their relation to ocean dynamics. The Atmosphere and The Oceans. CSIRO Executive Seminar (Melbourne, Vic: May 17, 1982), 13p. 8 refs, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1984). Objectives of algal physiology and phytoplankton ecology program abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.19.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1984). Responses of unicellular marine plants to natural blue-green light environments. In: Senger, H (Ed.) Blue Light Effects in Biological Systems. Springer Verlag Berlin, pp. 497-508 35 refs illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1988). From Cronulla to Hobart: personal reflections. In: Mawson, V A, Tranter, D J and Pearce, A F (Eds.). CSIRO At Sea: 50 Years of Marine Science. Hobart, Tas: CSIRO Marine Laboratories, pp.195-202, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1988). New chlorophyll c pigments, their distribution in the chromophyte algae, and the value of algal pigment signatures in oceanography abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.8.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1988). The CSIRO Algal Culture Collection and its relevance to mariculture abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.28.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1989). Chlorophyll c pigments and their distribution in the chromophyte algae. In: Green, J C, Leadbeater, B S C and Diver, W L (Eds.). The Chromophyte Algae: Problems and Perspectives. Systematics Association Special Vol. Oxford, UK : Clarendon Press, 38(Ch.2): 13-36 44 refs, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1991). New pigments & their impact on algal systematics abstract. Journal of Phycology. Supplement, 27(3): p.34.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1997). Application of pigment methods to oceanography. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 127-166.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1997). Chlorophyll and carotenoid extinction coefficients. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 595-596.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1997). Preparation of chlorophyll standards. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 207-238.

Jeffrey, S. W. (1997). Structural relationships between algal chlorophylls. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 566-571.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Allen, M. B. (1967). A paper chromatographic method for the separation of phytoplankton pigments at sea. Limnol. Oceanogr., 12: 533-537.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Carpenter, S. M. (1974). Seasonal succession of phytoplankton at a coastal station off Sydney. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 25(3): 361-9.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Collins, A. D. (1984). Marine photosynthetic pigments: comparison of TLC and HPLC methods abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.20.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Garland, C. D. (1987). Mass culture of microalgae essential for mariculture hatcheries. Australian Fisheries, 46(5): 14-18 4 refs illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1980). Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian Current. 1. Summer populations. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 3: 285-94 56 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1980). Studies of phytoplankton species and photosynthetic pigments in a warm core eddy of the East Australian Current. 2. A note on pigment methodology. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 3: 295-301 18 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1987). Chlorophyllase distribution in ten classes of phytoplankton: a problem for chlorophyll analysis. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 35: 293-304 46 refs, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1987). Phytoplankton pigments, species and light climate in a complex warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current. Deep-Sea Research, 34(5/6): 649-73 41 refs illus. map.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1990). Phytoplankton ecology of Australasian waters. In: Clayton, M N and King, R J (Eds.). Biology of Marine Plants. Melbourne: Longman Cheshire, (Ch.14): 310-348, refs, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Haxo, F. T. (1968). Photosynthetic pigments of symbiotic dinoflagellates (zooxanthellae) from corals and clams. Biological Bulletin, 135(1): 149-65.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Humphrey, G. F. (1975). New spectrophotometric equations for determining chlorophylls a, b, c1 and c2 in higher plants, algae and natural phytoplankton. Biochemie Und Physiologie Der Pflanzen, 167: 191-4, 14 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W. and LeRoi, J.-M. (1997). Simple procedures for growing SCOR reference microalgal cultures. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 181-205.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Mantoura, R. F. C. (1997). Development of pigment models for oceanography: SCOR-supported working groups and objectives. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 19-36.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Mantoura, R. F. C. (1997). Minimum criteria for identifying phytoplankton pigments. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 631-632.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Mantoura, R. F. C. (1997). Pigment abbreviations used by SCOR WG 78. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 563-575.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Shibata, K. (1968). Some spectral characteristics of chlorophyll c from Tridacna crocea zooxanthellae. Biol. Bull. Mar. Biol. Lab., Woods Hole, 136: 54-62.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Stauber, J. L. (1981). Photosynthetic pigments in diatoms abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.32 3 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Vesk, M. (1976). Further evidence for a membrane-bound endosymbiont within the dinoflagellate Peridinium foliaceum. Journal of Phycology, 12(4): 450-5, 19 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Vesk, M. (1977). Effect of blue-green light on photosynthetic pigments and chloroplast structure in the marine diatom Stephanopyxis turbis. Journal of Phycology, 13: 271-9 47 refs illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Vesk, M. (1978). Chloroplast structural changes induced by white light in the marine diatom Stephanopyxis turris. Journal of Phycology, 14(2): 238-240.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Vesk, M. (1978). Effect of blue-green light on photosynthetic pigments and chloroplast structure in uni-cellular marine algae. Australian Society of Plant Physiologists Nineteenth General Meeting, Sydney, May. Programme and Summaries, 28.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Vesk, M. (1981). Adaptations of unicellular marine algae to underwater light abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.30-31.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Vesk, M. (1981). Blue-green light effects in marine micro-algae: enhanced thylakoid and chlorophyll synthesis. In: Akoyunoglou, G (Ed.). Photosynthesis 6: Photosynthesis and Productivity, Photosynthesis and Environment. Balaban International Science Services, Philadelphia, Pa., 435-42 8 refs illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Vesk, M. (1981). Phytoplankton - systematics, morphology and ultrastructure. In: Clayton, M N and King, R J (Eds.) Marine Botany: An Australasian Perspective. Longman Cheshire, 138-79 illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Vesk, M. (1990). Cryptophyta. In: Clayton, M N and King, R J (Eds.). Biology of Marine Plants. Melbourne: Longman Cheshire, (Ch.4): 86-95, refs, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Vesk, M. (1997). Introduction to marine phytoplankton and their pigment signatures. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 37-84.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Welschmeyer, N. A. (1997). Spectrophotometric and fluorometric equations in common use in oceanography. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 597-615.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Wright, S. W. (1987). A new spectrally distinct component in preparations of chlorophyll c from the micro-alga Emiliania huxleyi (Prymnesiophyceae). Biochimica Et Biophysica Acta, 894: 180-188 26 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Wright, S. W. (1994). Photosynthetic pigments in the Haptophyta. In: Green, J C and Leadbeater, B S C (Eds.). The Haptophyte Algae. Systematics Association Special Volume. Oxford, UK : Clarendon Press, 51(Ch.6): 111-132 55 refs, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W. and Wright, S. W. (1997). Qualitative and quantitative HPLC analysis of SCOR reference algal cultures. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 343-360.

Jeffrey, S. W., (1972). Preparation and some properties of crystalline chlorophyll c1 and c2 from marine algae. Biochimica Et Biophysica Acta, 279(1): 15-33.

Jeffrey, S. W., Brown, M. R. and Garland, C. D. (1994). Microalgae for mariculture. Final report to Fisheries Research and Development Council on FIRTA grant 86/81 and FIRDC grant 90/63. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 79 pp.

Jeffrey, S. W., Brown, M. R. and Volkman, J. K. (1991). Microalgae for mariculture abstract. Journal of Phycology. Supplement, 27(3): p.34.

Jeffrey, S. W., Brown, M. R. and Volkman, J. K. (1994). Haptophytes as feedstocks in mariculture. In: Green, J C and Leadbeater, B S C (Eds.). The Haptophyte Algae. Systematics Association Special Volume. Oxford, UK : Clarendon Press, 51(Ch.15): 287-302 52 refs, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W., Garland, C. D. and Brown, M. R. (1990). Microalgae in Australian mariculture. In: Clayton, M N and King, R J (Eds.). Biology of Marine Plants. Melbourne: Longman Cheshire, (Ch.18): 400-414, refs, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W., Hallegraeff, G. M. and Bulleid, N. C. (1982). Photosynthetic pigments, productivity and light climate in the warm core ring system, Eddy Mario abstract. Warm Core Rings Workshop Report, New Zealand, January, pp.40-41 2 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W., Hallegraeff, G. M. and Heron, A. C. (1982). Phytoplankton, marine food chains and their relation to ocean dynamics. Research Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 63-74 20 refs illus. map.

Jeffrey, S. W., LeRoi, J.-M. and Brown, M. R. (1992). Characteristics of microalgal species needed for Australian mariculture. In: Allan, G L and Dall, W (Eds.). Proceedings of the Aquaculture Nutrition Workshop (Salamander Bay, NSW: April 15-17, 1991). Orange: NSW Fisheries, pp.164-173 26 refs, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W., Llewellyn, C. A., Barlow, R. G. and Mantoura, R. F. C. (1997). Pigment processes in the sea: a selected bibliography. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 167-178.

Jeffrey, S. W., Lorenzen, C. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1981). The measurement of photosynthetic pigments in seawater abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.31.

Jeffrey, S. W., Mantoura, R. F. C. and Bjornland, T. (1997). Data for the identification of 47 key phytoplankton pigments. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 447-559.

Jeffrey, S. W., Mantoura, R. F. C. and Wright, S. W. (eds.) (1997). Phytoplankton pigments in oceanography: guidelines to modern methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, 661 pp.

Jeffrey, S. W., Rochford, D. J. and Cresswell, G. R. (1990). Oceanography of the Australasian Region. In: Clayton, M N and King, R J (Eds.). Biology of Marine Plants. Melbourne: Longman Cheshire, (Ch.11): 243-265, refs, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W., Sielicki, M. and Haxo, F. T. (1975). Chloroplast pigment patterns in dinoflagellates. Journal of Phycology, 11(4): 374-384 43 refs.

Jeffrey, S. W., Stauber, J. L. and Wilson MK (1981). The Algal Culture Collection abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.33-34.

Jeffrey, S. W., Vesk, M. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1990). Bacillariophyta. In: Clayton, M N and King, R J (Eds.). Biology of Marine Plants. Melbourne: Longman Cheshire, (Ch.6): 115-132, refs, illus.

Jeffrey, S. W., Vesk, M. and Stauber, J. L. (1981). Pelagococcus subviridis (Chroysophyceae) from the East Australian Current abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.34 1 ref.

Jenkins, G. P. (1987). Age and growth of co-occurring larvae of two flounder species, Rhombosolea tapirina and Ammotretis rostratus. Marine Biology, 95: 157-166 52 refs, illus.

Jenkins, G. P. (1987). Comparative diets, prey selection, and predatory impact of co-occurring larvae of two flounder species. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 110: 147-170 39 refs, illus.

Jenkins, G. P. (1988). Micro- and fine-scale distribution of microplankton in the feeding environment of larval flounder. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 43: 233-244 47 refs, illus.

Jenkins, G. P. (1992). What can growth trajectory tell us about the nutritional state of fish larvae?. Australian Society for Fish Biology Workshop. Larval Biology, Hobart, -20 August-1991. Hancock, D.A. Ed. Canberra Australia Australian Gov. Publ. Serv. 1992. No. 15 , pp. 44-48.

Jenkins, G. P. and Davis, T. L. O. (1990). Age, growth rate, and growth trajectory determined from otolith microstructure of southern bluefin tuna Thunnus maccoyii larvae. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 63: 93-104 40 refs, illus.

Jenkins, G. P., Young, J. W. and Davis, T. L. O. (1991). Density dependence of larval growth of a marine fish, the southern bluefin tuna, Thunnus maccoyii. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 48(8): 1358-1363 31 refs, illus.

Jernakoff, P. (1987). An electromagnetic tracking system (for rock lobsters) for use in shallow water. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 113: 1-8 6 refs, illus.

Jernakoff, P. (1987). Foraging patterns of juvenile western rock lobsters Panulirus cygnus George. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 113: 125-144 19 refs, illus.

Jernakoff, P. (1988). Fisheries research for the deep-water fisheries of W and NW W.A. Maritime Studies, (43): 1-9 14 refs.

Jernakoff, P. (1988). The Western and North West Shelf Deep-Water Trawl fisheries: research priorities. Bulletin of the Bureau of Rural Resources, (1): 33p. 19 refs.

Jernakoff, P. (1989). Electromagnetic tags for rock lobsters. Proceedings of the Bureau of Rural Resources, (5): 60-61 6 refs.

Jernakoff, P. (1989). Foraging movements of juvenile western rock lobsters, Panulirus cygnus, George abstract. In: Phillips, B F (Ed.). Workshop on Rock Lobster Ecology and Management. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (207): pp.11-12.

Jernakoff, P. (1990). Distribution of newly settled western rock lobsters Panulirus cygnus. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 66: 63-74 32 refs, illus.

Jernakoff, P. and Nielsen, J. (1997). The relative importance of amphipod and gastropod grazers in Posidonia sinuosa meadows. Aquatic Botany, 56 (3-4): 183­202.

Jernakoff, P. and Phillips, B. F. (1986). Electromagnetic tracking of juvenile rock lobsters. Australian Fisheries, 45(5): 32-4 illus.

Jernakoff, P. and Phillips, B. F. (1986). Foraging patterns of the western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus George abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p.126.

Jernakoff, P. and Phillips, B. F. (1988). Effect of a baited trap on the foraging movements of juvenile western rock lobsters, Panulirus cygnus George. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 39(2): 185-192 16 refs, illus, map.

Jernakoff, P. and Sainsbury, K. J. (1990). CSIRO's northern demersal finfish stock assessments: 1980 to 1989. Information Paper of the Bureau of Rural Resources Ip/6/90, 169p., illus.

Jernakoff, P., Fitzpatrick, J. J., Phillips, B. F. and de Boer, E. S. (1994). Density and growth in populations of juvenile western rock lobsters, Panulirus cygnus (George). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 45(1): 69-81 26 refs, illus.

Jernakoff, P., Hick, P., Ong, C., Hosja, W. and Grigo, S. (1996). Mapping algal blooms using airborne digital multi-spectral video and the importance of bloom dynamics in the collection of in-water data. Marine Technology Society Journal, 30 (4): 36­45.

Jernakoff, P., Hick, P., Ong, C., Hosja, W. and Grigo, S. (1996). Remote sensing of algal blooms in the Swan River: CSIRO Blue-Green Algal Multi-Divisional Program. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (226): 39p.

Jernakoff, P., Johnston C. R. and Willington, B. (1990). New map series up and running. Australian Fisheries, 49(4): 12-13, illus.

Jernakoff, P., Phillips, B. F. and Fitzpatrick, J. J. (1993). The diet of post-puerulus western rock lobster, Panulirus cygnus George, at Seven Mile Beach, Western Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 44(4): 649-655 15 refs, illus.

Jernakoff, P., Phillips, B. F. and Maller, R. A. (1987). A quantitative study of nocturnal foraging distances of the western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus George. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 113: 9-21 34 refs, illus.

Jiang Shanchun, O'Leary, T., Volkman, J. K., Zhang Huizhi, Jia Rongfen, Yu Suhua, Wang Yan, Luan Zuofeng, Sun Zuoqing and Jiang Ronghua (1994). Origins and simulated thermal alteration of sterols and keto-alcohols in deep-sea marine sediments of the Okinawa Trough. Organic Geochemistry, 21(3/4): 415-422 27 refs, illus.

Jitts, H. R. (1957). The 14C method for measuring C02 uptake in marine productivity studies. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 8.

Jitts, H. R. (1959). Measurements of light penetration in the Tasman Sea, 1955-57. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 6.

Jitts, H. R. (1959). The absorption of phosphate by estuarine bottom deposits. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 10: 7-21.

Jitts, H. R. (1963). The simulated in situ measurements of oceanic primary production. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 14: 139-47.

Jitts, H. R. (1964). A twin six-liter plastic water sampler. Limnol. Oceanogr., 9: 452.

Jitts, H. R. (1965). The summer characteristics of primary productivity in the Tasman and Coral Seas. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res, 16: 151-162.

Jitts, H. R. (1968). Data collected by Australian participants during the May,1968 sea trials of SCOR/UNESCO working group 15 on 'photosynthetic radiation in the sea'. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, 43,25p.

Jitts, H. R. (1969). Seasonal variations in the Indian Ocean along 110 deg.E. 4. Primary production. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 20(1): 65-75.

Jitts, H. R. and Rotschi, H. (1957). Mesure par la methode au C14 de 1'activite photosynthetique de quelques masse d'eau du Pacifique Sud-Ouest, en relation avec 1'etude de la fertilite de ces memes eaux. Unesco Int. Conf. on Radioisotopes in Sci. Res., Paris, 9-20 September, 1957. Paper UNESCO/Ns/Ric/139., .

Jitts, H. R. and Scott, B. D. (1961). The determination of zero-thickness activity in Geiger counting of C14 solutions used in marine productivity studies. Limnol. Oceanogr., 6: 116-123.

Jitts, H. R. and Scott, B. D. (1976). Two xenon lamp incubators for measuring the photosynthesis of phytoplankton. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 69, 6p.

Jitts, H. R., (1972). Relationship of marine photosynthesis to irradiance abstract. Australian and New Zealand Association for The Advancement of Science Anzaas Congress Papers, 1p.

Jitts, H. R., McAllister, C. D., Stephens, K. and Strickland, J. D. H. (1964). The cell division rates of some marine phytoplanketers as a function of light and temperature. J. Fish. Res. Bd Can., 21: 139-157.

Jitts, H. R., Morel, A. and Saijo, Y. (1976). Relation of oceanic primary production to available photosynthetic irradiance. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 27(3): 441-54, 28 refs.

Johannes, R. E. (1980). The ecological significance of the submarine discharge of groundwater. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 3: 365-73 72 refs map.

Johannes, R. E. (1981). Making better use of existing knowledge in managing Pacific island reef and lagoon ecosystems. South Pacific Regional Environment Programme. Topic Review, (4): 12pp. typescript.

Johannes, R. E. (1981). Working with fishermen to improve coastal tropical fisheries and resource management. Bulletin of Marine Science, 31(3): 673-80 25 refs.

Johannes, R. E. (1982). Implications of traditional marine resource use for coastal fisheries development in Papua New Guinea. In: Moranta, L, Pernetta, J and Hearney, W (Eds.) Traditional Conservation in Papua New Guinea : Implications for Today. Port Moresby, Institute of Applied and Economic Research, pp. 239-49 33 refs.

Johannes, R. E. (1982). Traditional conservation methods and protected marine areas in Oceania. Ambio, 11(5): 258-61 12 refs map illus.

Johannes, R. E. (1983). Spawning aggregations - implications for management of the Great Barrier Reef. Proceedings of the Inaugural Great Barrier Reef Conference, August-28 September-2, -1983. Baker, J.T.; Carter, R.M.; Sammarco, P.W.; Stark, K.P. Eds. 1983, p. 507.

Johannes, R. E. (1984). Marine conservation in relation to traditional life-styles of tropical artisanal fishermen. Environmentalist, 4(suppl.7): 30-5 10 refs.

Johannes, R. E. (1984). The nature and relevance to Australia of studies of traditional fisheries abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.48.

Johannes, R. E. (1984). Traditional conservation methods and protected marine areas in Oceania. National Parks, Conservation, and Development. The Role of Protected Areas in Sustaining Society. Proceedings of the World Congress on National Parks, Bali, Indonesia, -11-22 October-1982. Mcneely, J.A.; Miller, K.R. Eds. 1984, pp. 344-347.

Johannes, R. E. (1984). Traditional use of reef and lagoon resources. Coral Reef Management Handbook. Kenchington, R.A.; Hudson, B.E.T. Eds. 1984, pp. 111-113.

Johannes, R. E. (1987). Knowledge possessed by native Australian fishermen could aid seafood technologists. Food Technology in Australia, 39(11): 522, 530 5 refs.

Johannes, R. E. (1987). The role of marine resource tenure systems (TURFs) in sustainable nearshore marine resource development and management in U.S.-affiliated tropical Pacific Islands. Technical Report of the University of Guam Marine Laboratory, (88): 1-28 37 refs.

Johannes, R. E. (1987). Traditional beliefs and fisheries management in Oceania. Naga., 10(4): 5.

Johannes, R. E. (1988). Criteria for determining the value of traditional marine tenure systems in the context of contemporary marine resource management in Oceania. South Pacific Regional Environment Programme. Workshop on Customary Tenure, Traditional Resource Management and Nature Conservation (Noumea, New Caledonia: April 1, 1988), 5p., 13 refs.

Johannes, R. E. (1988). Research on traditional tropical fisheries: some implications for Torres Strait and Australian Aboriginal fisheries. In: Gray, F and Zann, L (Eds.). Traditional Knowledge of the Marine Environment in Northern Australia. Townsville, Qld: Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, pp.30-41 27 refs.

Johannes, R. E. (1988). Spawning aggregation of the grouper, Plectropomus areolatus (Ruppel) in the Solomon Islands. Proceedings of the 6th International Coral Reef Symposium (Australia: 1988), 2: 751-755 15 refs, illus.

Johannes, R. E. (1989). Fishing and traditional knowledge. In: Johannes, R E (Ed.). Traditional Ecological Knowledge: A Collection of Essays, pp.39-42.

Johannes, R. E. (1989). Managing small-scale fisheries in Oceania: unusual constraints and opportunities. In: Campbell, H, Menz, K and Waugh, G (Eds.). Economics of Fishery Management in the Pacific Islands Region. Proceedings of an International Conference (Hobart, Tas: March 20-22, 1989), pp. 85-93 27 refs.

Johannes, R. E. (1990). Some recent history, the pulp mill guidelines, and the need for a national research program. National Pulp Mills Research Program: Conference and Workshop on Toxicology and Monitoring. Proceedings (Melbourne, Vic: May 8-10, 1990), pp.4-9.

Johannes, R. E. (1990). The marine environmental impacts of bleached kraft pulp mills. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 15p., illus.

Johannes, R. E. (1993). Integrating traditional ecological knowledge and management with environmental impact assessment. In: Inglis, J T (Ed.). Traditonal Ecological Knowledge: Concepts and Cases. Canadian Museum of Nature/International Development Res. Centre, (Ch.4): 33-39 19 refs.

Johannes, R. E. (1993). The plight of the Osfish, or why quantitative sophistication is no substitute for asking the right questions. Naga, The ICLARM Quarterly, pp.4-5, illus.

Johannes, R. E. (1993). Traditional ecological knowledge of fishers and marine hunters. In: Williams, N M and Baines, G (Eds.). Traditional Ecological Knowledge: Wisdom for Sustainable Development. Workshop Proceedings (Canberra, Act: April 18-29, 1988), (Ch.18): 144-146 10 refs.

Johannes, R. E. and Alexander, J. (1988). The potential for sea ranching of salmonids in Tasmania. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (200): 34p., 113 refs.

Johannes, R. E. and Hatcher, B. G. (1986). Shallow tropical marine environments. In: Soule, M E (Ed.). Conservation Biology: The Science of Scarcity and Diversity. Sunderland, Ma, USA: Sinauer Associates Inc. Publ., (Ch.17): 371-382 3 refs, illus.

Johannes, R. E. and Hearn, C. J. (1985). The effect of submarine groundwater discharge on nutrient and salinity regimes in a coastal lagoon off Perth, Western Australia. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 21: 789-800 30 refs map.

Johannes, R. E. and Lewis, H. T. (1993). The importance of researchers' expertise in environmental subjects. In: Williams, N M and Baines, G (Eds.). Traditional Ecological Knowledge: Wisdom for Sustainable Development. Workshop Proceedings (Canberra, Act: April 18-29, 1988), (Ch.13): 104-108 5 refs.

Johannes, R. E. and MacFarlane, J. W. (1984). Traditional sea rights in the Torres Strait Islands, with emphasis on Murray Island. In: Ruddle, K and Akimichi, T (Eds.). Maritime Institutions in the Western Pacific. Senri Ethnological Series. Osaka, Japan: National Museum of Ethnology, 17: 253-266 24 refs, illus.

Johannes, R. E. and MacFarlane, J. W. (1986). Traditional fishing rights in the Torres Strait Islands. In: Haines, A K, Williams, G C and Coates, D (Eds.). Torres Strait Fisheries Seminar, Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea, February, 1985. Canberra, A.G.P.S., pp.31-37 10 refs.

Johannes, R. E. and MacFarlane, J. W. (1990). Assessing customary marine tenure systems in the context of marine resource management: a Torres Strait example. In: Ruddie, K and Johannes, R E (Eds.). Traditional Marine Resource Management in the Pacific Basin: An Anthology. Jakarta: UNESCO/Rostsea, pp.245-261 28 refs, illus.

Johannes, R. E. and MacFarlane, J. W. (1991). Torres Strait traditional fisheries studies -- some implications for sustainable development. Sustainable Development for Traditional Inhabitants of the Torres Strait Region. Lawrence, D.; Cansfield Smith, T. Eds. Townsville, Qld Australia Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority 1991 , pp. 389-401.

Johannes, R. E. and MacFarlane, J. W. (1991). Traditional fishing in the Torres Strait Islands. Hobart, Tas.: CSIRO Division of Fisheries, 268p., illus.

Johannes, R. E. and Rimmer, D. W. (1984). Some distinguishing characteristics of nesting beaches of the green turtle Chelonia mydas on North West Cape Pensinsula, Western Australia. Marine Biology, 83: 149-54 19 refs.

Johannes, R. E., Helfman, G. S. and Leis, J. M. (1981). Stock boundaries of reef and lagoon food fishes. The Reef and Man. Proceedings of the Fourth International Coral Reef Symposium. Volume-1. Gomez, E.D.; Birkeland, C.E.; Buddemeier, R.W.; Johannes, R.E.; Marsh, J.A., Jr.; Tsuda, R.T. Eds. 1981. , p. 112.

Johannes, R. E., Lasserre, P., Pliya, J., Nixon, S. W. and Ruddle, K. (1983). Traditional knowledge and management of marine coastal systems : Report of the Ad Hoc Steering Group, IABO-Unesco. Biology International. Special Issue, (4): 1-18 10 refs.

Johannes, R. E., Pearce, A. F., Wiebe, W. J., Crossland, C. J., Rimmer, D. W., Smith, D. F. and Manning, C. (1994). Nutrient characteristics of well-mixed coastal waters off Perth, Western Australia. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 39: 273-285 36 refs, illus.

Johannes, R. E., Ruddle, K. and Hviding, E. (1993). The value today of traditional management and knowledge of coastal marine resources in Oceania. Workshop on People, Society and Pacific Islands Fisheries Development and Management: Selected Papers August-1991, Noumea, New Calendonia. South Pacific Comm., Noumea New Caledonia. Inshore Fisheries Research Noumea New Calendonia Spc 1993 , pp. 1-7.

Johannes, R. E., Wiebe, W. J. and Crossland, C. J. (1983). Three patterns of nutrient flux in a coral reef community. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 12: 131-6 21 refs.

Johannes, R. E., Wiebe, W. J. and Crossland, C. J. (1983). Three patterns of nutrient flux in a coral reef community. Proceedings of the Inaugural Great Barrier Reef Conference, August-28 September-2, -1983. Baker, J.T.; Carter, R.M.; Sammarco, P.W.; Stark, K.P. Eds. 1983, pp. 331-332.

Johannes, R. E., Wiebe, W. J., Crossland, C. J., Rimmer, D. W. and Smith, S. V. (1983). Latitudinal limits of coral reef growth. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 11: 105-11 57 refs.

Johannes, R. E., Wiebe, W. J., Crossland, C. J., Smith, S. and Rimmer, D. W. (1981). Abrolhos reef community metabolism studies. Factors limiting: A. The latitudinal range of coral reefs, and B. Reef community biomass abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.20-21.

Johnson, K. (1997). Genetic improvement in aquaculture. Rural Research, 174 (Autumn 1997): 17-19.

Joll, L. M. (1978). Marine studies at tertiary institutions in Western Australia. Australian Marine Science Bulletin, (62): 9-11.

Joll, L. M. (1978). Observations on the embryonic development of Octopus tetricus (Mollusca: Cephalopoda). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 29(1): 19-30.

Joll, L. M. (1980). Juvenile rock lobsters and their food. Fins. Fishing Industry News Service, 13(2): 19.

Joll, L. M. (1980). Reproductive biology of two species of Turbinidae (Mollusca : Gastropoda). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 31(3): 319-36 31 refs illus.

Joll, L. M. (1982). Foregut evacuation of four foods by the western rock lobster, Panulirus, in aquaria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 33: 939-943.

Joll, L. M. (1983). Octopus tetricus. In: Boyle, P R (Ed.) Cephalopod Life Cycles. Academic Press, London, v.1, pp. 325-34 illus. map.

Joll, L. M. and Crossland, C. J. (1983). Calcium uptake by juvenile western rock lobster, Panuliris cygnus George, from dietary coralline algae. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 66: 69-80 26 refs.

Joll, L. M. and Phillips, B. F. (1981). Food and feeding of juvenile western rock lobster, Panulirus cygnus abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.67.

Joll, L. M. and Phillips, B. F. (1984). Natural diet and growth of juvenile western rock lobsters Panulirus cygnus George. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 75: 145-69 49 refs.

Joll, L. M. and Phillips, B. F. (1986). Foregut contents of the ornate rock lobster Panulirus ornatus. In: Haines, A K, Williams, G C and Coates, D (Eds.). Torres Strait Fisheries Seminar, Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea, February, 1985. Canberra, A.G.P.S., pp.212-7 20 refs.

Jones, B. B. (1966). Preliminary review of the more important fisheries of the western South Pacific and eastern South Indian Oceans. Indo-Pacif. Fish. Coun. 12. Document Ipfc/C66/Tech.6., .

Jones, G. B. (1981). A revision of the Australian species of the family Leiognathidae abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.42-43 1 ref.

Jones, G. B. (1985). Revision of the Australian species of the fish family Leiognathidae. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 36(4): 559-613 63 refs illus. maps.

Jones, G. J., Blackburn, S. I. and Parker, N. S. (1994). A toxic bloom of Nodularia spumigena Mertens in Orielton Lagoon, Tasmania. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 45(5): 787-800 42 refs, illus.

Jones, G. J., Nichols, P. D. and Shaw, P. M. (1994). Analysis of microbial sterols and hopanoids. In: Goodfellow, M and O'donnell, A G (Eds.). Chemical Methods in Prokaryotic Systematics. Chichester, UK : Wiley, (Ch.6): 163-195 65 refs, illus.

Jones, G. J., Nichols, P. D., Johns, R. B. and Smith, J. D. (1987). Effect of mercury and cadmium on the fatty acid and sterol composition of the marine diatom Asterionella glacialis. Phytochemistry, 26(5): 1343-48 57 refs.

Jordan, A. R. and Bruce, B. D. (1993). Larval development of three roughy species complexes (Pisces: Trachichthyidae) from southern Australian waters, with comments on the occurrence of orange roughy Hoplostethus atlanticus. Fishery Bulletin, 91: 76-86 20 refs, illus.

Jowett, W. G. and Davies, W. (1938). A chemical study of some Australian fish. Pamp. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., no. 85.

Joyce, T. M. and McDougall, T. J. (1992). Physical structure and temporal evolution of Gulf Stream warm-core ring 82B. Deep-Sea Research, 39(Supp.1): S19-44 26 refs, illus, appendix.

Kaar, T., (1972). Demersal trawling in Australia. Proceedings of the Indo-Pacific Fishing Coun., 13(3): 605-613.

Kailola, P. (1980). Fishing around the Monte Bello Islands. Safic. Care Department of Fisheries. South Australia, 4(3): 25-6.

Kalish, J. M., Johnston, J. M., Gunn, J. S. and Clear, N. P. (1996). Use of the bomb radiocarbon chronometer to determine age of southern bluefin tuna Thunnus maccoyii. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 143 (1-3): 1­8.

Kanciruk, P., Herrnkind, W. F., Phillips, B. F. and Arnaud, P. M. (1982). An indexed bibliography of the spiny (rock) lobsters (Decapoda : Palinuridae). Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 141: 225p.

Kaplan, I. R. (1956). Evidence of microbiological activity in some geothermal regions of New Zealand. N.Z. Jl Sci. Technol., 37: 639-662.

Kaplan, I. R. and Rafter, T. A. (1958). Fractionation of stable isotopes of sulphur by thiobacilli. Science, N.Y., 127: 517-518.

Kaplan, I. R. and Silberman, H. (1959). Spectroscopy of bacterial chlorophylls separated by paper and cellulose column chromatography. Archs Biochem. Biophys., 80: 114-124.

Kaplan, I. R., Rafter, T. A. and Hulston, J. R. (1960). Sulphur isotopic variations in nature. Part 8 Application to some biogeochemical problems. N.Z. Jl Sci., 3: 338-361.

Karl, D. M. and Tilbrook, B. D. (1994). Production and transport of methane in oceanic particulate organic matter letter. Nature, 368: 732-734 26 refs, illus.

Karoly, D. J., McIntosh, P. C., Berrisford, P., McDougall, T. J. and Hirst, A. C. (1997). Similarities of the Deacon cell in the Southern Ocean and Ferrel cells in the atmosphere. Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society, 123 [Part B] (538): 519­526.

Karoly, D. J., McIntosh, P. C., McDougall, T. J., Hirst, A. C. and Berrisford, P. (1996). Similarities of the Deacon cell in the Southern Ocean and the Ferrel cells in the atmosphere. In: Paltridge, G and Platt, C M R (Eds.). Proceedings of the 3rd National Amos Conference: Incorporating The 4th Australiasian Conference on the Physics of Remote Sensing of Atmosphere and Ocean and The 1st Australian Ers-1 Symposium (Hobart, Tas: Februar, p.48.

Keenan, C. and Salini, J. (1990). The genetic implications of mixing barramundi stocks in Australia. Australian Society for Fish Biology Workshop. Introduced and Translocated Fishes and Their Ecological Effects. Pollard, D.A. Ed. Canberra, A.C.T. Australia Australian Government Publishing Service 1990 No. 8 , pp. 145-150.

Keenan, C. P. and Shaklee, J. B. (1984). Electrophoretic identification of fish fillets and other marine products abstract. Newsletter of the Australian Society for Fish Biology, 13(2): 1p.

Keenan, C. P. and Shaklee, J. B. (1984). Electrophoretic techniques for the identification of fresh and cooked fish fillets abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.30.

Keenan, C. P. and Shaklee, J. B. (1985). Electrophoretic identification of raw and cooked fish fillets and other marine products. Food Technology in Australia, 37(3): 117-28 69 refs illus.

Kelly, G. J. (1984). Are current estimates of photosynthesis in the open ocean reasonable? abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.22.

Kelly, G. J. (1984). Calcium, calmodulin, and the action of plant hormones. Trends in Biochemical Sciences, 9: 4-5 9 refs.

Kelly, G. J. (1984). Formation and fates of plant polyunsaturated fatty acids. Trends in Biochemical Sciences, 9: 501-503 19 refs.

Kelly, G. J. (1984). The capture of carbon by aquatic plants. Trends in Biochemical Sciences, 9: 255-256 15 refs.

Kelly, G. J. (1984). The fatty acid composition of marine algae and fish, and its relevance to the nutritional quality of seafood abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.23.

Kelly, G. J. (1986). Value of marine oils in preventing occlusive vascular disease (heart attack, stroke) in man abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 137.

Kelly, G. J. (1988). Enzymes that protect against photoinhibition in marine microalgae abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.8.

Kelly, G. J. (1989). A comparison of marine photosynthesis with terrestrial photosynthesis: a biochemical perspective. Oceanography and Marine Biology Annual Reviews, 27: 11-44 222 refs, illus.

Kelly, G. J. (1989). The good oil. 2. Heart and sole: a healthy combination. Australian Fisheries, 48(5): 28-29 5 refs.

Kelly, G. J. and Hallegraeff, G. M. (1992). Dinoflagellate toxins in Australian shellfish. Toxins and Targets. Effects of Natural and Synthetic Poisons on Living Cells and Fragile Ecosystems. Watters, D.; Lavin, M.; Maguire, D.; Pearn, J. Eds. 1992, pp.1-9.

Kelly, G. J. and Latzko, E. (1988). Regulation of carbon metabolism in the photosynthetic carbon reduction (PCR) cycle. In: Singh, R and Sawhney, S K (Eds.). Advances in Frontier Areas of Plant Biochemistry, 1988. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India, (Ch.5): 82-101 refs, illus.

Kelly, G. J., Holtum, J. A. M. and Latzko, E. (1989). Photosynthesis. Carbon metabolism: new regulators of CO fixation, the new importance of pyrophosphate, and the old problem of oxygen involvement revisited. Progress in Botany. Berlin: Springer-Verlag, 50(Ch.3): 74-101 282 refs, illus.

Kelly, G. J., Mukherjee, U., Holtum, J. A. M. and Latzko, E. (1985). Purification, kinetic and regulatory properties of phosphofructokinase from Chlorella pyrenoidosa. Plant and Cell Physiology, 26(2): 301-7 21 refs.

Kenchington, T. J. (1986). Morphological comparison of two northwest Atlantic redfishes, Sebastes fasciatus and S. mentella, and techniques for their identification. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 43: 781-787 21 refs, illus.

Kenchington, T. J. (1986). Multivariate analysis in fisheries data acquisition : reply. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 43(10): 2056-57 7 refs.

Kenchington, T. J. (1987). Management of newly exploited fish resources. Proceedings. Oceans-'-87. The Ocean An International Workplace. Volume-3: Marine Sciences; Fifth Working Symposium on Oceanographic Data Systems; Underwater Work Systems. 1987, pp. 956-961.

Kenchington, T. J. (1989). Benthic and pelagic fish biomass of the upper continental slope off eastern Tasmania: Appendix. Estimation of catchability coefficients. Marine Biology, 101: 24-25 18 refs.

Kenchington, T. J. and Augustine, O. (1986). Ageing of blue grenadier, Macruronus novaezelandiae abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 92.

Kenchington, T. J. and Augustine, O. (1987). Age and growth of blue grenadier, Macruronus novaezelandiae (Hector), in south-eastern Australian waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(5): 625-646 33 refs, illus, map.

Kendrick, G. A. (1993). Sargassum beds at Rottnest Island: species composition and abundance. In: Wells, F E, Walker, D I, Kirkman, H and Lethbridge, R (Eds.). The Marine Flora and Fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. Proceedings of the 5th International Marine Biological Workshop (Perth, WA: 1993). Western Australian Museum, pp.455-472 37 refs, illus.

Kendrick, G. A. (1994). Effects of propagule settlement density and adult canopy on survival of recruits of Sargassum spp. (Sargassaceae: Phaeophyta). Marine Ecology Progress Series, 103: 129-140 46 refs, illus.

Kendrick, G. A. and Walker, D. I. (1994). Role of recruitment in structuring beds of Sargassum spp. (Phaeophyta) at Rottnest Island, Western Australia. Journal of Phycology, 30: 200-208 41 refs, illus.

Kendrick, G. A. and Walker, D. I. (1995). Dispersal of propagules of Sargassum spp. (Sargassaceae: Phaeophyta): observations of local patterns of dispersal and consequences for recruitment and population structure. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 192: 273-288 50 refs, illus.

Kendrick, G. A., Jacoby, C. A. and Heinemann, D. (1996). Benthic microalgae - comparisons of chlorophyll a in mesocosms and field sites. Hydrobiologia, 327: 283­289.

Kendrick, G. A., Kirkman, H. and Burton, C. L. K. (1995). An investigation into beach cast macro algae and marine angiosperms. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 63p. 119 refs, illus.

Kenyon, R. A. (1991). The importance of post settlement mechanisms in determining the distribution of juvenile tiger prawns (Penaeus esculentus and P. semisulcatus) in diverse seagrass community types abstract. Australian Society for Fish Biology. Newsletter, 21(2): p.36.

Kenyon, R. A. and Poiner, I. R. (1987). Seagrass and cyclones in the western Gulf of Carpentaria. Information Sheet. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (1): 4pp. illus.

Kenyon, R. A., Loneragan, N. R. and Hughes, J. M. (1995). Habitat type and light affect sheltering behaviour of juvenile tiger prawns (Penaeus esculentus Haswell) and success rates of their fish predators. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 192(1): 87-105.

Kerger, B. D., Mancuso, C. A., Nichols, P. D., White, D. C., Langworthy, T., Sittig, M., Schlesner, H. and Hirsch, P. (1988). Budding bacteria, Pirellula and Planctomyces, with atypical 16S rRNA and absence of peptidoglycan show eubacterial phospholipids and uniquely high proportions of long chain beta-hydroxy fatty acids in the lipopolysaccharide lipid A. Archives of Microbiology, 149: 255-260 38 refs.

Kerger, B. D., Nichols, P. D., Sand, W., Bock, E. and White, D. (1987). Association of acid-producing thiobacilli with degradation of concrete: analysis by 'signature' fatty acids from the polar lipids and lipopolysaccharide. Journal of Industrial Microbiology, 2: 63-69 24 refs.

Kerr, D., Mansfield, W. W., Pirani, K.C. and Tranter, D. J. (1974). Dispersing oil on the sea. Search, 5(9): 424-428 11 refs.

Kerr, J. D. and Rao D. V. Subba (1966). Extraction of chlorophyll a from Nitschia closterium by grinding. Unesco Monographs on Oceanographic Methodology, Paris, 1: 65-69.

Kesteven, G. L. (1941). Conserving the mullet catch. Fish. Bull. West. Aust., no. 1.

Kesteven, G. L. (1941). Cormorants and the depletion of fish populations. Aust. J. Sci., 4: 13-15.

Kesteven, G. L. (1941). The biology and cultivation of oysters in Australia. Part 1. Some economic aspects. Pamph. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., no. 105.

Kesteven, G. L. (1942). Studies in the biology of Australian mullet. Bull. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res., Melb., no. 157.

Kesteven, G. L. (1946). A procedure of investigation in fisheries biology. Bull. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res., Melb., no. 194.

Kesteven, G. L. (1946). An examination of certain aspects of the methodology and theory of fisheries biology. (Mimeogr.) (CSIRO: Cronulla.). , .

Kesteven, G. L. (1946). The coefficient of variation. Nature, Lond., 158: 520-521.

Kesteven, G. L. (1947). On the ponderal index, or condition factor, as employed in fisheries biology. Ecology, 28: 78-80.

Kesteven, G. L. (1947). Population studies in fisheries biology. Nature, Lond., 159: 10-12.

Kesteven, G. L. (1953). Further results of tagging sea mullet, Mugil cephalus Linnaeus, on the eastern Australian coast. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 4: 251-306.

Kesteven, G. L. (1960). Development of Australian Fisheries. in "Australia Unlimited", Supplement to Sydney Morning Herald., p. 60.

Kesteven, G. L. (1961). Book review: "Discovery Reports. Vol. 30. The distribution of pelagic polychaetes in the South Atlantic Ocean"; by N. Tebble. Aust. J. Sci., 23: 306.

Kesteven, G. L. (1961). Book review: "Encyclopaedia zoologica. Vol. 4". Aust. Mus. Mag., 13: 290.

Kesteven, G. L. (1962). Mortality of fishes. Fish. Newsl., 21(2): 17, 28.

Kesteven, G. L. (1962). Professional v. amateur; a fisheries biologist looks at the problem. Fish. Newsl., 21(2): 19-20, 25.

Kesteven, G. L. (1962). World aquatic biomass - its future abundance. in "Fish in Nutrition," Pp. 9-22. (Fishing News (Books) Ltd: London.), .

Kesteven, G. L. (1963). Science and the future of world fisheries. Fishg News Int., 2: 289-296.

Kesteven, G. L. (1963). The changing global fisheries. Fishg News Int., 2(1): 9-13.

Kesteven, G. L. (1964). Current research on Australian fishes. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod., 5: 312-320.

Kesteven, G. L. (1966). Distribution of marine organisms - fishes. Int. Oceanogr. Congr., 2: 190 (Abstracts only).

Kesteven, G. L. (1966). Organization of fisheries research in Australia. in "Conference on Fishery Administration and Services, Rome, 21-25 Nov., 1966." Document Fas/Cp/66/1. (Fao; Rome.), .

Kesteven, G. L. (1966). Quantitative methods in the study of processes in marine populations. Proc. Ecol. Soc. Aust., 1: 67-74.

Kesteven, G. L. (1966). School shark could be more heavily exploited. Aust. Fish. Newsl., 25(11): 13.

Kesteven, G. L. (1966). Scientific aspects of assessing and realizing the prospects of fisheries development in the Northern Territory. in "Fishery Resources of Northern Territory Waters." (CSIRO : Cronulla.), .

Kesteven, G. L. (1966). Southern crayfish resource not fully exploited. Aust. Fish. Newsl., 25(10): 8-11.

Kesteven, G. L. (1967). Colombo Plan fishery resources research, India. Report to Government of India. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 41.

Kesteven, G. L. (1967). Fisheries of the South Pacific. Int. Congr. Nutr., 7(4): 1032-1038.

Kesteven, G. L. (1967). Role of intuition. Science, N.Y., 157: 1376-7.

Kesteven, G. L. (1967). World fisheries - an Australian perspective. Aust. Fish. Newsl., 26(1): 12-16.

Kesteven, G. L. (1968). A policy for conservationists. Science, N.Y., 160: 857-860.

Kesteven, G. L. (1968). Paradoxes of science. Australian Quarterly, 40(3): 55-59.

Kesteven, G. L. (1969). Ethics and ecology. Ceres , 2(3): 53-6.

Kesteven, G. L. (1969). Marine environment. Australian Fisheries, 28(6): 2-4.

Kesteven, G. L. (1971). Contingency in fisheries development. Circular. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.6: 92-102.

Kesteven, G. L. (1971). Diagnosis of the condition of a fishery. Circular. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.6: 7-24.

Kesteven, G. L. (1971). Formulation of a national fishery policy. Circular. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.6: 103-7.

Kesteven, G. L. (1981). Monitoring of ocean systems and surveillance of uses: Conceptual framework. Pacem in Maribus-10, Vienna, at the Hofburg Redoutensal, October-27-31, -1980. Proceedings and Final Report and Recommendations. International Ocean Inst., Msida Malta 1981, pp. 19-26.

Kesteven, G. L. (1983). Fisheries research in developing countries. Global Fisheries Perspectives for The-1980s. Rothschild, B.J. Ed. 1983, pp. 247-261.

Kesteven, G. L. (1983). The flow of information and transfer of knowledge. Research, International Law and The Sea in Man' S Future. Richardson, J. Ed. 1983, no. 3-4: 397-403.

Kesteven, G. L. and Burdon, T. W. (1971). Fisheries development. Circular. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.6: 25-60.

Kesteven, G. L. and Holt, S. J. (1964). Fishing in the future. Fish. Newsl., 23(4): 23-25.

Kesteven, G. L. and Humphrey, G. F. (1941). Research on the oyster. Aust. J. Sci., 3: 131-132.

Kesteven, G. L. and Ingpen, R. R. (1966). Representation of the structure of biotic systems. Aust. J. Sci., 29: 97-102.

Kesteven, G. L. and Ingpen, R. R. (1966). The representation of relations, including those of sociality, in biotic systems. Proc. Ecol. Soc. Aust., 1: 79-83.

Kesteven, G. L. and Ingpen, R. R. (1971). Information function in fisheries development. Circular. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (6): 61-76.

Kesteven, G. L. and Maddever, R. S. (1967). Ecosystem approach to science teaching. Education News, 11(1): 16-18.

Kesteven, G. L. and Proctor, A. (1941). A modified apparatus for fish scale reading. J. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., 14: 57-58.

Kesteven, G. L. and Serventy, D. L. (1941). On the biology of the black bream (Roughleyia australis). Aust. J. Sci., 3: 171.

Kesteven, G. L. and Stark, A. E. (1964). Measurement of the characteristics of fishing trawlers. in "Fisheries Management Seminar, 1963. Rep. of Procs." (Dept. Prim. Ind.: Canberra)., .

Kesteven, G. L. and Stark, A. E. (1967). Demersal fish stocks of the Great Australian Bight as estimated from the results of operations of F.V. Southern Endeavour. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 24.

Kesteven, G. L. and Williams, G. R. (1962). Fishermen and scientists work together. Fishermen as fact finders; by G.L. Kesteven. Biologists' use of fishermen's records, by G.R. Williams. Fish. Newsl., 21(5): 21-24.

Kesteven, G. L. and Williams, G. R. (1964). Licence limitation as a means of controlling fishing effort. in "Fisheries Management Seminar, 1963. Rep. of Procs." (Dept. Prim. Ind.: Canberra)., .

Kesteven, G. L. and Williams, G. R. (1971). Fishing regulations - conflicts in exploitation of fishery resources. Circular. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.6: 77-91.

Kesteven, G. L., Burdon, T. W., Ingpen, R. R. and Williams, G. R. (1971). Essays in fisheries science. Circular. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, No. 6.

Khuroo, M. A., Qureshi, M. A., Razdan, T. K. and Nichols, P. D. (1988). Sterones, iridoids and a sesquiterpene from Verbascum thapsus. Phytochemistry, 27(11): 3541-3544 13 refs, illus.

Kingwell, J., Jupp, D. L. B., Hutton, P. G., Harris, G. P. and Nilsson, C. S. (1988). MOS-1: early results from a new tool for Australian marine and resource science. 9th Asian Conference on Remote Sensing (Bangkok, Thailand: November 23-29, 1988), 8p. 11 refs, illus.

Kirkegaard, I. and Walker, R. H. (1969). Synopsis of biological data on the tiger prawn Penaeus esculentus Haswell, 1879. Fisheries Synopsis. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.3.

Kirkegaard, I. and Walker, R. H. (1970). Synopsis of biological data on the rainbow prawn Parapenaeopsis sculptilis (Heller, 1862). Fisheries Synopsis. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.4.

Kirkegaard, I. and Walker, R. H. (1970). Synopsis of biological data on the school prawn Metapenaeus macleayi (Haswell, 1870). Fisheries Synopsis. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.5.

Kirkegaard, I. and Walker, R. H. (1970). Synopsis of biological data on the greentail prawn Metapenaeus bennettae Racek and Dall, 1965. Fisheries Synopsis. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.6.

Kirkegaard, I. and Walker, R. H. (1970). Synopsis of biological data on the eastern king prawn Penaeus plebejus Hess, 1865. Fisheries Synopsis. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.7.

Kirkegaard, I., Tuma, D. J. and Walker, R. H. (1970). Synopsis of biological data on the banana prawn Penaeus merguiensis de Man, 1888. Fisheries Synopsis. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.8.

Kirkman, H. (1975). A description of the seagrass communities of Stradbroke Island. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland, 86(21): 129-131.

Kirkman, H. (1976). A review of the literature on seagrass related to its decline in Moreton Bay, Qld. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 64, 14p.

Kirkman, H. (1976). Macrophytes of South-West Arm. Estuarine Project. Progress Report 1974-1976, 48-51 illus.

Kirkman, H. (1978). Decline of seagrass in northern areas of Moreton Bay, Queensland. Aquatic Botany, 5: 63-76 17 refs illus. map.

Kirkman, H. (1978). Growing Zostera capricorni Aschers. in tanks. Aquatic Botany, 4: 367-72 4 refs.

Kirkman, H. (1981). Growth studies of Sargassum abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.26-27.

Kirkman, H. (1981). The first year in the life history and the survival of the juvenile marine macrophyte, Ecklonia radiata (Turn.) J.Agardh. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 55: 243-54 15 refs.

Kirkman, H. (1981). The nitrogen dynamics of Ecklonia radiata on Marmion Reef, Western Australia abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.22.

Kirkman, H. (1984). Seagrass meadows in Western Australia abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.51.

Kirkman, H. (1984). Standing stock and production of Ecklonia radiata (C.Ag.) J. Agardh. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 76: 119-30 28 refs illus.

Kirkman, H. (1984). The effect of shade and water movement on the kelp Ecklonia radiata abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.51.

Kirkman, H. (1985). Community structure in seagrasses in southern Western Australia. Aquatic Botany, 21: 363-375 27 refs, illus.

Kirkman, H. (1985). Scientific research in the M10 area. In: Ottaway, J R and Humphries, R B (Eds.). Proceedings of Seminar on the Proposed M10 Marine Park, pp.101-105.

Kirkman, H. (1985). Seagrasses. Australian Science Mag, (3): 30-3 3 refs illus.

Kirkman, H. (1985). Untangling the seaweed industry question. Industrial Research News. CSIRO Australia, (168): 6-7 illus.

Kirkman, H. (1987). Decline of seagrass beds in Princess Royal Harbour and Oyster Harbour, Albany, Western Australia. Technical Series of the Environmental Protection Authority, (15): 11p., 25 refs, illus.

Kirkman, H. (1988). Restoration and creation of seagrass meadows abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.23.

Kirkman, H. (1989). Growth, density and biomass of Ecklonia radiata at different depths and growth under artificial shading off Perth, Western Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 40(2): 169-177 15 refs, illus.

Kirkman, H. (1989). Restoration and creation of seagrass meadows with special emphasis on Western Australia. Technical Series of the Environmental Protection Authority, (30): 20p., 50 refs.

Kirkman, H. (1989). Temporal variability of seagrass beds in a coastal reef system abstract. In: Phillips, B F (Ed.). Workshop on Rock Lobster Ecology and Management. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (207): p.13.

Kirkman, H. (1996). Baseline and monitoring methods for seagrass meadows. Journal of Environmental Management, 47 (2): 191­201.

Kirkman, H. and Cook, I. H. (1987). Distribution and leaf growth of Thalassodendron pachyrhizum den Hartog in southern Western Australia. Aquatic Botany, 27: 257-266 15 refs, illus.

Kirkman, H. and Kuo, J. (1990). Pattern and process in southern Western Australian seagrasses. Aquatic Botany, 37: 367-382 15 refs, illus.

Kirkman, H. and Kuo, J. (1996). Seagrasses of the southern coast of Australia. In: Kuo, J, Phillips, R C, Walker. D I and Kirkman, H (Eds.). Proceedings of an International Workshop on Seagrass Biology (Rottnest Island, WA: January 25-29, 1996), pp. 51-56.

Kirkman, H. and Reid, D. D. (1979). Study of the role of the seagrass Posidonia australis in the carbon budget of an estuary. Aquatic Botany, 7: 173-83 7 refs.

Kirkman, H. and Walker, D. I. (1989). Regional studies: Western Australian seagrass. In: Larkum, A, Mccomb, A and Shepherd, S (Eds.). Biology of Seagrasses: A Treatise on the Biology of Seagrasses With Special Reference to The Australian Region. Amsterdam: Elsevier, (Ch.5): 157-181 35 refs, illus.

Kirkman, H. and Young, P. C. (1981). Measurement of health, and echinoderm grazing on Posidonia oceanica (L.) Delile. Aquatic Botany, 10: 329-38 13 refs.

Kirkman, H., Cook, I. H. and Reid, D. D. (1982). Biomass and growth of Zostera capricorni Aschers. in Port Hacking, N.S.W., Australia. Aquatic Botany, 12: 57-67 9 refs map.

Kirkman, H., Griffiths, F. B. and Parker, R. R. (1979). The release of reactive phosphate by a Posidonia australis seagrass community. Aquatic Botany, 6: 329-37 5 refs illus.

Kirkman, H., Humphries, P. and Manning, R. (1991). The epibenthic fauna of seagrass beds and bare sand in Princess Royal Harbour and King George Sound, Albany, south-western Australia. In: Wells, F E, Walker, D I, Kirkman, H and Lethbridge, R (Eds.). The Marine Flora and Fauna of Albany, Western Australia. Proceedings of the 3rd International Marine Biological Workshop. Western Australian Museum, 2: 553-563 32 refs, illus.

Kirkman, H., Oliver, L. and Digby, B. (1988). Mapping of underwater seagrass meadows. Proceedings of an International Symposium on Remote Sensing of the Coastal Zone (Gold Coast, Qld: September 7-9, 1988), (Session 5A, Paper 2): p.2.1-2.9 7 refs, illus.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1976). Variance reduction in simulation. Mathematical Scientist. Supplement, 1: 32-4, 6 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1977). New program for the estimation of exploited populations (CHPOPR). Report of the International Whaling Commission, (27): 260.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1979). Net catcher day as a measure of effort. Report of the International Whaling Commission, (29): 163-5 3 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1980). A note on the assessment of North Pacific sperm whales. Report of the International Whaling Commission, (Special Issue 2): 77 1 ref.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1980). A note on the modelling of sperm whale pregnancy rates. Report of the International Whaling Commission, (Special Issue 2): 79-80 2 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1980). Sensitivity tests for the sperm whale model. Report of the International Whaling Commission, (Special Issue 2): 81-2 4 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1981). Allowing for risks in setting catch limits based on MSY. Mathematical Biosciences, 53: 119-29 18 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1981). Estimation of stock size using relative abundance data - a simulation study. Report of the International Whaling Commission, (31): 729-35 8 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1981). Estimation of von Bertalanffy growth parameters from combined length frequency and tag recapture data abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.48-49.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1981). Generalised models for the estimation of rates of tag shedding by southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii) abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.47-48.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1981). Generalized models for the estimation of rates of tag shedding by southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii). Journal Du Conseil. Conseil International pour L'exploration de la Mer, 39: 256-60 8 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1981). Population estimation using relative abundance data abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.50.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1982). A preliminary look at the effect of concentrating whale sightings in a small arc around the trackline. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 32: 815-17 5 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1982). Simple models for multispecies fisheries. In: Pauly, D and Murphy, G I (Eds.) Theory and Management of Tropical Fisheries. ICLARM Conference Proceedings 1981, 83-98 36 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1982). Some statistical aspects of the Beddington and Cooke estimation technique. Report of the International Whaling Commission, 32: 471-3 5 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1983). Estimation of von Bertalanffy growth curve parameter using both length increment and age-length data. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 40(9): 1405-11 27 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1984). Annual stock surveys: a benefit or a luxury? abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.33.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1984). Modelling of the Gulf of Carpentaria prawn fisheries. In: Farham, J (Ed.) Penaeid Shrimps - Their Biology and Management, pp. 211-19 17 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1984). Optimal control and fishery management abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.33.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1986). Marine mammal research by CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Technical Memorandum. Division of Wildlife and Rangelands Research. CSIRO Australia, (26): 53-54.

Kirkwood, G. P. (1987). Optimal harvest policies for fisheries with uncertain stock sizes. In: Vincent, T L Et Al (Ed.). Modelling and Management of Resources Under Uncertainty. 2nd US/Australia Workshop on Renewable Resource Management (Honolulu, Hawaii: December 9-12, 1985). Berlin, Germany: Springer-Verlag, pp.43-53 11 refs, illus.

Kirkwood, G. P. and Allen, K. R. (1978). Programme to calculate time series of sei whale population components for given catches (SEI). Report of the International Whaling Commission, (28): 227-31 1 ref.

Kirkwood, G. P. and Bannister, J. L. (1980). Revised abundance indices for sperm whales off Albany, Western Australia. Report of the International Whaling Commission, (Special Issue 2): 89-91 2 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. and Somers, I. F. (1984). Growth of two species of tiger prawn, Penaeus esculentus and P. semisulcatus, in the western Gulf of Carpentaria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 35(6): 703-12 17 refs illus.

Kirkwood, G. P. and Walker, M. H. (1984). A new method for estimating tag shedding rates, with application to data for Australian salmon, Arripis trutta esper Whitley. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 35(5): 601-6 12 refs.

Kirkwood, G. P. and Walker, T. I. (1986). Gill net mesh selectivities for gummy shark, Mustelus antarcticus Gunther, taken in south-eastern Australian waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37(6): 689-97 14 refs, illus.

Kirkwood, G. P., Allen, K. R. and Bannister, J. L. (1980). An assessment of the sperm whale stock subject to Western Australia catching. Report of the International Whaling Commission, (Special Issue 2): 147-9 2 refs.

Kirkwood, L. F. (1967). Inorganic phosphate, organic phosphorus, and nitrate in Australian waters. CSIRO Aust. Div. Fish. Oceanogr. Tech. Pap., no. 25.

Kirkwood, R., Ritz, D. A. and Thresher, R. E. (1986). Distribution of Euphausiids in the continental shelf and slope waters off eastern Tasmania abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 117.

Kirwan, A. D. and Cresswell, G. R. (1982). Observations of large scale and mesoscale motions in the near-surface layer. Topics in Ocean Physics, 80: 79-125 39 refs maps.

Kishimoto, H., Last, P. R., Fujii, E. and Gomon, M. F. (1988). Revision of a deep-sea stargazer genus Pleuroscopus. Japanese Journal of Ichthyology, 35(2): 150-158 18 refs, illus.

Kjelleberg, S., Flardh, K. B. G., Nystrom, T. and Moriarty, D. J. W. (1993). Growth limitation and starvation of bacteria. In: Ford, T E (Ed.). Aquatic Microbiology: An Ecological Approach. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Scientific Publ., (Ch.12): 289-319 128 refs, illus.

Klaer, N. and Polacheck, T. W. (1995). Japanese longline seabird bycatch in the Australian fishing zone April 1991 - March 1994: Catch and catch rates by area and season and an evaluation of the effectiveness of mitigation measures. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 95p. 30 refs, illus.

Klaer, N. and Pullen, G. (1994). Jack mackerel. In: Mcloughlin, K J, Staples, D J and Maliel, M (Eds.). Fishery Status Reports 1993: Resource Assessments of Australian Commonwealth Fisheries. Canberra, Act: Bureau of Resource Sciences, pp.87-90, illus.

Klaer, N. and Smith, A. D. M. (1994). Stock reduction analysis: a computer application developed by CSIRO and BRS. Agricultural Systems & Information Technology, 6(1): 32-34 6 refs, illus.

Kloser, R. J. (1995). Improving precision of acoustic surveys on benthopelagic fish by the use of a deeply towed transducer. Ices International Symposium on Fisheries and Plankton Acoustics Held in Aberdeen-12-16 June-1995. 1995 , p. v.

Kloser, R. J. (1996). Improved precision of acoustic surveys of benthopelagic fish by means of a deep-towed transucer. Ices Journal of Marine Science, 53: 407-413.

Kloser, R. J., Koslow, J. A. and Williams, A. (1996). Acoustic assessment of the biomass of a spawning aggregation of orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus, Collett) off south-eastern Australia, 1990-93. Marine and Freshwater Research, 47 (8): 1015­1024.

Kloser, R. J., Williams, A. and Koslow, J. A. (1997). Problems with acoustic target strength measurements of a deepwater fish, orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus, Collett). Ices Journal of Marine Science, 54 (1): 60­71.

Knight, A. J. and Ward, R. D. (1991). The genetic relationships of three taxa in the Littorina saxatilis species complex (Prosobranchia: Littorinidae). Journal of Molluscan Studies, 57: 81-91 28 refs, illus.

Koike, I., Yamamuro, M. and Pollard, P. C. (1993). Carbon and nitrogen budgets of two ascidians and their symbiont, Prochloron, in a tropical seagrass meadow. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 44(1): 173-182 23 refs, illus.

Koskela, R. W., Greenwood, J. G. and Rothlisberg, P. C. (1992). The influence of prostaglandin E and the steroid hormones, 17 alpha -hydroxyprogesterone and 17 beta -estradiol on moulting and ovarian development in the tiger prawn, Penaeus esculentus Haswell, 1879 (Crustacea: Decapoda). Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology, 101A(2): 295-299 35 refs.

Koslow, J. A. (1989). Managing nonrandomly varying fisheries. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 46(8): 1302-1308 22 refs, illus.

Koslow, J. A. (1992). Fecundity and the stock-recruitment relationship. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 49(2): 210-217 33 refs, illus.

Koslow, J. A. (1992). Spatial and temporal scales of recruitment variability in western north Atlantic fish stocks. Australian Society for Fish Biology Workshop. Recruitment Processes. Hobart, -21 August-1991. Hancock, D.A. Ed. Canberra, N.S.W. Australia Australian Government Publishing Service 1992 No. 16 , pp. 97-100 16 refs, illus.

Koslow, J. A. (1992). Stock and recruitment in marine fisheries and in fishery models: Implications for management. Australian Society for Fish Biology Workshop. Recruitment Processes. Hobart, -21 August-1991. Hancock, D.A. Ed. Canberra, N.S.W. Australia Australian Government Publishing Service 1992 No. 16 , pp. 150-152.

Koslow, J. A. (1993). Community structure in North Atlantic deep-sea fishes. Progress in Oceanography, 31: 321-338 25 refs, illus.

Koslow, J. A. (1994). A trophodynamic approach to the ecology of the mid-slope community off southeast Australia. In: Hancock, D A (Ed.). Population Dynamics for Fisheries Management, Australian Society for Fish Biology Workshop Proceedings (Perth, WA: August 24-25, 1993). Perth, WA: Australian Society for Fish Biology, pp.71-73 10 refs, illus.

Koslow, J. A. (1994). Development and use of acoustic techniques for the assessment of deepwater commercial fish stocks. Final report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Grant No. 90/25. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 131 pp.

Koslow, J. A. (1995). Quiet revolution in the deep. Australian Fisheries, 54(6): 17-18, illus.

Koslow, J. A. (1996). Energetic and life-history patterns of deep-sea benthic, benthopelagic and seamount-associated fish. Journal of Fish Biology, 49 [Suppl. A]: 54­74.

Koslow, J. A. (1997). Seamounts and the ecology of deep-sea fisheries. American Scientist, 85 (2): 168­176.

Koslow, J. A. and Exon, N. (1995). Seamount discoveries prompt calls for exploration and conservation. Australian Fisheries, 54(2): 10-13, illus.

Koslow, J. A., Aiken, K., Auil, S. and Clementson, A. (1994). Catch and effort analysis of the reef fisheries of Jamaica and Belize. Fishery Bulletin, 92: 737-747 17 refs, illus.

Koslow, J. A., Bell, J., Virtue, P. and Smith, D. C. (1994). Fecundity and its variability in orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus) off southeastern Australia. In: [CSIRO Division of Fisheries] Development and Use of the Egg Production Method to Assess The Biomass of Orange Roughy Off Eastern Tasmania. Final Report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Grant No. 90/9, pp. 29-57.

Koslow, J. A., Bell, J., Virtue, P. and Smith, D. C. (1995). Fecundity and its variability in orange roughy: effects of population density, condition, egg size, and senescence. Journal of Fish Biology, 47: 1063-1080 50 refs, illus.

Koslow, J. A., Bulman, C. M. and Lyle, J. M. (1994). The mid-slope demersal fish community off southeastern Australia. Deep-Sea Research, 41(1): 113-141 55 refs, illus.

Koslow, J. A., Bulman, C. M., Lyle, J. M. and Haskard, K. A. (1994). Biomass assessment of a deepwater fish, the orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus) off eastern Tasmania, Australia, based upon an egg survey. In: [CSIRO Division of Fisheries] Development and Use of the Egg Production Method to Assess The Biomass of Orange Roughy Off Eastern Tasmania. Final Report to Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Grant No. 90/9, pp. 58-79.

Koslow, J. A., Bulman, C. M., Lyle, J. M. and Haskard, K. A. (1995). Biomass assessment of a deep-water fish, the orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus), based on an egg survey. Marine and Freshwater Research, 46(5): 819-830 20 refs, illus.

Koslow, J. A., Higginbottom, I. and Haskard, K. A. (1995). The relationship of echo-integration estimates of orange roughy biomass with indices based on echogram recordings of school size. Final Report to Fisheries Research Reserve Fund consultancy report. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 19p. 1 ref, illus.

Koslow, J. A., Kloser, R. J. and Stanley, C. A. (1995). Avoidance of a camera system by a deepwater fish, the orange roughy (Hoplostethus atlanticus). Deep-Sea Research I, 42(2): 233-244 30 refs, illus.

Koslow, J. A., Kloser, R. J. and Williams, A. (1995). Nekton biomass and community structure on the mid continental slope off southeastern Australia based upon acoustic backscattering and target strength measurements and depth stratified midwater trawls. Ices International Symposium on Fisheries and Plankton Acoustics Held in Aberdeen-12-16 June-1995. 1995 , p. v.

Koslow, J. A., Kloser, R. J. and Williams, A. (1997). Pelagic biomass and community structure over the mid-continental slope off southeastern Australia based upon acoustic and midwater trawl sampling. Marine Ecology-Progress Series, 146 (1-3): 21­35.

Koslow, J. A., Kloser, R. J., Stanley, C. A., Higginbottom, I. R. and Williams, A. (1994). Development and use of acoustic techniques for the assessment of deepwater commercial fish stocks. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 131 pp.

Koslow, J. A., Perry, R. I., Hurley, P. C. F. and Fournier, R. O. (1989). Structure and interannual variability of the plankton and its environment off southwest Nova Scotia in late spring and early summer. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 46: 44-54 17 refs, illus.

Kott, P. (1951). Corella halli n.sp., a new ascidian from the English Channel. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 30: 33-36.

Kott, P. (1952). Observations on compound ascidians of the Plymouth area, with descriptions of two new species. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K., 31: 65-83.

Kott, P. (1952). The ascidians of Australia. I. Stolidobranchiata Lahille and Phlebobranchiata Lahille. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 3: 205-333.

Kott, P. (1953). Modified whirling apparatus for the subsampling of plankton. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 4: 387-393.

Kott, P. (1954). Tunicata. Ascidians. Rep. B.A.N.Z. Antarct. Res. Exped. (Ser. B), 1 (4).

Kott, P. (1955). The zooplankton of Lake Macquarie, 1953-1954. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 6: 429-442.

Kott, P. (1957). Zooplankton of East Australian waters 1945-1954. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no. 14.

Krebs, C. J., Redfield, J. A. and Taitt, M. J. (1978). Pulsed-removal experiment on the vole Macrotus townsendii. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 56(11): 2253-62 21 refs.

Kuo, J. and Kirkman, H. (1987). Floral and seedling morphology and anatomy of Thalassodendron pachyrhizum den Hartog (Cymodocearceae). Aquatic Botany, 29: 1-17 23 refs, illus.

Kuo, J. and Kirkman, H. (1990). Anatomy of viviparous seagrasses seedlings of Amphibolis and Thalassodendron and their nutrient supply. Botanica Marina, 33(1): 117-126.

Kuo, J. and Kirkman, H. (1992). Fruits, seeds and germination in the seagrass Halophila ovalis (Hydrocharitaceae). Botanica Marina, 35(3): 197-204.

Kuo, J. and Kirkman, H. (1995). Halophila decipiens Ostenfeld in estuaries of southwestern Australia. Aquatic Botany, 51(3-4): 335-340.

Kuo, J. and Kirkman, H. (1996). Seedling development of selected Posidonia species from southwest Australia. In: Kuo, J, Phillips, R C, Walker. D I and Kirkman, H (Eds.). Proceedings of an International Workshop on Seagrass Biology (Rottnest Island, WA: January 25-29, 1996), pp. 57-64.

Kuo, J., Cook, I. H. and Kirkman, H. (1987). Observations of propagating shoots in the seagrass genus Amphibolis C. Agardh (Cymodoceaceae). Aquatic Botany, 27: 291-293 4 refs, illus.

Kuo, J., James, S. H., Kirkman, H. and den Hartog, C. (1990). Chromosome numbers and their systematic implications in Australian marine angiosperms: the Posidoniaceae. Plant Systematics and Evolution, 171: 199-204 11 refs, illus.

Kuo, J., Phillips, R. C., Walker, D. I. and Kirkman, H. (eds.) (1996). Proceedings of an International Workshop on Seagrass Biology (Rottnest Island, WA: January 25-29, 1996). Perth, Western Australia: Faculty of Sciences, University of Western Australia. , .

Kuo, J., Walker, D. I. and Kirkman, H. (eds.) (1996). Seagrass Biology. Scientific discussion from an International Workshop, Rottnest Island, WA: January 25-29, 1996. Perth, Western Australia: Faculty of Sciences, University of Western Australia. , .

Kuris, A. M., Lafferty, K. D. and Grygier, M. J. (1996). Detection and preliminary evaluation of natural enemies for possible biological control of the northern pacific seastar, Asterias amurensis. Technical Report. Division of Fisheries: Centre for Research on Introduced Marine Pests. CSIRO Australia , (3): 17 pp.

Kwon, Y. M. and Grant, B. R. (1971). Assimilation and metabolism of glucose by Dunaliella tertiolecta. 1. Uptake by whole cells and metabolism by cell free systems. Plant and Cell Physiology, 12: 29-39.

Langtry, S. K. and Jacoby, C. A. (1996). Fish and decapod crustaceans inhabiting drifting algae in Jervis Bay, New South Wales. Australian Journal of Ecology, 21 (3): 264­271.

Lanzing, W. J. R. (1959). Book review: "Endocrine control in crustaceans"; by D. B. Carlisle and F. Knowles. Aust. J. Sci., 22: 219-220.

Lanzing, W. J. R. (1961). Book review: "The physiology of crustacea. Vol. 1: Metabolism and growth"; ed. by T.H. Waterman. Aust. J. Sci., 23: 279.

Lanzing, W. J. R. (1965). Observations on malachite green in relation to its application to fish diseases. Hydrobiologia, 25: 426-441.

Lanzing, W. J. R. (1967). The saccus vasculosus of the tuna brain. Copeia, 1967(1): 241-242.

Lanzing, W. J. R. and Hynd, J. S. (1966). Tetracycline distribution in body tissues of marine fishes. Aust. J. Sci., 29: 177-8.

Laprise, R. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1992). Predation by Moses perch, Lutjanus russelli, and blue-spotted trevally, Caranx bucculentus, on juvenile brown tiger prawn, penaeus esculentus: effects of habitat structure and time of day. Journal of Fish Biology, 40: 627-635 27 refs, illus.

Last, P. R. (1987). New Australian fishes. Part 14. Two new species of Dasyatis (Dasyatididae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria, 48(1): 57-61 4 refs, illus.

Last, P. R. (1987). Sharks and rays of Australia abstract. Newsletter of the Australian Society for Fish Biology, 17(2): p.41.

Last, P. R. (1987). Tasmanian fish fauna : patterns of distribution abstract. Australian Society for Fish Biology. Newsletter, 16(2): 31.

Last, P. R. (1988). Systematics of Australian sharks and rays abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.6.

Last, P. R. (1991). Classification. Deriso, R B and Bayliff, W H (Eds.). World Meeting on Stock Assessment of Bluefin Tunas: Strengths and Weaknesses. Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission. Special Report, (7): 198-201, illus.

Last, P. R. and Baron, M. (1994). Pomfret resources of Australia. Australian Fisheries, 53(8; Supp): 6p., illus.

Last, P. R. and Baron, M. (1994). Rays bream: a new pelagic fishery?. Australian Fisheries, 53(8): 19-22 8 refs, illus.

Last, P. R. and Edgar, G. J. (1987). New Australian fishes, Part 16. A new species of Crapatalus (Leptoscopidae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria, 48(1): 73-74 1 ref, illus.

Last, P. R. and Edmunds, M. (1992). Australasian spiny dogfishes (Squalus: Squalidae) -- a few widespread species or multi species complexes?. Newsl. Aust. Soc. Fish Biol. , 22(2): 39.

Last, P. R. and Gomon, M. F. (1987). New Australian fishes. Part 15. New species of Trygonoptera and Urolophus (Urolophidae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria, 48(1): 63-72 4 refs, illus.

Last, P. R. and Harold, A. S. (1994). Polyipnus latirastrus n. sp., a new and unusual hatchetfish (Stomiiformes: Sternoptychidae) from the Western Pacific. Copeia, 1994(1): 210-215.

Last, P. R. and Stevens, J. D. (1994). Sharks and rays of Australia. East Melbourne, Vic: CSIRO Australia, 513p., refs, illus.

Latham, V., Rayner, M., Leeming, R., Nichols, P. and Cresswell, G. (1996). Nutrient concentrations in Sydney's continental shelf waters, 1989-1993. 23rd Hydrology and Water Resources Symposium, Hobart Australia 21-24 May 1996, pp. 735-736.

Latzko, E. and Kelly, G. J. (1983). Many-faceted function of phosphoenolpyruvate carboxylase in C plants. Physiologie Vegetale, 21: 805-15 64 refs.

Lavery, S. and Cosgrove, M. G. (1991). Genetic identification of ten species of penaeid prawn postlarvae. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, 31: p.288, 1 ref, illus.

Lavery, S. and Staples, D. J. (1990). Use of allozyme electrophoresis for identifying two species of penaeid prawn postlarvae. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 41(2): 259-266 21 refs, illus.

Lavery, S. D. and Shaklee, J. B. (1989). Population genetics of two tropical sharks, Carcharhinus tilstoni and C. sorrah, in northern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 40(5): 541-557 48 refs, illus.

Lavery, S. D. and Shaklee, J. B. (1991). Genetic evidence for separation of two sharks, Carcharhinus limbatus and C. tilstoni , from northern Australia. Marine Biology, 108(1): 1-4.

Lawson, N. V. and Cresswell, G. R. (1987). Esso drifting buoy program: South Tasman Sea. Proceedings of the 8th Australasian Conference on Coastal and Ocean Engineering (Launceston, Tas: November 30-December 4, 1987), pp.430-432 1 ref, illus.

Lee, S., Chen, W., Jensen, J. B., Banner, M. and Fandry, C. B. (1993). Airborne observations of momentum, heat and moisture fluxes during the Southern Ocean Waves Experiment (SOWEX): analysis procedures and results. 4th International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography (Hobart, Tas: March 29-April 2, 1993). Boston, Ma, USA: American Meteorological Society, pp.229-230 4 refs, illus.

Leeming, R. and Nichols, P. D. (1996). Concentrations of coprostanol that correspond to existing bacterial indicator guideline limits. Water Research, 30 (12): 2997­3006.

Leeming, R. L. (1995). New technique to trace faecal pollution. Research Update. Division of Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (Nov): p.4, illus.

Leeming, R. L. and Maher, W. (1992). Sources of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in Lake Burley Griffin, Australia. Organic Geochemistry, 18(5): 647-655 19 refs, illus.

Leeming, R. L. and Nichols, P. D. (1992). An integrated scheme to analyse naturally occurring and pollutant organic constituents in urban sewage. In: Miskewicz, A G (Ed.). Proceedings of a Bioaccumulation Workshop: Assessment of the Distribution, Impacts and Bioaccumulation of Contaminants in Aquatic Environments (Sydney, NSW: 1992). Sydney, NSW: Water Board and Australian Marine Sciences Assoc., pp.153-161 11 refs, illus.

Leeming, R. L. and Nichols, P. D. (1995). Use of faecal sterols and bacterial indicators to discriminate sources of faecal pollution in urban creeks and lakes of Wyong, NSW Consultancy report. Division of Oceanography Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 11p. 4 refs, illus.

Leeming, R. L., Ball, A., Ashbolt, N., Jones, G. J. and Nichols, P. D. (1994). Distinguishing between human and animal sources of faecal pollution. Chemistry in Australia, 61(8): 434-435 8 refs, illus.

Leeming, R., Ball, A., Ashbolt, N. and Nichols, P. (1996). Using faecal sterols from humans and animals to distinguish faecal pollution in receiving waters. Water Research, 30 (12): 2893­2900.

Legeckis, R. and Cresswell, G. R. (1981). Satellite observations of sea-surface temperature fronts off the coast of western and southern Australia. Deep-Sea Research, 28A(3): 297-306 7 refs.

Legendre, L., Collos, Y., Ellbrachter, M., Fasham MJR, Gieskes WWC, Herbland, A., Holligan, P. M., Margalef, R., Perry, M. J., Platt, T., Sakshaug, E. and Smith, D. F. (1984). Studies on marine autotrophs: recommendations for the 1980s. In: Fasham, M J R (Ed.) Flows of Energy and Materials in Marine Ecosystems. Plenum, New York, 629-39 52 refs.

Leigh, G. M. and Hearn, W. S. (1993). Study confirms highly variable growth in SBT. Australian Fisheries, 52(10): 27-29 4 refs, illus.

Lemmens, J. W. T. J. (1994). Biochemical evidence for absence of feeding in puerulus larvae of the western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus (Decapoda: Palinuridae). Marine Biology, 118(3): 383-391.

Lemmens, J. W. T. J. (1994). The western rock lobster Panulirus cygnus (George, 1962) (Decapoda: Palinuridae): the effect of temperature and developmental stage on energy requirements of pueruli. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 180: 221-234 66 refs, illus.

Lemmens, J. W. T. J. (1995). Nucleic acid levels, cellular activity and growth during the puerulus stage of the western rock lobster (Panulirus cygnus (George); Decapoda: Palinuridae). Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 194: 143-156 40 refs, illus.

Lemmens, J. W. T. J. and Knott, B. (1994). Morphological changes in external and internal feeding structures during the transition phyllosoma-puerulus-juvenile in the western rock lobster (Panulirus cygnus, Decapoda: Palinuridae). Journal of Morphology, 220: 271-280 74 refs, illus.

Lemmens, J. W. T. J., Arnold, P. W. and Birtles, R. A. (1995). Distribution patterns and selective feeding in two Astropecten species (Asteroidea: Echinodermata) from Cleveland Bay, Northern Queensland. Marine and Freshwater Research. CSIRO Australia, 46(2): 447-455 28 refs, illus.

Lemmens, J. W. T. J., Clapin, G., Lavery, P. and Cary, J. (1996). Filtering capacity of seagrass meadows and other habitats of Cockburn Sound, Western Australia. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 143 (1-3): 187­200.

Lemmens, J. W. T. J., Kirkpatrick, D. and Thompson, P. A. (1996). The clearance rates of four ascidians from Marmion Lagoon, Western Australia. In: Kuo, J, Phillips, R C, Walker. D I and Kirkman, H (Eds.). Proceedings of an International Workshop on Seagrass Biology (Rottnest Island, WA: January 25-29, 1996), pp.277-282 27 refs, illus.

Lemmens, S. (1995). [Coastal zone program] Project 5: Marine Eutrophication. Filter feeder project. Division of Fisheries. Unpublished Report. CSIRO Australia, .

Lenanton, R. C. J., Robertson, A. I. and Hansen, J. A. (1982). Nearshore Accumulations of Detached Macrophytes as Nursery Areas for Fish. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 9(1): 51-57.

Lenanton, R. C., Ayvazian, S. G., Pearce, A. F., Steckis, R. A. and Young, G. C. (1996). Tailor (Pomatomus saltatrix) off Western Australia: where does it spawn and how are the larvae distributed?. Marine and Freshwater Research, 47(2): 337-46 27 refs, illus.

Leppert, K., Hamon, B. V. and Mather, R. S. (1975). Status report on investigations of sea surface slope along the eastern coast of Australia. Unisurv G23: 60-7, pp. 60-7, 15 refs.

Leqata, J. L., Rawlinson, N. J. F., Nichols, P. V. and Tiroba, G. (1990). Subsistence fishing in Solomon Islands and the possible conflict with commercial baitfishing. In: Blaber, S J M and Copland, J W (Eds.). Tuna Baitfish in the Indo-Pacific Region. Proceedings of a Workshop (Honiara, Solomon Islands: December 11-13, 1989). Aciar Proceedings. Canberra, Act: Australian Centre for International Agric. Res., (30): 169-178 18 refs, illus.

LeRoi, J.-M., Jeffrey, S. W. and Garland, C. D. (1988). Microalgae for mariculture: 1988 update poster abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.30.

Lewin, J., Norris, R. E., Jeffrey, S. W. and Pearson, B. E. (1977). An aberrant chrysophycean alga Pelagococcus subviridis gen. nov. et sp. nov. from the north Pacific Ocean. Journal of Phycology, 13: 259-66, 26 refs.

Leyendekkers, J. V. (1963). Oceanography. Current Affairs Bulletin, Sydney, 32: 195-208.

Leyendekkers, J. V. (1963). The Indian Ocean Expedition. Fish. Newsl., 22(10): 21-26.

Leyendekkers, J. V. (1964). The International Indian Ocean Expedition. Aust. J. Sci., 27: 153-61.

Leyendekkers, J. V. (1965). Oceanography. Scient. Aust., 2(6): 23-7.

Leyendekkers, J. V. (1970). Activity coefficients in mixed solutions. Prediction of harned coefficients from ionic entropies. Journal of Physical Chemistry, 74(10): 2225-9.

Leyendekkers, J. V. (1971). Single ion activities in multicomponent systems. Analytical Chemistry, 43(13): 1835-43.

Leyendekkers, J. V. (1971). Thermodynamics of mixed electrolyte solutions. Ionic entropy correlations and volume fraction statistics. Journal of Physical Chemistry, 75(7): 946-56.

Leyendekkers, J. V. (1973). Chemical potentials of seawater components. Marine Chemistry, .

Leyendekkers, J. V. and Whitfield, M. (1971). Liquid ion exchange electrodes in mixed electrolyte solutions. Analytical Chemistry, 43(3): 322-7.

Leyendekkers, J. V. and Whitfield, M. (1971). Measurement of activity coefficients with liquid ion-exchange, electrodes for the system calcium(ii)-sodium(1)-chloride (i)-water. Journal of Physical Chemistry, 75(7): 957-63.

Liehne, P. F. S., Marks, E. N., Kay, B. H. and Fleming, P. M. (1981). Patterns of disease in human and domestic animals. In: Fleming, P M, Gunn, R H, Reece, A M and Mcalpine, J R (Eds) Burdekin Project Ecological Study, Canberra, August 1980. CSIRO and Department of National Development & Energy, 211-22.

Lindholm, R. Y. (1984). Observations on the chinaman leatherjacket Nelusetta ayraudi (Quoy & Gaimard) in the Great Australian Bight. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 35(5): 597-99 10 refs, illus.

Lindholm, R. Y. and Maxwell, J. G. H. (1981). Observations on the Chinaman leatherjacket (Nelusetta ayraudi) in the Great Australian Bight abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.52.

Lindholm, R. Y. and Maxwell, J. G. H. (1988). Stock separation of Jack mackerel Trachurus declivis (Jenyns, 1841) and yellowtail T. novaezealandiae (Richardson 1843) in southern Australian waters, using principal component analysis. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (189): 7p., 11 refs, illus, map.

Lindstrom, E. J. (1992). The World Ocean Circulation Experiment: Seeking a description of the ocean's role in global climate change. Mts-'-92: Global Ocean Partnership. Proceedings. Marine Technology Soc., Washington, Dc USA Washington, Dc USA Mts 1992, pp. 522-527.

Lindstrom, E. J. and Hayes, S. P. (1989). Abyssal waters of the Coral and Solomon Seas abstract. Eos, Transactions, American Geophysical Union, 70(43): p.1154.

Lindstrom, E. J. and Nowlin, W. D. (1989). WOCE: impetus for new instrument developments. Sea Technology, 30(11): 31-37, illus.

Lindstrom, E. J. and Taft, B. A. (1986). Small water-property transporting eddies: statistical outliers in the hydrographic data of the POLYMODE local dynamics experiment. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 16(3): 613-631 23 refs, illus.

Lindstrom, E. J., Butt, J. A., Lukas, R. and Godfrey, J. S. (1990). The flow through Vitiaz Strait and St. George's Channel, Papua New Guinea. In: Pratt, L J (Ed.). The Physical Oceanography of Sea Straits. Nato Advanced Research Workshop on the Physical Oceanography of Sea Straits (Les Arcs, France: July 5-9, 1989). The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publ., pp.171-189 8 refs, illus.

Lindstrom, E. J., Ebbesmeyer, C. C. and Owens, W. B. (1986). Structure and origin of a small cyclonic eddy observed during the POLYMODE local dynamics experiment. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 16(3): 562-570 22 refs, illus.

Lindstrom, E. J., Lukas, R., Fine, R., Firing, E., Godfrey, J. S., Meyers, G. A. and Tsuchiya, M. (1987). The Western Equatorial Pacific Ocean Circulation Study. Nature, 330(6148): 533-537 20 refs, illus.

Liron, C. T. (1988). Outback field stations. In: Mawson, V A, Tranter, D J and Pearce, A F (Eds.). CSIRO At Sea: 50 Years of Marine Science. Hobart, Tas: CSIRO Marine Laboratories, pp.161-162.

Liu, H. and Loneragan, N. R. (1997). Size and time of day affect the response of postlarvae and early juvenile grooved tiger prawns Penaeus semisulcatus De-Haan (Decapoda, Penaeidae) to natural and artificial seagrass in the laboratory. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 211 (2): 263­277.

Lockwood, D. R. (1970). Portable temperature-chlorinity bridge (s-t meter) instruction manual. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.47.

Lockwood, D. R. (1970). Temperature - salinity - depth recorder with an acoustic link. Deep-Sea Research, 17: 379-84.

Lockwood, D. R. (1975). Proposed use of digital cassette recorders. (Abs.). Data-Logging Workshop Held at the University of Sydney. Summary of Proceedings, Paper 4(d).

Lomas, M. W., Glibert, P. M., Berg, G. M. and Burford, M. (1996). Characterization of nitrogen uptake by natural populations of Aureococcus anophagefferens (Chrysophyceae) as a function of incubation duration, substrate concentration, light, and temperature. Journal of Phycology, 32 (6): 907­916.

Loneragan, N. R. (1992). Case study 1: the northern prawn fishery. In: Parslow, J and Jernakoff, P (Eds.). Report of a Workshop: Managing Australia's Fisheries Under Threat of Climate Change Impacts (Hobart, Tas: May 28-30, 1991). Canberra, Act: Aust. Gov. Pub. Serv., pp.32-41, illus.

Loneragan, N. R. (1993). Defining key factors relating fish populations in estuaries and their habitats. In: Hancock, D A (Ed.). Sustainable Fisheries Through Sustaining Fish Habitat. Bureau of Resource Sciences Proceedings, (17): 95-105 80 refs.

Loneragan, N. R., Kenyon, R. A., Haywood, M. D. E. and Staples, D. J. (1994). Population dynamics of juvenile tiger prawns (Penaeus esculentus and P. semisulcatus) in seagrass habitats of the western Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Marine Biology, 119: 133-143 36 refs, illus.

Loneragan, N. R., Wang, Y.-G., Kenyon, R. A., Staples, D. J. and Vance, D. J. (1995). Estimating the efficiency of a small beam trawl for sampling tiger prawns Penaeus esculentus and P. semisulcatus in seagrass by removal experiments. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 118: 139-148 31 refs, illus.

Loneragan, N., Kenyon, R., Die, D., Pendrey, R. and Taylor, B. (1997). Impact of changes in fishing patterns on red-legged banana prawns (Penaeus indicus) in the Jospeh Bonaparte Gulf. Final report to the Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Project 95/16. Division of Marine Research. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 17 pp.

Long, B. G. and Poiner, I. R. (1994). A checklist of megabenthos recorded in the Gulf of Carpentaria, November-December 1990. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (219): 33p. 9 refs, illus.

Long, B. G. and Poiner, I. R. (1994). Infaunal benthic community structure and function in the Gulf of Carpentaria, northern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 45(3): 293-316 46 refs, illus, appendix.

Long, B. G. and Skewes, T. D. (1994). GIS and remote sensing improves mangrove mapping. Proceedings of the 7th Australasian Remote Sensing Conference (Melbourne, Vic: March, 1994), pp.545-550 14 refs, illus.

Long, B. G. and Skewes, T. D. (1996). A technique for mapping mangroves with Landsat ™ satellite data and geographic information system. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 43 (3): 373­381.

Long, B. G. and Skewes, T. D. (1996). On the trail of seagrass dieback in Torres Strait. Professional Fisherman, 18(4): 15-16,18 2 refs, illus.

Long, B. G. and Wang, Y.-G. (1994). Method for comparing the capture efficiency of benthic sampling devices. Marine Biology, 121: 397-399 9 refs.

Long, B. G., Dennis, D. M., Skewes, T. D. and Poiner, I. R. (1996). Detecting an environmental impact of dredging on seagrass beds with a BACIR sampling design. Aquatic Botany, 53: 235-43 15 refs, illus.

Long, B. G., Poiner, I. R. and Harris, A. N. M. (1993). Method of estimating the standing stock of Trochus niloticus incorporating Landsat satellite data, with application to the trochus resources of the Bourke Isles, Torres Strait, Australia. Marine Biology, 115: 587-593 25 refs, illus.

Long, B. G., Poiner, I. R. and Wassenberg, T. J. (1995). Distribution, biomass and community structure of megabenthos of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 129: 127-139 49 refs, illus.

Long, B. G., Skewes, T. D. and Poiner, I. R. (1994). An efficient method for estimating seagrass biomass. Aquatic Botany, 47: 277-291 14 refs, illus.

Long, B. G., Skewes, T. D. and Poiner, I. R. (1995). Torres Strait Marine Geographic Information System. In: Bellwood, O, Choat, H and Saxena, N (Eds.). Recent Advances in Marine Science and Technology '94. Townsville, Qld: James Cook Univ. of North Queensland, pp.231-239 19 refs, illus.

Long, B. G., Skewes, T. D., Poiner, I. R. and Bishop, M. (1994). Geographic information systems helps manage Torres Strait fisheries. Australian Fisheries, 53(2): 14-15 2 refs, illus.

Long, B. G., Vance, D. J. and Conacher, C. A. (1992). Remote sensing helps identify links between mangroves and prawns. Australian Fisheries, 51(7): 22-23, illus.

Lorenzen, C. J. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1980). Determination of chlorophyll in seawater. Unesco Technical Papers in Marine Science, 35: 1-21.

Lorenzen, C. J. and Jeffrey, S. W. (1982). Determination of chlorophyll in seawater. The Measurement of Photosynthetic Pigments in Freshwaters and Standardization of Methods. Rai, H.; Marker, A.F.H. Eds. 1982. Vol. 16 , pp. 127-128.

Lowry, P. S., Elliott, N. G., Yearsley, G. K. and Ward, R. D. (1996). Genetic variation and phylogenetic relationships of seven oreo species (Teleostei, Oreosomatidae) inferred from allozyme analysis. Fishery Bulletin, 94 (4): 692­706.

Lozano-Alvarez, E., Briones-Fourzan, P. and Phillips, B. F. (1989). The spiny lobster fishery in Bahia de la Ascension, Quintana Roo, Mexico. In: Chavez, E A (Ed.). Proceedings of the Workshop Australia-Mexico on Marine Sciences (Mexico: July 6-17, 1987). Merida, Mexico: Cinvestav-Ipn-Unided Merida, pp.379-391 7 refs, illus.

Lozano-Alvarez, E., Briones-Fourzan, P. and Phillips, B. F. (1991). Fishery characteristics, growth, and movements of the spiny lobster Panulirus argus in Bahia de la Ascension, Mexico. Fishery Bulletin, 89: 79-89 30 refs, illus.

Lu, C. C. and Dunning, M. C. (1982). Identification guide to Australian arrow squid (Family Ommastrephidae). Technical Report of the Victorian Institute of Marine Sciences, (2): 1-30 17 refs illus., maps.

Lucas, C. (1971). Methods for estimating mortality rates from tag recoveries when fishing is not constant. Australian and New Zealand Association for The Advancement of Science Anzaas 43rd Congress (Brisbane, Qld: 1971), p.62.

Lucas, C. (1974). Collection and use of landing statistics. Australian Fisheries, 33(1): 6.

Lucas, C. (1974). Preliminary estimates of stocks of the king prawn, Penaeus plebejus, in south-east Queensland. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 25(1): 35-47.

Lucas, C. (1975). Does it pay to catch small prawns?. Australian Fisheries, 34(1): 10-11.

Lucas, C. (1975). Eastern king prawn migrations in southern Queensland. Australian Fisheries, 34(5): 14-15.

Lucas, C. (1975). Method for estimating mortality rates from tag recoveries when fishing is not constant. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 26(1): 75-9.

Lucas, C. (1975). Significance of Moreton Bay to offshore prawn fishery. Australian Fisheries, 34(4): 9-10.

Lucas, C. (1975). Why complete a CSIRO log book. Australian Fisheries, 34(3): 31,36.

Lucas, C., Kirkwood, G. P. and Somers, I. F. (1979). Assessment of the stocks of the banana prawn Penaeus merguiensis in the Gulf of Carpentaria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 30(5): 639-52 10 refs map.

Lucas, C., Young, P. C., Brundritt, J. K., (1972). Preliminary mortality rates of marked king prawns Penaeus plebejus in laboratory tanks. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 23(2): 143-9.

Lucas, I. A. N. (1991). Symbionts of the tropical Dinophysiales (Dinophyceae). Ophelia, 33(3): 213-224.

Lucas, I. A. N. and Vesk, M. (1990). The fine structure of two photosynthetic species of Dinophysis (Dinophysiales, Dinophyceae). Journal of Phycology, 26(2): 345-357.

Lukas, R. and Lindstrom, E. J. (1991). The mixed layer of the western equatorial Pacific Ocean. Journal of Geophysical Research, 96(supp): 3343-3357 48 refs, illus.

Lyne, V. D. and Thresher, R. E. (1994). Dispersal and advection of Macruronus novaezelandiae (Gadiformes: Merlucciidae) larvae off Tasmania: simulation of the effects of physical forcing on larval distribution. In: Sammarco, P W and Heron, M L (Eds.). The Bio-Physics of Marine Larval Dispersal. Washington, Dc, USA: Agu, (Ch.6): 109-136 25 refs, illus.

Lyne, V. D., Butman, B. and Grant, W. D. (1990). Sediment movement along the U.S. east coast continental shelf: 1. Estimates of bottom stress using the Grant-Madsen model and near-bottom wave and current measurements. Continental Shelf Research, 10(5): 397-428 38 refs, illus.

Lyne, V. D., Griffiths, F. B., Harris, G. P., Parslow, J. S. and Clift, S. H. (1992). Detecting surface schools of fish with a SLAR: real-time target detectability and enhancement. International Journal of Remote Sensing, 13(10): 1927-1941 21 refs, illus.

MacFarlane, J. W. and Johannes, R. E. (1984). Existing and potential problems in Torres Strait Islands traditional fisheries abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.48.

MacFarlane, J. W. and Moore, R. (1986). Reproduction of the ornate rock lobster, Panulirus ornatus (Fabricius), in Papua New Guinea. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37(1): 55-65.

MacIntyre, R. J. (1959). Some aspects of the ecology of Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., with regard to an alleged depletion of fish. VII. The benthic macrofauna. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 10: 341-353.

MacIntyre, R. J. (1961). Larval development of Velacumantus australis. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 86: 183-184.

MacIntyre, R. J. (1964). A box dredge for quantitative sampling of benthic organisms. Limnol. Oceanogr., 9: 460-461.

MacIntyre, R. J. (1966). Rapid growth in stalked barnacles. Nature, Lond., 212: 637-638.

MacIntyre, R. J. (1968). Oxygen depletion in Lake Macquarie. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 19: 53-56.

Mackey, D. J. (1982). Adsorption of simple trace metal cations on Amberlite XAD-1 and XAD-2. A study using a multichannel non-dispersive atomic fluorescence detector with quantitation by batch measurements. Journal of Chromatography, 236: 81-95 14 refs.

Mackey, D. J. (1982). Amberlite XAD-2 and XAD-4 as cation-exchange resins of low capacity: An investigation using an atomic fluorescence detector directly coupled to a liquid chromatograph. Journal of Chromatography, 237: 79-88 13 refs.

Mackey, D. J. (1982). Cation-exchange behaviour of a range of adsorbents and chromatographic supports with regard to their suitability for investigating trace metal speciation in natural waters. Journal of Chromatography, 242: 275-87 30 refs.

Mackey, D. J. (1982). Investigation of the suitability of Amberlite XAD-1 resin for studying trace metal speciation in seawater. Marine Chemistry, 11: 169-81 50 refs.

Mackey, D. J. (1983). Metal-organic complexes in seawater - an investigation of naturally occurring complexes of Cu, Zn, Fe, Mg, Ni, Cr, Mn and Cd using high-performance liquid chromatography with atomic fluorescence detection. Marine Chemistry, 13: 169-80 11 refs.

Mackey, D. J. (1983). The strong complexing capacity of seawater - an investigation of south-eastern Australian coastal waters. Marine Chemistry, 14: 73-87 34 refs.

Mackey, D. J. (1984). Investigation of metal-organics in seawater using HPLC with atomic fluorescence detection. In: Kramer, C J M and Duinker, J C (Eds.) Complexation of Trace Metals in Natural Waters. Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, pp.55-65 8 refs.

Mackey, D. J. (1984). Trace metals and the productivity of shelf waters off north west Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 35(5): 505-16 34 refs, illus.

Mackey, D. J. (1985). HPLC analyses of metal-organics in seawater - interference effects attributed to stationary phase free silanols. Marine Chemistry, 16: 105-19 15 refs.

Mackey, D. J. (1985). Metal-organic compounds in seawater. Research Report (1981-1984). Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 135-40 8 refs.

Mackey, D. J. (1986). Copper-complexing capacity of South Pacific waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 37(4): 437-50 24 refs, illus, map.

Mackey, D. J. (1994). Toxic metals in the environment: the answer is 42; what was the question?. Chemistry in Australia, 61(9): 487-489 10 refs, illus.

Mackey, D. J. (1995). Marine chemistry and the Greenhouse effect. Chemistry in Australia, 62(8): 39-40, illus.

Mackey, D. J. and De Marco, R. (1997). Measurements of copper in seawater: the use and misuse of the ion-selective electrode. Croatica Chemica Acta, 70 (1): 207­221.

Mackey, D. J. and Higgins, H. W. (1988). Reversed-phase chromatographic separation and analysis of marine metal-organic complexes. Journal of Chromatography, 436: 243-257 22 refs, illus.

Mackey, D. J. and Higgins, H. W. (1988). The copper-complexing capacity of seawater. Science of the Total Environment, 75: 151-167 34 refs, illus.

Mackey, D. J. and O'Sullivan, J. E. (1990). Metal-organic interactions in sea water: an ecosystem experiment. Analytica Chimica Acta, 232: 161-170 62 refs, illus.

Mackey, D. J. and Szymczak, R. (1988). Seasonal variations in the copper complexing capacity of Port Hacking. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 39(2): 125-132 33 refs, illus, maps.

Mackey, D. J. and Zirino, A. (1994). Comments on trace metal speciation in seawater: or: do'onions' grow in the sea?. Analytica Chimica Acta, 284: 635-647 80 refs, illus.

Mackey, D. J., Butler, E. C. V., Carpenter, P. D., Higgins, H. W., O'Sullivan, J. E. and Plaschke, R. B. (1996). Trace elements and organic matter in a pristine environment - Bathurst Harbour, southwestern Tasmania. Science of the Total Environment, 191 (1-2): 137­151.

Mackey, D. J., Butler, E. C. V., Nichols, P. D. and Higgins, H. W. (1989). Continuous shipboard and in situ measurements of pH and fluorescence in seawater. Marine Chemistry, 28: 41-60 33 refs, illus.

Mackey, D. J., Butler, E. C. V., Nichols, P. D. and Higgins, H. W. (1992). High-resolution measurements of pH, fluorescence and turbidity in sea water. In: Ilyichev, V I and Anikiev, V V (Eds.). Oceanic and Anthropogenic Controls of Life in the Pacific Ocean. The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publ., (Ch.23): 315-324 21 refs, illus.

Mackey, D. J., Parslow, J., Higgins, H. W., Griffiths, F. B. and O'Sullivan, J. E. (1995). Plankton productivity and biomass in the western equatorial Pacific: biological and physical controls. Deep-Sea Research Ii, 42(2-3): 499-533 93 refs, illus.

Mackey, D. J., Szymczak, R., Tomczak, M. and Gu, Y. (1987). Effects of mixed-layer depth and an isolated coral reef on the strong complexing capacity of oligotrophic waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(4): 491-99 18 refs illus.

Mackey, M. D., Higgins, H. W., Mackey, D. J. and Wright, S. W. (1997). CHEMTAX user's manual: a program for estimating class abundances from chemical markers - application to HPLC measurements of phytoplankton pigments. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (229): 41p.

Mackey, M. D., Mackey, D. J., Higgins, H. W. and Wright, S. W. (1996). CHEMTAX - a program for estimating class abundances from chemical markers - application to HPLC measurements of phytoplankton. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 144 (1-3): 265­283.

Madgwick, J. C. (1965). Quantitative chromatography of algal chlorophylls on thin layers of glucose. Deep-Sea Res., 12: 233-236.

Madgwick, J. C. (1966). Chromatographic determination of chlorophylls in algal cultures and phytoplankton. Deep-Sea Res., 13: 459-466.

Maher, W. and Butler, E. C. V. (1988). Arsenic in the marine environment. Applied Organometallic Chemistry, 2: 191-214 202 refs, illus.

Majkowski, J. (1984). Population dynamics studies on southern bluefin tuna restricted. Western Fisheries Research Committee. 26th Annual Meeting (Waterman, WA: August 20-22, 1985). Perth, WA: Dept of Fisheries and Wildlife, pp.158-187.

Majkowski, J. (1984). Southern bluefin tuna: CSIRO studies restricted. Western Fisheries Research Committee. 26th Annual Meeting (Waterman, WA: August 20-22, 1985). Perth, WA: Dept of Fisheries and Wildlife, pp.151-178.

Majkowski, J. (1986). Population dynamics studies on southern bluefin tuna (SBT) restricted. Western Fisheries Research Committee. Annual Reports and Proposals, September, 1986. Perth, WA: Dept of Fisheries and Wildlife, pp.133-162.

Majkowski, J. (1989). Comments on the design and implementation of tagging programs. In: Hancock, D A (Ed.). Australian Society for Fish Biology Tagging Workshop. Tagging: Solution Or Problem? (Sydney, NSW: July 21-22, 1988) Bureau of Rural Resources Proceedings. Canberra: A.G.P.S., (5): p.37.

Majkowski, J. and Hampton, J. W. (1981). Estimation of a catch level which stabilizes the parental biomass of an exploited fish stock abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.45.

Majkowski, J. and Hampton, J. W. (1981). Uncertainties in the decomposition of the fish catch into age classes due to uncertainties in parameters of the age - length relationship used abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.46-47.

Majkowski, J. and Hearn, W. S. (1984). Comparison of three methods for evaluating the food intkae by a fish abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.32.

Majkowski, J. and McLoughlin, K. J. (1984). The maximum sustainable yield estimation for southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii) abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.35.

Majkowski, J. V. (1981). Application of a multispecies approach for assessing the population abundance and the age-structure of fish stocks. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 38(4): 424-31 42 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. (1982). CSIRO data base for southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii (Castlenau)). Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 142: 23p. 10 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. (1982). Estimation of the abundance of the southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii (Castlenau)) subpopulation exploited by the Australian fishery. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, 143: 11p. 16 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. (1982). Usefulness and applicability of sensitivity analysis in a multispecies approach to fisheries management. In: Pauly, D and Murphy, G I (Eds.) Theory and Management of Tropical Fisheries. Proceedings of the ICLARM Conference Proceedings 1981, 149-65 42 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. (1983). Usefulness and applicability of sensitivity analysis in resource management. In: Wadha, L C (Ed.) Resource Management: Issues, Techniques, Applications. Proceedings of Workshop on Resource Management, Townsville, July 1981. James Cook University of North Queensland, 249-61 39 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. (1985). Fisheries scientists report on SBT. Australian Fisheries, 44(11): 16-18 2 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. and Caton, A. E. (1984). Scientists' concerns behind tuna management. Australian Fisheries, 43(9): 5-6 2 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. and Hampton, J. W. (1983). The effect of parameter uncertainties in an age-length relationship upon estimating the age composition of catches. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 40(3): 272-80 46 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. and Hampton, J. W. (1983). The estimation of a catch level which stabilizes the parental biomass of an exploited fish stock. Fishery Bulletin, 81(4): 723-32 24 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. and Hampton, J. W. (1984). Deterministic partitioning of the catch of southern bluefin tuna, Thunnus maccoyii, into age classes using an age-length relationship. In: Prince, E D and Pulos, L M (Eds.) Proceedings. International Workshop on Age Determination of Oceanic Pelagic Fishes: Tunas, Billfishes, and Sharks. Noaa Technical Report, (NMFS 8) pp.87-90 27 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. and Hampton, J. W. (1989). Length-based methods for stock assessment and their robustness: a review with emphasis on some Australian experiences. In: Chavez, E A (Ed.). Proceedings of the Workshop Australia-Mexico on Marine Sciences (Mexico: July 6-17, 1987). Merida, Mexico: Cinvestav-Ipn-Unidad Merida, pp.267-278 66 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. and Hearn, W. S. (1984). Comparison of three methods for estimating the food intake of a fish. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 41(1): 212-15 24 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. and Morris, G. B. (1986). Data on southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii (Castlenau)) : Australian, Japanese and New Zealand systems for collecting, processing and accessing catch, fishing effort, aircraft observation and tag release/recapture data. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (179): 95pp. 28 refs.

Majkowski, J. V. and Murphy, G. I. (1983). CSIRO southern bluefin tuna tagging: scientific achievements and future objectives. Australian Fisheries, 42(11): 26-7.

Majkowski, J. V., Hearn, W. S. and Sandland, R. L. (1984). An experimental determination of the effect of increasing the minimum age (or size) of fish at capture upon the yield per recruit. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 41(5): 736-43 30 refs map.

Majkowski, J. V., Hearn, W. S. and Sandland, R. L. (1985). Tag release-recapture approach for predicting interactions among fisheries. Indo-Pacific Tuna Development and Management Programme. Collective Volume of Working Documents Presented at the Expert Consultation on Stock Assessment of Tunas in the Indian Ocean Held in Colombo, Sri Lanka, November-December. , pp.230-32 1 ref.

Majkowski, J. V., Hearn, W. S. and Sandland, R. L. (1988). A tag-release/recovery method for predicting the effect of changing the catch of one component of a fishery upon the remaining components. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 45(4): 675-684 38 refs, illus.

Majkowski, J. V., Ridgeway, J. M. and Miller, D. R. (1981). Multiplicative sensitivity analysis and its role in development of simulation models. Ecological Modelling, 12: 191-208 13 refs, illus.

Majkowski, J. V., Williams, K. F. and Murphy, G. I. (1981). Research identifies changing patterns in Australian tuna fishery. Australian Fisheries, 40(2): 5-10 map.

Majkowski, J., Hampton, J., Jones, R., Laurec, A. and Rosenberg, A. A. (1987). Sensitivity of length based methods for stock assessment: Report of Working Group III. Length Based Methods in Fisheries Research. Proceedings of the International Conference on the Theory and Application of Length Based Methods for Stock Assessment, -11-16 February-1985, Mazzara Del Vallo, Italy. Pauly, D.; Morgan, G.R. Eds. 1987. Vol. 13 , pp.363-372.

Majkowski, J., Hearn, W. S. and Sandland, R. L. (1994). A tag release/recovery method for predicting the effect of changing the catch of one component of a fishery upon the remaining components. Interactions of Pacific Tuna Fisheries. Volume-1. Summary Report on Papers on Interaction. Proceedings of the First FAO Expert Consultation on Interactions of Pacific Tuna Fisheries, -3-11 December-1991, Noumea, New Caledonia. Shomura, R.S.; Majkowski, J., p. 93.

Major, G. A. (1977). A semi-automatic sampler for collecting and filtering water. Water Research, 11: 525-32, 4 refs.

Major, G. A. (1977). Inexpensive system for remote triggering of water samplers. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.76, 2 p.

Major, G. A. and Pettis, R. W. (1977). Analysis of cadmium, copper, lead and zinc in sea-water: Interlaboratory comparison among Australian laboratories. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (95): 7p.

Major, G. A., Dal Pont, G., Klye, J. L., Newell, B. S., (1972). Laboratory techniques in marine chemistry. A manual. Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no 51, p 21.

Major, G. A., Dickson, W. D., Leech, G. S. and Dingeldei, S. (1981). A prototype system for monitoring off-shore marine pollution. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (134): 60p. 24 refs illus.

Malcolm, W. B. (1959). The populations of Australian "salmon", Arripis trutta (Bloch & Schneider), in Australian waters. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 10: 22-29.

Malcolm, W. B. (1960). Area of distribution, and movement of the western subspecies of the Australian "salmon", Arripis trutta esper Whitley. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwat. Res., 11: 282-325.

Malcolm, W. B. (1961). The Australian salmon. Fish. Newsl., 20(7): 19-22.

Malcolm, W. B. (1964). Australian salmon. in "Fisheries Management Seminar, 1963. Rep. of Procs." (Dept. Prim. Ind.: Canberra)., .

Maller, R. A., De Boer, E. S., Joll, L. M., Anderson, D. A. and Hinde, J. P. (1983). Determination of the maximum foregut volume of western rock lobsters (Panulirus cygnus) from field data. Biometrics, 39: 543-51 5 refs.

Mancuso, C. A., Franzmann, P. D., Burton, H. R. and Nichols, P. D. (1990). Microbial community structure and biomass estimates of a methanogenic Antarctic Lake ecosystem as determined by phospholipid analyses. Microbial Ecology, 19: 73-95 59 refs, illus.

Mancuso, C. A., Franzmann, P. D., McMeekin, T. A. and Nichols, P. D. (1996). Antarctic microorganisms: biodiversity and biotechnology. American Chemical Society, Division of Environmental Chemistry. Preprints of Extended Abstracts, 1996, 36(2): 280-283.

Mancuso, C. A., McMeekin, T. A., Nichols, D. S. and Nichols, P. D. (1995). The Australian Collection of Antarctic Microorganisms (ACAM): an increasing demand for a new resource. Chemistry in Australia, 62(8): 11-12 3 refs, illus.

Mann, E. H. and Kirkman, H. (1981). Biomass method for measuring productivity of Ecklonia radiata, with the potential for adaptation to other large brown algae. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 32(2): 297-304 6 refs.

Manning C. R. and Kirkman, H. (1993). Irrigation of eucalypt plantations on deep sands using sewage effluent: a proposed alternative to ocean disposal near Perth, Western Australia. Australian Forestry, 56(1): 80-89 40 refs.

Mantoura, R. F. C., Jeffrey, S. W., Llewellyn, C. A., Claustre, H. and Morales, C. E. (1997). Comparison between spectrophotometric, fluorometric and HPLC methods for chlorophyll analysis. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 361-380.

Mantoura, R. F. C., Wright, S. W., Jeffrey, S. W., Barlow, R. G. and Cummings, D. E. (1997). Filtration and storage of pigments from microalgae. In: Jeffrey S W, Mantoura R F C and Wright S W (Eds.). Phytoplankton Pigments in Oceanography: Guidelines to Modern Methods. Paris: UNESCO Publishing, pp. 283-305.

Mapstone, B. D., Campbell, R. A. and Smith, A. D. M. (1996). Design of experimental investigations of the effects of line and spear fishing on the Great Barrier Reef. Technical Report. Crc Reef Research Centre, (7): 86p. 42 refs.

Marshall, J. I., Rowe, F. W. E., Fisher, R. P. and Smith, D. F. (1980). Alterations to the relative species-abundance of ascidians and barnacles in a fouling community due to screens. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 31(2): 147-53 4 refs illus.

Martin, R. B. M., Young, P. C. and McLoughlin, R. J. (1989). Problems with applying yield-per-recruit techniques to the management of the Bass Strait scallop fishery. In: Dredge, M L C, Zacharin, W F and Joll, L M (Eds.). Proceedings of the Australasian Scallop Workshop (Hobart, Tas: July 1988), pp.111-121 8 refs., illus.

Martin, R. B. M., Young, P. C., McLoughlin, R. J. and West, G. J. (1988). The application of yield-per recruit approaches to management of the commercial scallop fishery abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries. Third Divisional Research Seminar (Hobart, Tas: June 6-10, 1988), p.20.

Martin, R. B. M., Young, P. C., McLoughlin, R. J. and West, G. J. (1989). Bad news in Bass Strait. Australian Fisheries, 48(3): 18-19 maps.

Martin, T. J., Brewer D. T. and Blaber, S. J. (1995). Factors affecting distribution and abundance of small demersal fishes in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research, 46(6): 909-20, 13 refs, illus.

Masini, R. J., Simpson, C. J., Kirkman, H., Ward, T. J. and Crossland, C. J. (1992). The concept of 'assimilative capacity' as a management tool in temperate coastal waters of Western Australia. Technical Series of the Environmental Protection Authority, (48): 18p. 33 refs, illus.

Mawson, V. A. (1988). Publications by staff of the CSIRO Marine Laboratories, 1978-1984. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (190): 67p.

Mawson, V. A. (1992). The dismal language of science. In: Peters, P H (Ed.). Australian Style Into The Nineties. Proceedings of Style Councils 90 and 91. North Ryde, NSW: Dictionary Res. Centre, Macquarie Univ., pp.142-150.

Mawson, V. A., Tranter, D. J. and Pearce, A. F. (eds.) (1988). CSIRO at sea: 50 years of marine science. Hobart, Tas: CSIRO Marine Laboratories, 216p., refs, illus.

Maxwell, J. G. H. (1977). Semi-pelagic otter boards used in Courageous trawling operations. Australian Fisheries, 36(10): 24-5, 30.

Maxwell, J. G. H. (1979). Jack mackerel. Fishery Situation Report. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, 2: 18pp. 23 refs.

Maxwell, J. G. H. (1980). Field guide to trawl fish from the temperate waters of Australia. Circular. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, (8): 4-201 refs pp. 148-66 illus.

Maxwell, J. G. H. (1980). Soela rigged for important role in researching AFZ. Australian Fisheries, 39(3): 4-8 illus.

Maxwell, J. G. H. (1981). An assessment of the potential for fisheries development in the Great Australian Bight abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.53.

Maxwell, J. G. H. (1981). Distribution and community structure of the demersal fish in the Great Australian Bight abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.38.

Maxwell, J. G. H. (1981). Fishing the Great Australian Bight - history holds important lessons for the future. Australian Fisheries, 40(10): 2-7 illus.

Maxwell, J. G. H. (1981). Infestation of the jack mackerel Trachurus declivis (Jenyns) with the cymothoid isopod Ceratothoa imbricatus (Fabricus) in south eastern Australian waters abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), pp.64-65.

Maxwell, J. G. H. (1981). The fishing ventures of the Great Australian Bight: with a resume of known potential resources and review of trawling surveys on the south western Australian continental shelf. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (136): 58p. 38 refs map.

Maxwell, J. G. H. (1982). Infestation of the jack mackerel, Trachurus declivis (Jenyns), with the cymothoid isopod, Ceratothoa imbricatus (Fabricus), in south eastern Australian waters. Journal of Fish Biology, 20: 341-349.

Maxwell, J. G. H. and Brown, P. A. (1978). CSIRO investigation of demersal fish community of the western Great Australian Bight. Australian Fisheries, 37(8): 2-9 5 refs illus.

Maxwell, J. G. H. and Cresswell, G. R. (1981). Dispersal of tropical marine fauna to the Great Australian Bight by the Leeuwin Current. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 32(4): 493-500 27 refs map.

Maxwell, J. G. H. and Cresswell, G. R. (1981). Zoogeographic affinities of the marine fauna between the Indo-Pacific and Great Australian Bight abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.43.

Maxwell, J. G. H. and Lindholm, R. Y. (1981). Stock discrimination in populations of the jack mackerel (Trachurus declivis (Jenyns)) and Yellowtail (Trachurus novaezelandiae (Richardson)) abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.65.

Maxwell, J. G. H. and May, J. L. (1981). Identification of trawl fish from the temperate waters of Australia abstract. In: CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: December 1-3, 1981), p.44.

May, J. L. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1989). Benthic and pelagic fish biomass of the upper continental slope off eastern Tasmania. Marine Biology, 101: 11-23 57 refs, illus.

May, J. L. and Maxwell, J. G. H. (1986). A field guide to trawl fish from temperate waters of Australia. Rev. ed. Hobart, Tas., CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. , 492pp. 395 refs illus. indexes.

May, V. (1944). Studies on Australian marine algae. I. The corrected name for Pterocladia pectinata (A. & E.S. Gepp) Lucas. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 69: 226-228.

May, V. (1945). Report on systematic work on red algae in Australia. J. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res. Aust., 18: 62-68.

May, V. (1946). Studies on Australian marine algae. II. Notes extending the known geographical range of certain species. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 70: 121-124.

May, V. (1947). Studies on Australian marine algae. III. Geographical records of various species and observations on Achrochaetium botryocarpum (Harv.) J. Ag. and Pterocladia capillacea (Gmel.) Born. and Thur. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 71: 273-277.

May, V. (1948). Studies on Australian marine algae. IV. Further geographical records. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 73: 293-297.

May, V. (1948). The algal genus Gracilaria in Australia. Bull. Coun. Scient. Ind. Res., Melb., no. 235.

May, V. (1949). Studies on Australian marine algae. V. Observations on and geographical records of various species, particularly those of the Gelidium complex. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 74: 196-202.

McCallum, H. I. (1984). Harvesting complex systems abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.33.

McComb, A. J., Cambridge M. L., Kirkman, H. and Kuo, J. (1981). The biology of Australian seagrasses. In: Pate, J S and Mccomb, A J (Eds.) The Biology of Australian Plants. University of Western Australia Press, 258-93 86 refs illus. maps.

McDougall, T. J. (1983). Double-diffusive plumes in unconfined and confined environments. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 133: 321-343.

McDougall, T. J. (1984). Convective processes caused by a dense, hot saline source flowing into a submarine depression from above. Deep-Sea Research, 31(11): 1287-1309 16 refs illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1984). Estimates of the relative roles of diapycnal, isopycnal and double-diffusive mixing in Antarctic bottom water in the North Atlantic. Journal of Geophysical Research, 89(C6): 10, 479-83 7 refs.

McDougall, T. J. (1984). Fluid dynamic implications for massive sulphide deposits of hot saline fluid flowing into a submarine depression from below. Deep-Sea Research, 31(2): 145-170.

McDougall, T. J. (1984). Flux measurements across a finger interface at low values of the stability ratio. Journal of Marine Research, 42(1): 1-14.

McDougall, T. J. (1984). The relative roles of diapycnal and isopycnal mixing on subsurface water mass conversion. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 14(10): 1577-89 38 refs maps.

McDougall, T. J. (1985). A model of a frictionless double-diffusive gravity current on a horizontal surface. Geophysical and Astrophysical Fluid Dynamics, 31: 221-45 9 refs.

McDougall, T. J. (1985). Double-diffusive interleaving. Part 1: linear stability analysis. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 15(11): 1532-41 14 refs.

McDougall, T. J. (1985). Double-diffusive interleaving. Part 2: finite amplitude, steady state interleaving. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 15(11): 1542-56 26 refs.

McDougall, T. J. (1985). Oceanic double-diffusive interleaving is not formed by the Ruddick and Turner (1979) mechanism. Ocean Modelling, 64: 1-7 11 refs.

McDougall, T. J. (1985). Turbulence in the ocean book review. Australian Meteorological Magazine, 33(4): p.196.

McDougall, T. J. (1986). Neutral surfaces versus potential density surfaces abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 71.

McDougall, T. J. (1986). Oceanic intrusions : some limitations of the Ruddick and Turner (1979) mechanism. Deep-Sea Research, 33(11/12): 1653-64 14 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1986). Thoroughbred potential vorticity. Ocean Modelling, (70): 4-9 5 refs.

McDougall, T. J. (1987). Neutral surfaces in the ocean : implications for modelling. Geophysical Research Letters, 14(8): 797-800 5 refs illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1987). Neutral surfaces. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 17(11): 1950-1964 19 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1987). The vertical motion of submesoscale coherent vortices across neutral surfaces. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 17(2): 2334-2342 7 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1987). Thermobaricity, cabbeling, and water-mass conversion. Journal of Geophysical Research, 92(C5): 5448-64 31 refs illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1988). Henry Stommel 'A view of the sea; a discussion between a chief engineer and an oceanographer about the machinery of the ocean circulation' book review. Australian Marine Science Bulletin, (104): p.20.

McDougall, T. J. (1988). Neutral-surface potential vorticity. Progress in Oceanography, 20(3): 185-221 23 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1988). Small-scale turbulence and mixing in the ocean: a glossary. In: Nihoul, J and Jamart, B (Eds.). Small-Scale Turbulence and Mixing in the Ocean. The Netherlands: Elsevier Science, pp.3-9 19 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1988). Some implications of ocean mixing for ocean modelling. In: Nihoul, J C J and Jamart, B M (Eds.). Small-Scale Turbulence and Mixing in the Ocean. Amsterdam, The Netherlands: Elsevier Science B.V., pp.21-36 31 refs.

McDougall, T. J. (1988). The ocean's role in climate change. Proceedings of Global Change Conference (Canberra, Act: February, 1988). Aust. Academy of Science, pp.130-133 4 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1989). Dianeutral advection. In: Muller, P and Henderson, D (Eds.). Parameterization of Small-Scale Processes. Proceedings of the 5th 'Aha Huliko'a Hawaiian Winter Workshop (Manoa, Hawaii: January 17-20, 1989), pp.289-315 32 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1989). Streamfunctions for the lateral velocity vector in a compressible ocean. Journal of Marine Research, 47: 267-284 10 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1990). Bulk properties of 'hot smoker' plumes. Earth and Planetary Science Letters, 99: 185-194 10 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1991). Interfacial advection in the thermohaline staircase east of Barbados. Deep-Sea Research, 38(3): 357-370 18 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1991). Water mass analysis with three conservative variables. Journal of Geophysical Research, 96(C5): 8687-8693 9 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1995). The influence of ocean mixing on the absolute velocity vector. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 25(5): 705-725 22 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. (1995). The three-dimensional mean velocity for stratified turbulent flows: - the temporal-residual-mean velocity. Twelfth Australasian Fluid Mechanics Conference, University of Sydney, Australia 1995, pp. 351-354.

McDougall, T. J. and Church, J. A. (1986). Pitfalls with the numerical representation of isopycnal and diapycnal mixing. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 16(1): 196-9 14 refs.

McDougall, T. J. and Garrett C. J. R. (1992). Scalar conservation equations in a turbulent ocean. Deep-Sea Research, 39(11/12): 1953-1966 15 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. and Giles, A. B. (1987). Migration of intrusions across isopycnals, with examples from the Tasman Sea. Deep-Sea Research, 34(11): 1851-1866 11 refs, illus, map.

McDougall, T. J. and Jackett, D. R. (1988). On the helical nature of neutral trajectories in the ocean. Progress in Oceanography, 20(3): 153-183 12 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. and Jackett, D. R. (1995). Global sea level rise and climate change. Report to the Federal Department of the Environment, Sport and Territories, December 1995. Division of Oceanography. Unpublished Report. CSIRO Australia, 32 pp.

McDougall, T. J. and McIntosh, P. C. (1996). The temporal-residual-mean velocity. Part I: Derivation and the scalar conservation equations. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 26 (12): 2653­2665.

McDougall, T. J. and Ruddick, B. R. (1992). The use of ocean microstructure to quantify both turbulent mixing and salt-fingering. Deep-Sea Research, 39(11/12): 1931-1952 31 refs, illus.

McDougall, T. J. and Taylor, J. R. (1984). Flow of Bass Strait water along the continental shelf slope. Bass Bulletin, (6): 8-9 maps.

McDougall, T. J. and You, Y. (1990). Implications of the nonlinear equation of state for upwelling in the ocean interior. Journal of Geophysical Research, 95(C8): 13.263-276, 13.585, illus, maps.

McDougall, T. J., Hirst, A. C., England, M. H. and McIntosh, P. C. (1996). Implications of a new eddy parameterization for ocean models. Geophysical Research Letter, 23(16): 2085-8 21 refs, illus.

McEachran, J. D. and Last, P. R. (1994). New species of skate, Notoraja ochroderma, from off Queensland, Australia, with comments on the taxonomic limits of Notoraja (Chondrichthyes, Rajoidei). Copeia, 1994(2): 413-421.

McEwan, A. D. (1982). Convection and mixing at high Rossby numbers in rotating systems. In: Bengtsson, L and Lighthill, J (Eds.) Intense Atmospheric Vortices Proceedings of the Joint Symposium (Iutam/Iugg) Held At Reading (U.K.) July, 1981, 271-83 9 refs illus.

McEwan, A. D. (1982). Physical oceanography. The Atmosphere and The Oceans. CSIRO Executive Seminar (Melbourne, Vic: May 17, 1982), 12p. 7 refs, illus.

McEwan, A. D. (1983). Bruce Hamon and Australian physical oceanography. In: Imberger, J. (Ed.) Physical Oceanography in Australia. Reprinted From Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, xi-xv 30 refs.

McEwan, A. D. (1983). Internal mixing in stratified fluids. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 128: 59-80.

McEwan, A. D. (1983). The kinematics of stratified mixing through internal wavebreaking. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 128: 47-57.

McEwan, A. D. (1985). Introductory remarks. In: Hunt, B G (Coordinator). Report on Drought Research in Australia. Meeting (Melbourne, Vic: 1985), 1p.

McEwan, A. D. (1985). Report on Australian activity related to TOGA. International Conference on the TOGA Scientific Programme. Papers Presented at the Jsc Ccco International Conference, Paris, -17-21 September-1984. Wmo Icsu World Climate Research Programme, Geneva Switzerland 1985, pp. 3-7.

McEwan, A. D. (1987). Oceanography in Australia. Occasional Papers in Maritime Affairs, (4): 26-37 9 refs.

McEwan, A. D. (1988). Physical oceanography currents, structure and climate. In: Dartnall, A J (Eds.). Australian Tropical Marine Science and Technology: Current Status and Opportunities. Amstac/Aims/Dept. of Science/Gbrmpa, (Ch.4): 27-38, illus.

McEwan, A. D. (1990). The oceans and climate. Australian Meteorological Magazine, 38: 143-148 15 refs, illus.

McEwan, A. D. (1992). International organisation of ocean programs -- making a virtue of necessity. Proceedings of the Ocean Climate Data Workshop, February-18-21, -1992. J. Churgin Comp. Commission of the European Communities, Brussels Belgium Greenbelt, Md USA Goddard Space Flight Cent. 1992 , pp. 45-50.

McEwan, A. D. and Mackey, D. J. (1988). Priorities for research in deep water oceanography. In: Baines, P G (Ed.). Meteorology & Physical Oceanography in Australia: Priorities in Research, Operations and Education. Report of a Discussion Meeting (Clayton, Vic: July 2-3, 1987). Australian Meteorological and Oceanographic Society Publication, (3): 67-78 5 refs, illus.

McEwan, A. D., Thompson, R. O. R. Y. and Plumb, R. A. (1980). Mean flows driven by weak eddies in rotating systems. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 99(3): 655-72 25 refs illus.

McEwan, A., Fry, D. G., Mears, G., Boie, C., Delius, A., Loy, G. and Pruin, B. (1985). RV Franklin -- the Australian oceanographic research vessel. Hansa, 122(3): 223-240.

McIntosh, P. and Rintoul, S. (1993). Validating a Southern Ocean box inverse model using FRAM numerical model output. Fourth International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography, March-April 1993, Hobart, Australia, pp. 60-61.

McIntosh, P. C. (1990). Oceanographic data interpolation: objective analysis and splines. Journal of Geophysical Research, 95(C8): 13,529-13,541 26 refs, illus.

McIntosh, P. C. (1996). Eddies don't always diffuse: the temporal-residual-mean circulation abstract. In: Paltridge, G and Platt, C M R (Eds.). Proceedings of the 3rd National Amos Conference: Incorporating The 4th Australiasian Conference on the Physics of Remote Sensing of Atmosphere and Ocean and The 1st Australian Ers-1 Symposium (Hobart, Tas: Februar, p.65.

McIntosh, P. C. and McDougall, T. J. (1996). Isopycnal averaging and the residual mean circulation. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 26 (8): 1655­1660.

McIntosh, P. C. and Rintoul, S. R. (1997). Do box inverse models work?. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 27 (2): 291­308.

McIntosh, P. C. and Schahinger, R. B. (1994). Coastal-trapped wave mode fitting: reanalysis of the Australian Coastal Experiment. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 24(5): 949-965 32 refs, illus.

McIntosh, P. C. and Veronis, G. (1993). Solving underdetermined tracer inverse problems by spatial smoothing and cross validation. Journal of Physical Oceanography, 23(4): 716-730 24 refs, illus.

McKirdy, D. M., Cox, R. E., Volkman, J. K. and Howell VJ (1986). Botryococcane in a new class of Australian non-marine crude oils. Nature, 320(6057): 57-9 41 refs map.

McLachlan, A. (1985). The biomass of macro- and interstitial fauna on clean and wrack-covered beaches in Western Australia. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 21(4): 587-600 35 refs.

McLachlan, A. and Hesp, P. (1984). Faunal response to morphology and water circulation of a sandy beach with cusps. Marine Ecology. Progress Series, 19: 133-44 30 refs.

McLachlan, A. and Hesp, P. (1984). Surf zone diatom accumulations on the Australian coast. Search, 15(7-8): 230-231 16 refs, map.

McLachlan, A., Eliot, I. G. and Clarke, D. J. (1985). Water filtration through reflective microtidal beaches and shallow sublittoral sands and its implications for an inshore ecosystem in Western Australia. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, 21(1): 91-104 30 refs map.

McLoughlin, K. J. and Stevens, J. D. (1994). Gill-net mesh selectivities for two species of commercial carcharhinid shark taken in northern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 45(4): 521-534 12 refs, illus.

McLoughlin, K. J., Slack-Smith, R. and Stevens, J. D. (1994). Northern shark. In: Mcloughlin, K J, Staples, D J and Maliel, M (Eds.). Fishery Status Reports 1993: Resource Assessments of Australian Commonwealth Fisheries. Canberra, Act: Bureau of Resource Sciences, pp.31-35, illus.

McLoughlin, R. and Max, N. (1993). Scientific discussions in Japan and Russia on the northern Pacific seastar : 11 October to 30 October 1993. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, .

McLoughlin, R. and Thresher, R. E. (1994). The North Pacific Seastar: Australia's most damaging marine pest?. Search, 25(3): 69-71 4 refs, illus.

McLoughlin, R. J. (1992). Fishing industry involvement in research begins new era. Australian Fisheries, 51(5): 16-18, illus.

McLoughlin, R. J. (1994). Sustainable management of Bass Strait scallops. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, 36(2): 307-314 24 refs, illus.

McLoughlin, R. J. and Bax, N. J. (1993). Asterias amurensis: scientific discussions in Japan and Russia on the Northern Pacific Seastar: 11 October to 30 October 1993. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 30p., illus.

McLoughlin, R. J. and Whitelaw, A. W. (1991). Aspects of CSIRO's research on demersal and pelagic fisheries resources. In: Dovers, S (Ed.). Australian Recreational Fishing: Policies for Resource Management. Proceedings of National Conference (Canberra, Act: October 23-25, 1991), pp.117-120 2 refs.

McLoughlin, R. J. and Young, P. C. (1984). A survey of the surficial sediments of the North West Shelf fishing grounds abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.11.

McLoughlin, R. J. and Young, P. C. (1985). Sedimentary provinces of the fishing grounds of the North West Shelf of Australia: grain-size frequency analysis of surficial sediments. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 36(5): 671-81 29 refs maps.

McLoughlin, R. J. and Young, P. C. (1986). Fish resources and sedimentary environments of the NW Shelf abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 67.

McLoughlin, R. J., Davis, T. L. O. and Ward, T. J. (1988). Sedimentary provinces, and associated bedforms and benthos on the Scott Reef-Rowley Shoals platform off north-west Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 39(2): 133-144 27 refs, illus, maps.

McLoughlin, R. J., Young, P. C. and Martin, R. B. M. (1988). CSIRO surveys show bleak outlook for Bass Strait scallop fishery in 1988. Australian Fisheries, 47(1): 43-46 3 refs, illus.

McLoughlin, R. J., Young, P. C. and Martin, R. B. M. (1989). The growth and mortality of Pecten fumatus spat in collectors in Bass Strait: a preliminary study. In: Dredge, M L C, Zacharin, W F and Joll, L M (Eds.). Proceedings of the Australasian Scallop Workshop (Hobart, Tas: July 1988), pp.241-252 20 refs., illus.

McLoughlin, R. J., Young, P. C., Martin, R. B. M. and Parslow, J. S. (1991). The Australian scallop dredge: estimates of catching efficiency and associated indirect fishing mortality. Fisheries Research, 11: 1-24 39 refs, illus.

McLoughlin, R., Probestl, M., Gwyther, D., Cartwright, I., Sterling, D. and Zacharin, W. (1991). Development of improved and environmentally sensitive scallop harvesting gear. Final report to the Fisheries Research and Development Corporation, Project 91/49. Division of Fisheries. Miscellaneous Publication. CSIRO Australia, 114 pp. plus appendices.

McMeekin, T. A., Chandler, R. E., Doe, P. E., Garland, C. D., Olley, J. N., Putro, S. and Ratkowsky, D. A. (1987). Model for combined effect of temperature and salt concentration/water activity on the growth rate of Staphylococcus xylosus. Journal of Applied Bacteriology, 62: 543-50 17 refs illus.

McMeekin, T. A., Nichols, P. D., Nichols, D. S., Juhasz, A. and Franzmann, P. D. (1993). Biology and biotechnological potential of halotolerant bacteria from Antarctic saline lakes. Experientia, 49(12): 1042-1046.

McMeekin, T. A., Olley, J. N. and Ratkowsky, D. A. (1988). Temperature effects on bacterial growth rates. In: Bazin, M J and Prosser, J I (Eds.). Physiological Models in Microbiology. Boca Raton, Florida, USA: Crc Press, 1(Ch.4): 75-89 44 refs, illus.

McMinn, A., Bolch, C. and Hallegraeff, G. (1992). Cobricosphaeridium Harland and Sarjeant: Dinoflagellate cyst or copepod egg?. Micropaleontology, 38(3): 315-316.

McMurtree, R. and Webb, D. J. (1975). Tidal response functions around Australia from harmonic constants. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 26(2): 245-69.

McPhaden, M. J. and Meyers, G. A. (1985). Proceedings of a TOGA workshop on ocean thermal data management. Proceedings of a TOGA Workshop on Ocean Thermal Data Management (Monterey, Ca, USA: July, 1985). Ustoga 6. USA: University Corporation for Atmospheric Research, 32p., illus.

McTaggart, A. R., Butler, E. C. V., Haddad, P. R. and Middleton, J. H. (1994). Iodide and iodate concentrations in eastern Australian subtropical waters, with iodide by ion chromatography. Marine Chemistry, 47(2): 159-172.

McWilliam, P. S. and Phillips, B. F. (1982). Notes on some crustacean macrozooplankton associated with a warm-core ring off southeastern Australia abstract. Warm Core Rings Workshop Report, New Zealand, January, pp.44-45.

McWilliam, P. S. and Phillips, B. F. (1983). Phyllosoma larvae and other crustacean macrozooplankton associated with eddy J, a warm-core eddy off south-eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 34(4): 653-63 44 refs maps.

McWilliam, P. S. and Phillips, B. F. (1984). Distinguishing the phyllosoma larvae of rock lobster species of the genus Jasus in the waters of Australia and New Zealand abstract. CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research. Second Divisional Research Seminar (Cronulla, NSW: March 19-23, 1984), p.56.

McWilliam, P. S. and Phillips, B. F. (1987). Distinguishing the phyllosoma larvae of rock lobster species of the genus Jasus (Decapoda, Palinuridae) in the waters of Australia and New Zealand. Crustaceana, 52(1): 1-24 14 refs illus.

McWilliam, P. S. and Phillips, B. F. (1992). The final and subfinal larval stages of Panulirus polyphagus (Herbst) and the final stage of Panulirus ornatus (Fabricius), with a review of late-stage larvae of the Panulirus homarus larval complex (Decapoda, Palinuridae). Crustaceana, 62(3): 249-272 29 refs, illus.

McWilliam, P. S., Phillips, B. F. and Kelly, S. (1995). Phyllosoma larvae of Scyllarus species (Decapoda, Scyllaridae) from the shelf waters of Australia. Crustaceana, 68(5): 537-566 42 refs, illus.

McWilliam, P. S., Sale, P.F. and Anderson D. T. (1981). Seasonal changes in resident zooplankton sampled by emergence traps in One Tree Lagoon, Great Barrier Reef. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 52: 185-203.

Metso, A. A., Wells, G. S., Vaudrey, D. J. and Cresswell, G. R. (1986). Satellite-tracked buoy data, July 1982 to September 1984. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (180): 1-50 3 refs illus.

Meyers, G. (1992). Indian Ocean analyses. Proceedings of the Ocean Climate Data Workshop, February-18-21, -1992. J. Churgin Comp. Commission of the European Communities, Brussels Belgium Greenbelt, Md USA Goddard Space Flight Cent. 1992 , pp. 109-130.

Meyers, G. (1995). Geostrophic transport of Indonesian throughflow. Deep-Sea Research, 42(7): 1163-1174 30 refs, illus.

Meyers, G. (1995). Interannual variation of thermal structure and currents in the eastern Indian Ocean [Abstract]. International Conference on the Tropical Ocean Global Atmosphere (TOGA) Programme, 2-7 April 1995, Melbourne, Australia, 1p.

Meyers, G. (1995). Variation of Indonesian throughflow and ENSO 1983-1994 [Abstract]. Xxi General Assembly, International Association for The Physical Sciences, 5-12 August 1995, Honolulu, Usa, 1p.

Meyers, G. (1996). The role of the ocean in climate of Western Australia [Abstract]. Climate Variability and Water Resources in South-West Western Australia Workshop and Seminar, 31 January-1 February 1996, Water Corporation, Perth, Australia, 1p.

Meyers, G. A. (1985). Sea surface temperature and Australasian drought abstract. In: Hunt, B G (Coordinator). Report on Drought Research in Australia. Meeting (Melbourne, Vic: 1985), 1p.

Meyers, G. A. (1988). Air-sea interaction in the seas north of Australia. In: Lukas, R and Webster, P (Eds.). Proceedings of the U.S. TOGA Western Pacific Air-Sea Interaction Workshop (Honolulu, Hawaii: September 16-18, 1987), pp.101-119 17 refs, illus.

Meyers, G. A. (1996). Variation of Indonesian throughflow and ENSO 1983-1994 abstract. In: Paltridge, G and Platt, C M R (Eds.). Proceedings of the 3rd National Amos Conference: Incorporating The 4th Australiasian Conference on the Physics of Remote Sensing of Atmosphere and Ocean and The 1st Australian Ers-1 Symposium (Hobart, Tas: Februar, p.70.

Meyers, G. A. (1996). Variation of Indonesian throughflow and the El Nino-Southern Oscillation. Journal of Geophysical Research, 101 (C5): 12,255-12,263.

Meyers, G. A. and Donguy, J. R. (1984). The North Equatorial Countercurrent and heat storage in the western Pacific Ocean during 1982-83. Nature, 312(5991): 258-60 19 refs.

Meyers, G. A., Bailey, R. J., Lindstrom, E. J. and Phillips, H. E. (1989). Air-sea interaction in the western tropical Pacific Ocean during 1982/83 and 1986/87. In: Picaut, J, Lukas, R and Delcroix, T (Eds.). Proceedings of the Western Pacific International Meeting and Workshop on TOGA-Coare (Noumea, New Caledonia: May 24-30, 1989), pp.229-246 27 refs, illus.

Meyers, G. A., Barton, I. J. and Coleman, R. (1996). Ocean structure observed by satellite, and Australian droughts in 1993 and 1994. In: Kingwell J Ed.: Proceedings of the First Australian Ers Symposium. Cossa Publication. CSIRO Australia, (37): 85-93 8 refs, illus.

Meyers, G. A., Barton, I. J. and Coleman, R. (1996). Ocean structure observed by satellite and Australian droughts in 1993 and 1994 abstract. In: Paltridge, G and Platt, C M R (Eds.). Proceedings of the 3rd National Amos Conference: Incorporating The 4th Australiasian Conference on the Physics of Remote Sensing of Atmosphere and Ocean and The 1st Australian Ers-1 Symposium (Hobart, Tas: Februar, p.71.

Meyers, G. A., Donguy, J. R. and Reed, R. (1986). Heat storage in the western equatorial Pacific abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 72.

Meyers, G. A., Donguy, J. R. and Reed, R. K. (1986). Evaporative cooling of the western equatorial Pacific Ocean by anomalous winds. Nature, 323(6088): 523-26 21 refs illus.

Meyers, G. A., Phillips, H. E., Smith, N. and Sprintall, J. (1991). Space and time scales for optimal interpolation of temperature: tropical Pacific Ocean. Progress in Oceanography, 28: 189-218 38 refs, illus.

Meyers, G. A., Sprintall, J., Phillips, H. E., Peterson, J. L. and Fonseca, T. (1989). Design of an ocean temperature observing network in the seas north of Australia. Part 1. Tropical Pacific Ocean: statistics. Report. Marine Laboratories. CSIRO Australia, (204): 1-50 22 refs, illus.

Meyers, G., Donguy, J.-R. and Bailey, R. (1996). Geostrophic transports of the major current systems in the tropical Indian and Pacific Oceans. International Woce Newsletter, 22: 6-8.

Meyers, G., Qu, T., Bailey, R. J. and Worby, A. P. (1993). Seasonal variation of geostrophic transport relative to 400 db in the eastern Indian Ocean. Fourth International Conference on Southern Hemisphere Meteorology and Oceanography, March-April 1993, Hobart, Australia, pp. 386-387.

Meyers, G., Tangdong Qu and Donguy, J.-R. (1994). Ocean mechanisms of SST variability in the south tropical Indian Ocean. International Conference on Monsoon Variability and Predicition. 9-13 May 1994, Triest, Italy. World Climate Research Programme, Wcrp-84, Wmo/Td - No. 619, pp. 518-523.

Meyers, G., Tangdong Qu and Donguy, J.-R. (1994). Variation of Indonesian throughflow observed on TOGA/WOCE XBT lines. International Synposium on Pacific Western Boundary Currents. 29-30 Novemeber 1994, Fukuoka, Japan, 1p.

Michael, K. J., Nunez, M. and Meyers, G. (1994). Validation of tropical ocean-atmosphere heat fluxes from marine data against a satellite based method. Int. J. Climatol., 14(4): 429-437.

Mills, D., D'Adamo, N., Wyllie, A. and Pearce, A. (1996). The response of stratified shelf waters to the Leeuwin Current and wind forcing: winter observation off Perth, Western Australia. Coastal and Estuarine Studies. Vol. 50. Mixing in Estuaries and Coastal Seas (American Geophysical Union), (Ch. 2): 5-28 25 refs, illus.

Mills, D., D'Adamo, N., Wyllie, A. and Pearce, A. F. (1992). Dynamical interplay between barotropic and baroclinic mechanisms and relevance to winter flushing of nutrients from the Perth metropolitan coastal region. Proceedings of the 6th International Biennial Conference on Physics of Estuaries and Coastal Seas (Margaret River, WA: December 8-10, 1992). Perth, WA: Centre for Water Research, pp.5-9 9 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A. (1987). Reproduction of two closely related skinks, Egernia modesta and E. whitii (Lacertilia : Scincidae) in south-east Queensland. Australian Journal of Zoology, 35(1): 35-41 37 refs illus.

Milton, D. A. (1990). Genetic evidence for sympatric differentiation between two colour morphs of the skink Egernia whitii. Australian Journal of Zoology, 38(2): 117-30 57 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A. and Arthington, A. H. (1985). Reproductive strategy and growth of the Australian smelt, Retropinna semoni (Weber) (Pisces : Retropinnidae), and the olive perchlet, Ambassis nigripinnis (De Vis) (Pisces : Ambassidae), in Brisbane, south-eastern Queensland. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 36(3): 329-41 30 refs.

Milton, D. A. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1991). Maturation, spawning seasonality, and proximate spawning stimuli of six species of tuna baitfish in the Solomon Islands. Fishery Bulletin, 89: 221-237 51 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1994). Aspects of growth and reproduction relevant to managing tuna baitfish stocks in Fiji. In: Blaber, S J M, Milton, D A and Rawlinson, N J F (Eds.). Proceedings of a Workshop on Tuna Baitfish in Fiji and Solomon Islands (Suva, Fiji: August 17-18, 1993). Aciar Proceedings, (52): 79-91 35 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A. and Shaklee, J. B. (1986). Population genetics and population structure of blue grenadier Macruronus novaezelandiae in Australia abstract. Australian Marine Sciences Association Conference, Hobart, February, p. 93.

Milton, D. A. and Shaklee, J. B. (1987). Biochemical genetics and population structure of blue grenadier, Macruronus novaezelandiae (Hector) (Pisces: Merluccidae), from Australian waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research, 38(6): 727-742 53 refs, illus, maps.

Milton, D. A., Blaber, S. J. M. and Rawlinson, N. J. F (1995). Fecundity and egg production of four species of short-lived clupeoid from Solomon Islands, tropical South Pacific. Ices Journal of Marine Science, 52: 111-125 57 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A., Blaber, S. J. M. and Rawlinson, N. J. F. (1990). Diet and prey selection of six species of tuna baitfish in three coral reef lagoons in the Solomon Islands. Journal of Fish Biology, 37: 205-224 35 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A., Blaber, S. J. M. and Rawlinson, N. J. F. (1991). Age and growth of three species of tuna baitfish (genus: Spratelloides) in the tropical Indo-Pacific. Journal of Fish Biology, 39: 849-866 56 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A., Blaber, S. J. M. and Rawlinson, N. J. F. (1993). Age and growth of three species of clupeids from Kiribati, tropical central south Pacific. Journal of Fish Biology, 43: 89-108 53 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A., Blaber, S. J. M. and Rawlinson, N. J. F. (1994). Diet, prey selection and their energetic relationship to reproduction in the tropical herring Herklotsichthys quadrimaculatus in Kiribati, central Pacific. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 103: 239-250 50 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A., Blaber, S. J. M. and Rawlinson, N. J. F. (1994). Reproductive biology and egg production of three species of Clupeidae from Kiribati, tropical central Pacific. Fishery Bulletin, 92: 102-121 71 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A., Blaber, S. J. M., Rawlinson, N. J. F., Hafiz, A. and Tiroba, G. (1990). Age and growth of major baitfish species in Solomon Islands and Maldives. In: Blaber, S J M and Copland, J W (Eds.). Tuna Baitfish in the Indo-Pacific Region. Aciar Proceedings, (30): 134-140 13 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A., Blaber, S. J. M., Tiroba, G., Leqata, J., Rawlinson, N. J. F. and Hafiz, A. (1990). Reproductive biology of Spratelloides delicatulus, S. gracilis and Stolephorus heterolobus from Solomon Islands and Maldives. In: Blaber, S J M and Copland, J W (Eds.). Tuna Baitfish in the Indo-Pacific Region. Aciar Proceedings, (30): 89-98 27 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A., Rawlinson, N. J. F. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1996). Recruitment patterns and factors affecting recruitment of five species of short-lived clupeoids in the tropical South Pacific. Fisheries Research, 26: 239-55 55 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A., Rawlinson, N. J. F. and Sesewa, A. (1994). Species composition and community structure of tuna baitfish populations in Fiji. In: Blaber, S J M, Milton, D A and Rawlinson, N J F (Eds.). Proceedings of a Workshop on Tuna Baitfish in Fiji and Solomon Islands (Suva, Fiji: August 17-18, 1993). Aciar Proceedings, (52): 92-101 18 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A., Short, S. A., O'Neill M. F. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1995). Ageing of three species of tropical snapper (Lutjanidae) from the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia, using radiometry and otolith ring counts. Fishery Bulletin, 93: 103-115 36 refs, illus.

Milton, D. A., Smith, C. and Blaber, S. J. M. (1996). Variable success in breeding of the Roseate Tern Sterna dougallii on the northern Great Barrier Reef. Emu, 96: 123-31 37 refs, illus.

Miskiewicz, A. G., Bruce, B. D. and Dixon, P. (1996). Distribution of Tailor (Pomatomus saltatrix) larvae along the coast of New South Wales, Australia. Marine and Freshwater Research, 47(2): 331-6 29 refs, illus.

Mobbs, C. A. (1966). Fisheries training courses in Australia. in "Conference on Fishery Administration and Services, Rome, 1966." Document Fas/Cp/66/38. (FAO : Rome.), .

Mobbs, C. A. (1969). Australian New Zealand meeting on decapod crustacea, Sydney, October 24-28, 1967. Circular. Division of Fisheries and Oceanography. CSIRO Australia, no.5.

Montgomery, S. S., Courtney, A. J., Andrew, N. L., Die, D. J., Cosgrove, M. G. and Blount, C. (1994). Patterns in the distribution and abundance of female eastern king prawns, Penaeus plebejus, in spawning condition in waters off eastern Australia. In: Courtney, A J and Cosgrove, M G (Eds.). Proceedings of the Workshop on Stock-Recruitment Relationships (Srrs) in Australian Crustacean Fisheries (Joondoburri, Qld: June 1-3, 1994) (Brisbane, Qld: Dept. of Primary Industries), pp.90-92 .

Montgomery, S. S., Courtney, A. J., Andrew, N. L., Die, D. J., Cosgrove, M. G. and Blount, C. (1995). Patterns in the distribution and abundance of female eastern king prawns, Penaeus plebejus, in spawning condition in waters off eastern Australia. In: Courtney, A J and Cosgrove, M G (Eds.). Proceedings of the Workshop on Stock-Recruitment Relationships (Srrs) in Australian Crustacean Fisheries (Joondoburri, Qld: June 1-3, 1994). Brisbane, Qld: Dept. of Primary Industries,